FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
NORTH KOREA
COUNTRY HANDBOOK
MARINE CORPS INTELLIGENCE ACTIVITY
3300 RUSSELL ROAD, SUITE 250
QUANTICO,VA 22134-5011
(703) 784-6126
DSN: 278-6126
MAY 1997
MCI A-2630-NK-01 6-97
FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
This product is published under the auspices of the
Department of Defense Intelligence Production Program
(DoDIPP). This handbook has been produced as a joint
effort of many organizations within the U.S. Department of
Defense, with the Marine Corps Intelligence Activity
designated as the Executive Agent for the Country
Handbook Program. This product reflects the coordinated
Defense Intelligence Production Community position.
WARNING
Although unclassified, the use of this publication is
restricted to official military and U.S. government per-
sonnel. Further dissemination of the information contained
in this document, to include excerpts and graphics, is strictly
prohibited. Local reproduction is authorized.
MEMORANDUM FOR DISTRIBUTION
SUBJECT: Country Handbook— North Korea
1. This handbook provides essential information on North Korea. It is intended
to provide Marines and otherU.S.military personnel with a base of information
for conducting effective operations on the Korean Peninsula. By making this
handbook unclassified and in a cargo-pocket size format, the handbook will
fulfill the need for a "field" ready-reference publication. Local reproduction is
authorized.
2. This product is in response to PR#| 582-97-0002. The Information cutoff
date forthis handbook is 30 April 1997.
3. This handbook is one of several scheduled for publication by the Marine
Corps Intelligence Activity.
4. All questions and comments on this document may be directed to the:
Marine Corps Intelligence Activity
MCIAIO
3300 Russell Road, Suite 250
Quantico,VA 22134-5011
Contents
List of Illustrations vii
SECTION 1 — KOREAN PENINSULA
GENERAL INFORMATION 1
North Korea — Political and Economic Overview 2
Transportation 4
Railroads 4
Highways 5
Inland Waterways 5
Pipelines 5
Ports 5
Airports 5
DPRK Transportation 7
Cultural Overview 8
Korean Peninsula Geographic Position 10
Borders and Neighbors 11
East Asia — Korean Peninsula Geography 12
Mountains 12
Lowlands 15
Major Rivers 16
Yellow Sea 17
Effects of Terrain on Military Operations 17
III
Contents (Continued)
Climate 18
Spring Pattern (April-May) 27
Summer Pattern (June September) 27
Fall Pattern (October-November) 28
Winter Pattern (December-March) 28
Effects of Climate on Military Operations 29
Vegetation 30
Effects of Vegetation on Military Operations 32
Surface Materials 32
SECTION 2 — MILITARY FORCES OF THE DPRK 33
General 33
National Military Organization 33
The North Korean Army (NKA) 34
The North Korean Air Force (NKAF) 36
The North Korean Navy (NKN) 38
Other Considerations 41
Nuclear 41
Biological 41
Chemical 41
Special Operations Force 42
Summary 42
National Military Policy 42
Military Strategy 44
Military Doctrine 45
IV
Contents (Continued)
Operational Level of War 47
Operational Level Offense 47
Exploitation Forces 50
Avenues of Approach 51
The Second Front 53
Operational Level Defense 53
NKA Tactics in the Offense 54
NKA Tactical Principles 54
NKA Tactical Formations in the Offense 55
NKA March Formation 56
NKA Attack Formation 60
NKA Tactical Frontages and Depths in the Offense 62
NKA Tactical Maneuver 67
Meeting Engagement 67
Movement to Contact 67
Deliberate Attack 68
Pursuit 70
Bypass 71
Night Attack 74
Armor Support to Offensive Operations 75
Artillery Support to Offensive Operations 77
Air Defense Support to Offensive Operations 82
Engineer Support to Offensive Operations 82
Reconnaissance and Surveillance Support
to Offensive Operations 83
Amphibious Support to Offensive Operations 84
NKA Tactics in the Defense 85
Defensive Frontages and Depths 89
Positional Defense 92
Mobile Defense 92
Retrograde Operations 94
Contents (Continued)
Counterattack 96
Escape From Encirclement (Breakout) 97
Night Defense 97
Armor Support to Defensive Operations 97
Artillery Support to Defensive Operations 98
Engineer Support to Defensive Operations 100
Air Defense Support to Defensive Operations 100
North Korean Antilanding Operations 101
Special Operations Force 102
SECTION 3 — RANK INSIGNIA AND UNIFORMS 1 07
SECTION 4 — ORGANIZATIONAL CHARTS 117
SECTION 5 — MEDICAL ASSESSMENT 147
Key Judgments 147
Disease Risks 148
Diseases Contracted From Insects or Animals 148
Diseases Contracted From Other People/Poor Hygiene 149
Environmental Health Risks 150
Water Supply 151
Living and Sanitary Conditions 151
Pollution 152
Climate 153
Hazardous Animals and Plants 153
Ways to Protect Yourself Against Disease 153
VI
Contents (Continued)
APPENDICES
A. Equipment Recognition A-1
B. International Time Zones B-1
C. Conversion Charts C-1
D. Korean Language D-1
E. Individual Protective Measures E-1
F. First Aid/Hot and Cold Weather Survival F-1
G. International Telephone Codes G-1
LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS
National Flag of the Republic of Korea 1
National Flag of the DPRK 1
Kim Chong-il and the Late Kim Il-song 3
South Korean Transportation System 6
North Korean Transportation System 7
Eastern Asia 11
North Korean Topography 14
Climate Data
Pusan, South Korea 20
Seoul, South Korea 21
Taejon, South Korea 22
Hyesan, North Korea 23
Pyongyang, North Korea 24
Wonsan, North Korea 25
Yangdok, North Korea 26
Land Utilization 31
Corps Level Organization 49
NKA Force Structure 51
Avenues of Approach 52
VII
Contents (Continued)
Division and Regimental Depths 55
Basic March Formations 57
Infantry Regiment in March Formation 58
Mechanized Brigade March Column 58
Average March Rates 59
NKA Infantry Platoon Attack Formation 62
NKA Infantry Company Attack Formation 62
NKA Tank Company Attack Formation 63
NKA Infantry Battalion Attack Formation 63
Regiment in the Attack 64
NKA Mechanized Brigade in the Attack 65
NKA Division in the Attack 66
North Korean Army Maneuvers 72
North Korean Army Maneuvers (Continued) 73
Artillery Groups — Offense 80
Fire Support During the Attack 81
Division Defense Zone 89
NKA Battalion Defense Plan 90
NKA Mechanized Brigade in the Defense 91
Mobile Defense of the Regiment 93
Regimental Positional Defense 94
Regimental Counterattack 96
Supporting Fire in Regimental Defense 99
North Korean Tunnel Operations Under DMZ 105
Tunnel Constructed by the North Under DMZ 106
ROK Enlisted Rank Insignia 107
North Korean Enlisted Rank Insignia 108
North Korean Officer Rank Insignia 109
North Korean Army Uniforms 110
North Korean Navy Officer Rank Insignia 112
North Korean Navy Uniforms 113
North Korean Air Force Officer Rank Insignia 114
VIM
Contents (Continued)
North Korean Air Force Uniforms 115
North Korean Branch Insignias 116
Organizational Charts
Unit Symbol Definitions 117
North Korean Military 118
Infantry Corps 119
Mechanized Infantry Corps 120
Armor Corps 121
Artillery Corps 121
Infantry Division 122
Infantry Regiment 123
Infantry Battalion 124
Infantry Company 125
Infantry Platoon 125
Field Hospital 126
Chemical Battalion 126
Signal Battalion 127
Corps Antitank Guided Missile Battalion 128
Corps Antitank Guided Missile Company 128
AAA Battalion 128
SAM (SA-5) Regiment 129
SAM (SA-3) Regiment 130
SAM (SA-2) Regiment 131
River-Crossing Brigade 132
Technical Engineer Battalion 133
Engineer Construction Battalion 133
Strategic Level SCUD B Battalion 134
Strategic Level FROG Battalion 134
Corps MRL Brigade 135
Corps MRL Battalion 135
Strategic Level Heavy Artillery Brigade 136
Corps Artillery Brigade 137
IX
Contents (Continued)
Division 122/152mm Towed Artillery Regiment 138
Artillery Battalion 138
Regimental Mortar Battalion 139
Tank Brigade 140
Basic Tank Battalion 141
Basic Tank Company 141
Light Tank Battalion 141
Reconnaissance Battalion 142
Reconnaissance Brigade 142
Seaborne Sniper Battalion 142
Light Infantry Brigade 143
Light Infantry Battalion 143
Mechanized Infantry Brigade 144
Mechanized Infantry Battalion 145
Equipment
BRDM-2 Armored Amphibious Vehicle A-1
BMP-1 (KORSHUN) Infantry Fighting Vehicle A-2
BTR-60PA/PB Armored Personnel Carrier A-3
BTR-152 Armored Personnel Carrier A-4
BTR-40 Command and Reconnaissance Vehicle A-5
MT-LB Armored Tracked Vehicle A-6
Model 531 A Armored Personnel Carrier A-7
VTT-323 (M-1973) Armored Personnel Carrier A-8
Type 85 ATOM Carrier A-9
BTR-50 Armored Personnel Carrier A-10
PT-76 Amphibious Tank A-12
Type-62 Light Tank A-13
Type-63 Light Amphibious Tank A-14
T34/85 Medium Tank A-16
T-54 Medium Tank A-17
T-55 Medium Tank A-18
Type-50 Medium Tank A-19
Contents (Continued)
T-62 (CH'ONMA-HO) Medium Tank A-20
SU-100 Assault Tank A-21
M-1943 (ZIS-2) Antitank Gun A-22
M-1942 (ZIS-3) Antitank Gun A-23
D-44 Antitank Gun A-24
D-48 Antitank Gun A-25
M-1944 (BS-3) Antitank Gun A-25
ATGM System Characteristics A-26
AT-1/SNAPPERATGM A-27
AT-3/S AGGER ATGM A-28
AT-4/SPIG0T ATGM A-29
AT-5/SPANDREL ATGM A-30
RPG-7 Antitank Grenade Launcher A-31
RPG-2 Antitank Grenade Launcher A-32
B-10 RCL Antitank Weapon A-33
B-11 RCL Antitank Weapon A-34
M-30 (M-1938) Towed Howitzer A-36
A-19 (M-1937) Towed Gun A-37
M-46 Towed Gun A-38
D-20 Towed Howitzer A-39
M-1977 Self-Propelled Gun/Howitzer A-40
M-1978 (KOKSAN) Self-Propelled Gun A-41
12 Round 107mm Multiple Rocket Launcher A-42
BM-21 Multiple Rocket Launcher A-43
BM-1 1 Multiple Rocket Launcher A-44
BMD-20 Multiple Rocket Launcher A-45
240mm Rocket Launcher M-1985/M-1991 A-46
FROG-7 Artillery System A-47
SCUD-B (SS-IC) Guided Ballistic Missile A-48
M-38/46 DSHK Heavy Machinegun A-49
ZGU-1 (Mountain Pack) Heavy AA Machinegun A-50
ZPU-2 Heavy AA Machinegun A-51
XI
Contents (Continued)
ZPU-4 Heavy AA Machinegun A-52
M-1939 Automatic Cannon A-55
Type-65 AA Gun A-56
Type-74 Automatic Cannon A-57
S-60 Automatic AA Gun A-59
Twin 57mm Self -Propelled Automatic AA Gun A-60
KS-12 AA Gun A-62
KS-19 AA Gun A-63
SA-2 SAM System A-64
SA-3 GOA SAM System A-65
SA-5 GAMMON SAM System A-66
SA-7B SAM A-67
SA-14 SAM A-68
SA-16 SAM A-69
STINGER SAM A-70
CSA-3A SAM A-71
PGLM SAM A-71
Type 64 7.62mm Pistol A-72
TOKAREV TT-33 7.62mm Pistol A-73
MAKAROV 9mm Pistol A-74
AK-47 Assault Rifle A-75
AK-74 Assault Rifle A-75
GP-25 Grenade Launcher A-76
Type-68 (AKM) Assault Rifle A-77
Type-56 Semiautomatic Carbine (SKS) A-78
PPSH 1943 Submachine Gun A-79
PPSM 1943 Submachine Gun A-80
DRAGUNOV Sniper Rifle (SVD) A-81
M1891/30 Sniper Rifle A-81
RPK-74 Light Machinegun A-82
RPK Light Machinegun A-83
RPD Light Machinegun A-84
XII
Contents (Continued)
RP-46 Light Machinegun A-85
SMG Machinegun A-86
DSHK 38/46 Heavy Machinegun A-87
ROKS-3 Flamethrower A-88
AGS- 17 Automatic Grenade Launcher A-89
120mm M-1943 Mortar A-91
F-1 Fragmentation Hand Grenade A-93
RG-42 Fragmentation Hand Grenade A-94
RGD-5 Fragmentation Hand Grenade A-95
Unknown Fragmentation Hand Grenade A-96
Unknown Fragmentation Hand Grenade A-97
RDG-1 Smoke Hand Grenade A-98
RDG-2 Smoke Hand Grenade A-99
Type-S Smoke Hand Grenade A-lOO
Lacrimatory Hand Grenade A-101
RPG-43 Antitank Hand Grenade A-102
RKG-3 Antitank Hand Grenade A-103
ATM-72 Antitank Mine A-104
TMD-B Antitank Mine A-105
TMD-44 Antitank Mine A-106
TM-46 and TMN-46 Antitank Mine A-107
TM-41 Antitank Mine A-108
POMZ-2 Antipersonnel Mine A-109
PMD-6 Antipersonnel Mine A-110
OZM-3 Antipersonnel Mine A-111
BTM High Speed Ditching Machine A-113
BAT-M Dozer A-114
MDK-2 Trench Digging Machine A-115
GSP Amphibious Ferry A-116
BLG-60 Armored Vehicle-Launched Bridge A-117
MTU-20 Armored Vehicle-Launched Bridge A-118
MT-55 Tank-Launched Bridge A-119
XIII
Contents (Continued)
K-61 Tracked Amphibious Vehicle A-120
Self Reliance 68 NA (KAENSAENG) Utility Truck A-122
UAZ-469 Utility Vehicle A-123
Victory 58 (SUNGNI) Utility Truck A-124
Fight 66 (TUJAENG) Cargo Truck A-125
ZIL-157 General-Purpose Truck A-126
Isuzu TWD35 Cargo Truck A-127
Isuzu HTWll Cargo Truck A-128
Nissan TZA52PP 30-ton Truck A-129
ZIL-131 General-Purpose Truck A-130
KRAZ-260 General-Purpose Truck A-131
Independence (CXHAJU) 11-ton Dump Truck A-132
Independence 82 (CHAJU 82) 10-ton Dump Truck A-133
ARS-12U Truck-Mounted Decontamination Apparatus A- 135
Model RDP-4V Backpack Decontamination Apparatus A-136
Model DP-62 Lightweight Survey Meter A-137
Model DP-la/b Area Survey Meter A-138
PKHR Chemical Agent Detection and ID Kit A-139
Mi-2 HOPLITE A-140
Mi-4 HOUND A-141
Mi-8 HIP A-142
Mi-17 HIP A-143
Hughes 500 D/E A-144
F-5 (MiG-17) FRESCO A-145
F-6 (MiG-19) FARMER A-146
MiG 21 FISHBED A-147
MiG-23 FLOGGER A-148
MiG-29 FULCRUM A-149
Su-7B FITTER A A-150
Su-25 FROGFOOT A A-151
IL-28 BEAGLE A-152
Y-5 (AN-2 COLT) A-153
XIV
Contents (Continued)
AN-24 COKE A-154
IL-18 COOT A-155
BACK NET A-156
BAR LOCK A-157
FAN SONG A-158
FLAT FACE A-159
KNIFE REST A-160
LOW BLOW A-161
SIDE NET A-162
SPOON REST A-163
SQUAT EYE A-164
TALL KING A-165
NAJIN EEL A-167
CHONGJIN PB A-168
P-6 PB/PT A-169
SHANTOU PB A-170
CHAHO PB A-171
CHODO PC A-172
CHONGJU PC/PT/PTGAVPC A-173
HAINAN PC A-174
K-48 PC A-175
S.O. IPC A-176
SHANGHAI II PC A-177
TAECHONG I/II PC A-178
SARIWON PG A-179
T CLASS PG A-180
P-4PT A-181
SHERSHEN PT A-182
SINHUNG PT/PTHAVPBAVPBH A-183
SINNAM PT A-184
KOMAR PTG A-185
OSAIPTG A-186
XV
Contents (Continued)
SOHUNG PTG A-187
SOJU PTG A-188
NAMPO LCP A-189
YUKTO I/II MSI A-191
HANCHON LCU A-192
ROMEO SS A-193
WHISKEY SS A-194
ALCM Shallow Water Mine A-196
PDM-IM Shallow Water Mine A-197
PDM-2 Shallow Water Mine A-198
CSS-N-1 SRUBBRUSH Antiship Cruise Missile A-199
CSSC-2 SILKWORM A-200
CSSC-3 SEERSUCKER A-201
International Time Zones Chart B-1
Daily Water Requirements F-10
Windchill Chart F-13
XVI
SECTION 1
KOREAN PENINSULA GENERAL INFORMATION
National Flag of the Republic of Korea
National Flag of the Democratic People's Republic of Korea
North Korea— Political and Economic Overview
The long form name of North Korea is the Democratic People's Repub-
lic of Korea (DPRK). The DPRK is a Communist state led by a Stalinist
type dictatorship, with its capital city as Pyongyang.
Administrative divisions include nine provinces (do, singular and plu-
ral); Chagang-do, Hamgyong-namdo, Hamg-yong-pukto, Hwanghae-
namdo, Hwanghae-pukto, Kangwon-do, Pyongan-pukto, Pyongan-
namdo, Yanggang-do; and three special cities (jikhalsi, singular and plu-
ral); Kaesong-si, Nampo-si, and Pyongyang-si.
In August 1945, the Japanese in Korea surrendered to the former Soviet
Union, which gained control of the Korean peninsula south to the 38th
parallel. In August 1948, supposedly following general elections
throughout the peninsula, the DPRK was established, with Kim Il-song
heading the central government. These factitious elections are the basis
for Pyongyang's claim as the only legitimate government of Korea, and
Pyongyang has made a national goal of reunifying the country on its
terms. In pressing this claim, the DPRK has engaged in a political, eco-
nomic, and military competition with the Republic of Korea (ROK).
However, in any comparison except military power, Pyongyang is a
poor second.
On Saturday, 24 June 1950, DPRK forces invaded the ROK. The United
States, acting with a mandate from the UN, took the lead in defending the
ROK. The Chinese entered into the fighting, and the war's inconclusive
end led to a return to the status quo at the 38th parallel. An armistice,
signed in July 1953, was followed 2 months later by the signing of a
mutual defense treaty between the United States and the ROK.
The country is currently being led by Kim Chong-il who succeeded his
father upon the latter's death on 8 July 1994. The elder Kim was a ruth-
less, charismatic leader who retained tremendous loyalty from the peo-
ple, despite their hardships. Kim Chong-il has been described as
paranoid, spoiled, and suspicious, not having his father's abilities, and
Kim Chong-il (Left) and the Late Kim ll-song
his access to the government bureaucracy is through a clique. The coun-
try is facing insurmountable internal problems and is unstable politi-
cally, economically, and socially.
Other political setbacks have further isolated the DPRK and include the
1990 formal recognition of the ROK by the former Soviet Union, and the
1991 entrance of both Koreas to the UN. The DPRK lost one of its major
supporters with the demise of the Soviet Union. Moreover, although the
People's Republic of China (PRC) remains the only credible supporter of
the DPRK, economic and political rapprochement between the PRC and
the ROK continues. The DPRK will continue to be both economically
and socially repressed and will become increasingly isolated. The DPRK
will likely cling to its outmoded style of communism and political
change will not occur until the current leaders are gone.
Negative economic growth, chronic shortages of raw materials (espe-
cially oil), ineffective centralized economic planning, and an emphasis
on military power have contributed to the economic failure of North
Korea. The requirement by Russia and the PRC that materials exported
to the DPRK be paid for with cash has further degraded North Korea's
economic viability. The DPRK can no longer generate sufficient electri-
cal power to meet industrial needs, social services have been severely
degraded, and segments of society have been reduced to one meal a day.
There are chronic shortages of many of the basic commodities required
for subsistence and industrial production. Critical resources continue to
be dedicated to the military with increasing detriment to the economy.
There will be no relief from the severe shortages, which could foster
growing dissatisfaction among the intelligentsia, workers, students, and
bureaucrats. The DPRK's management of its economy provides no free-
dom of action for producers, real incentives for individuals to excel, or a
government responsive to scientific and technological progress. If the
DPRK keeps its emphasis on its military and does not reform its eco-
nomic system, the country could eventually be in grave danger of
imploding. The DPRK is, and will likely remain, one of the most dan-
gerous countries in the world.
Transportation
Railroads
North Korea: 4,915 km (3,055 mi) total; 4,250 km (2,641 mi) 1.435 m
(4.7 ft) standard gauge, 665 km (413 mi) 0.762 m (2.54 ft) narrow
gauge; 159 km (99 mi) double track; 3,397 km (2,111 mi) electrified;
government owned (1995).
South Korea: 3,149 km (1,957 mi) total operating in 1995; 3,129 km
(1,944 mi) 1.435 m (4.7 ft) standard gauge, 20 km (12 mi) 0.61 m (2.0 ft)
narrow gauge; 847 km (526 mi) double track; 525 km (326 mi) electrified;
government owned.
Highways
North Korea: Approximately 30,000 km (18,645 mi) 1995; 85 percent
crushed stone, or earth surface; 15 percent paved.
South Korea: Approximately 63,171 km (39,253 mi) 1995; 46,500 km
(28,894 mi) paved of which 1,521 km (945 mi) are expressways and
12,190 km (7,575 mi) national highway; 49,460 km (30,740 mi) pro-
vincial and local roads.
Inland Waterways
North Korea: 2,253 km (1,400 mi); mostly navigable by small craft
only.
South Korea: 1,609 km (1,000 mi); use restricted to small craft.
Pipelines
North Korea: Crude oil 37 km (23 mi).
South Korea: Crude oil 455 km (283 mi).
Ports
North Korea: Chongjin, Haeju, Hamhung, Nampo, Wonsan, Songnim,
Najin, Sonbong (formerly Unggi), and Kim Chaek.
South Korea: Pusan, Inchon, Kunsan, Mokpo, Ulsan, Chinae and Pohang.
Airports
North Korea: 51 total, 51 usable (est); about 24 with permanent surface
runways.
South Korea: 105 total, 97 usable; 60 with permanent surface runways.
South Korean Transportation System
DPRK Transportation
Road and rail networks follow a general north- south axis, with limited
east-west routes, especially in northern areas. Rugged mountainous ter-
rain restricts or channels supply movement to a few routes. Shortages of
North Korea
Major Roads
Secondary Roads _
Railroads
Major Ports
M ajor Airfields _
North Korean Transportation System
heavy rolling stock, scarcity of heavy rail lines, and lack of centralized
traffic control hamper the rail system. Poor surfaces and maintenance and
an insufficient number of roads constrain the highway system.
About 75 percent of the DPRK's 4,915-km railroads are electric. A
major priority is to electrify all primary rail lines, which would nearly
double the rail capacity without additional track. However, electric rail-
roads could become a liability during wartime if key transformers or
hydroelectric power plants were rendered nonfunctional. The DPRK
produces both diesel and electric locomotives. Diesel locomotives oper-
ate mostly in yards. Most steam locomotives, acquired from various
sources shortly after World War II, still operate. The DPRK also manu-
factures several types of railcars, including 60- and 100-metric ton
freight cars. However, rolling stock shortages are frequent.
The DPRK's economic plans include upgrading and expanding several
primary maritime ports. Construction of the Nampo Lockgate stabi-
lized Taedong River water levels, allowing Nampo Port expansion and
facility development farther up the river. Songnim Port is an example
of this process.
Some of the DPRK's rivers are navigable by small craft and are used as
an auxiliary means of transportation to ease the strain on the railroads
and highways. The Taedong, in the west central region, serves as a
major artery for commerce.
The DPRK's civil airlift remains limited. In addition to Sunan Interna-
tional Airfield, the Civil Air Administration operates a few domestic ter-
minals throughout the country. Personnel and equipment assigned to
civilian flights do not have a direct military function, but could offer
limited support during wartime.
Cultural Overview
The people of the DPRK (a population of over 22,000,000) are mostly
ethnic Korean, speak the Korean language, and use the Korean phonetic
alphabet. The Koreans take pride in both their antiquity and in the conti-
8
nuity of their society, which dates back to pre-Christian times. They
descended from migratory groups that entered the region from Siberia,
Manchuria, and inner Asia several thousand years ago. The society is a
clearly defined ethnic, cultural, and linguistic unit distinct from the neigh-
boring populations of the Asian mainland and Japan. The North Korean
society is a mixture of ancient, indigenous traditions with a system of
totalitarian ideology imposed by the Soviet Union at the end of World War
11. This ethnic solidarity has deep geographic, historical, and political
roots. Until the imposition of communism, the people lived for centuries
in an exceptionally homogeneous society and culture. With the partition
of the peninsula, sharp political and economic differences developed, with
some cultural variations, between both North and South Korea.
Traditionally, Koreans have never conceived of society as merely an
aggregate of individuals, each pursuing private ends, but as a harmoni-
ous and collective whole; more important than the individuals compos-
ing it. This emphasis on harmony has justified the DPRK government's
paternalistic intervention in the lives of the people. In the DPRK today,
the dominant ideology is Marxist-Leninist, strongly influenced by tradi-
tional Confucian values and Kim Il-song's chuche (self-reliance) ideol-
ogy. By Western standards, life in the DPRK is regimented and grim.
The centralized party state maintains tight control over all aspects of
daily life, and citizens must dedicate their lives to state-defined goals
rather than personal interests. Proper attitudes and correct human rela-
tions are stressed. It would be a mistake to assume that North Koreans
see their lives as harsh and colorless, since the majority have spent their
entire life under a totalitarian regime. The average person is unaware of
conditions abroad, and is subject to a constant barrage of propaganda
extolling the virtues of Kim Chong-il's rule and the heroic myth of Kim
Il-song's past. In addition, this propaganda campaign harshly denounces
the United States and the ROK.
Korean is a Uralic language, remotely related to Japanese, Mongolian,
Hungarian, and Finnish. Although there are dialects, the Korean spoken
throughout the peninsula is comprehensible to nearly all the populace.
9
Chinese characters were used before the invention of the Korean Hangul
alphabet in the 15th century. A number of specialized terms have been
introduced in the north, especially in written usage.
Korea's traditional religions are Buddhism, Shamanism, and Chongb-
ogyo. Christian missionaries arrived in the 19th century and founded
schools, hospitals, and other modern institutions throughout Korea.
Major centers of missionary activity included Seoul and Pyongyang.
Although religious groups nominally exist in the DPRK, most avail-
able evidence suggests that the government severely restricts reli-
gious activity, allowing these groups to exist only for the sake of its
international image.
Korean Peninsula Geographic Position
The Korean Peninsula protrudes southward from the Asian mainland
separating the Yellow Sea (West Sea) to the west from the East Sea (Sea
of Japan) to the east. The Peninsula is roughly 346 km (215 mi) wide at
its broadest point (approximately 38°10'N), roughly 169 km (105 mi) at
its narrowest point (approximately 39°20'N), and approximately 965 km
(600 mi) long. The northern-most point of the peninsula is located on
the Chinese border at approximately 43 °N (about the same latitude as
Buffalo, New York), the southern-most point on the peninsula is located
at approximately 34°20'N (about the same latitude as Wilmington,
North Carolina) on the East China Sea. The western-most point on the
peninsula is located at 124°40'E on the Yellow Sea, and the eastern most
point on the peninsula is located at 129°35'E on the East Sea (Sea of
Japan)/Korea Strait (Straits of Tsushima).
The total land area for North Korea is 120,410 km (46,490 mi), or slightly
smaller than Mississippi. The total land area for South Korea is 98,190
km (84,401 mi), or slightly larger than Indiana. North Korea's coastline is
2,495 km (1,551 mi) and South Korea's is 2,413 km (1,550 mi).
10
Borders and Neighbors
The northern border with Russia is 19 km (12 mi) long, and follows the
Tumen River northwest from its mouth. The border with China is 1,416
km (880 mi) long. Starting from where the Russian border ends, it fol-
lows the Tumen River to its headwaters (approx. 42°N 128°05'E); it then
follows the Yalu (Amnok) River from its headwaters (approx. 42 °N
128°05'E), southwest, to the Yellow Sea. The border between North and
South Korea is the military demarcation line (MDL), that marks the line
of separation between the two belligerent sides at the close of the
Korean War. A demilitarized zone (DMZ) extends for 2 km (1.24 mi)
on either side of the MDL and extends out to sea. Both the DPRK and
Eastern Asia
11
ROK governments hold that the MDL is only a temporary administra-
tive line, not a permanent border. Korea's remaining borders are coast-
lines, generally following the peninsula, but in places the border leaves
the peninsula to encompass islands and archipelagoes.
Korea's closest sea-neighbors are Japan and China. The Japanese island
of Tsushima is approximately 50 km (31 mi) off Korea's southeast coast
(34°42'N 129°20'E), while the main island of Honshu is approximately
180 km (112 mi). The Shandong Peninsula of China is approximately
190 km (118 mi) to the west and bisects the Korean bay to the north and
the Yellow Sea to the south.
East Asia — Korean Peninsula Geograpliy
Korea's geographic position serves as a natural bridge between the Asian
continent and the Japanese islands. The coastline is highly indented with
approximately 3,500 islands, mostly located off the south and west
coasts. Korea, though comparatively small in size, is noted for the
extraordinary variety of its geography. The country is punctuated with
rough mountains, large streams, and rugged narrow passes with only
about 20 percent of the peninsula suitable for cultivation. Another factor
is the shallowness of the Yellow Sea, contributing to the extreme tidal
range (9.7 m (32 ft), the second largest in the world) on the west coast.
Mountains
The Korean Peninsula is primarily a region of mountains (approxi-
mately 70 percent) and they are the defining characteristics of the ter-
rain. The mountains are generally of medium height, about 1,500 m
(4,921 ft), with lower mountains 200-500 m (656-1,640 ft) high (all ele-
vations of 2,000 m (6,600 ft) or more are found in North Korea). Relief
differentials (as measured from valley floor to peak or ridge tops) for
even the lowest mountains, are generally 300-400 m (980-1,300 ft). The
elevated places are heavily bisected by river valleys, which frequently
have deep narrow passes and canyons, with steep slopes or near vertical
or vertical walls. Paektu-san, at 2,744 m (9,003 ft), is the highest moun-
12
tain in the Koreas, rising out of the Kaema Plateau, in the far northeast,
which is the headwater for the Yalu and Tumen Rivers.
Mountain ranges generally parallel the coastlines, but nearly all emit a
number of mountain chains that extend in various directions and inter-
sect one another, making the country's relief system complex and tan-
gled. Korea's mountain system may be broken into three segments:
North Korean Mountain Regions
These are divided into the Tumen and the Yalu (Amnok) River mountain
regions. The Tumen region (the area between the Tumen River and the
East Sea (Sea of Japan)) is in the northeast corner of North Korea.
These mountains are relatively low and passable in the northeast, but
gradually increase in elevation toward the southwest, becoming less and
less accessible. Their high region reaches 2,500 m (8,202 ft). Their
southwest direction is interrupted by the Materyong mountains, which
extend southeast from the Manchurian border to the East Sea (Sea of
Japan).
The Yalu (Amnok) mountain region is between the Yalu River and the
Yellow Sea. The region forms the mountain roof of the Korean Penin-
sula. These ranges are noted for their complicated structure, severity,
inaccessibility, and lack of settlers. The western portion of this region
becomes gradually lower, rarely exceeding 1,000 m (3,281 ft), but the
ranges have steep slopes, are highly dissected, and contain dense forests.
Communication is usually only practical via the deep river valleys.
East Korean Mountain Region
These mountains extend south along the shore of the East Sea (Sea of
Japan) in three parallel lines to the southern extreme of the peninsula.
These mountains reach 1,500 m (4,921 ft) and are characterized by nar-
row, jagged crests and steep slopes that are cut by deep gorges. The
relief difference between the flat littoral valleys and the abrupt elevation
change of the mountains handicap cross-country movement.
13
North Korea
ELEVATION IN FEET
?nnn+
isnn-?nnn
innn-isnn
snn-innn
m-m
100-200
0-100
^J
Korea
Bay
PYONGrYANG/
i^^
CHINA
/Hamhungl
' \ (^tcT^Hungnam
.Wonsan «
^Najin
/Chongjin
Yelloy\/
, HaejUj
\^^JS«M^ouu
), Demarcation
Line
SOUTH
KOREA
V ^(^ ^
In^on^
y
Sea
of
Japan
North Korean Topography
South Korean Mountain Region
This region consists of a series of short ranges that extend in parallel
rows to the southern shore of the peninsula. These mountains reach
14
1,500 m (4,921 ft) and most of the region is easily accessible, except for
the central region which is characterized by sharp jagged crests with
high passes and steep rugged slopes.
Lowlands
The largest and most important tracks of lowland lie near the shorelines
(coastal alluvial plains). Besides these coastal alluvial plains, erosional
basins were formed in the mountains at the junctions of rivers and
streams and are usually found in central and southern Korea (mostly
expanded river valleys or nearly closed inter-mountain valleys).
Between the mountains lie lowlands that were formed by river valleys
and sea terraces. Most lowlands are settled/cultivated.
The wide range of temperature fluctuations (between summer highs and
winter lows) and concentrated summer rains induce intense weathering
and erosion of surface material. Gentle slopes at the foot of mountains,
hills, and near basins, are covered with thick deposits of weathered
materials formed from the erosion of upland material. Alluvial fans are
rarely developed.
The largest lowlands are river deltas found along coast of the Yellow
Sea. The lowlands of the eastern and southern coastline are usually
river deltas and as a rule are small, due to the mountains in the east
abruptly dropping into the sea. Large tidal ranges (west coast) and
funnel shaped river mouths prevent the formation of large active (grow-
ing) deltas, although rivers transport large amounts of deposited mate-
rial during the wet season (summer). The wide coastal plains near the
river mouths change abruptly into narrow flood plains a short distance
upriver. Most river delta lowlands, especially those on the Yellow Sea,
are subject to inundations by seasonal river flooding (summer) and high
tides. During the flood season (summer), small dikes (2-3 m 76.5-9.8
ft) are built to protect fields and homes. While mountains are the dom-
inate geological feature, lowlands have played a key role in Korea's cul-
ture/history.
15
Length
Navigable Lengtli
km (mi)
km (mi)
198(123)
152(94)
514(319)
330 (205)
254(158)
124(77)
401 (249)
130(81)
525 (326)
334 (208)
212(132)
39 (24)
438 (272)
260(161)
520 (323)
85 (53)
790(491)
698 (434)
174(108)
65 (40)
Major Rivers
Name
Ch'ongch'on
Han
Imjin
Kum
Naktong
Somjin
Taebong
Tumen
Yalu (Amnok)
Yesong
The Yalu (Amnok) and Tumen Rivers form the border between the
DPRK and the PRC; the Tumen River forms the border between the
DPRK and Russia. All river flows fluctuate widely, with the river dis-
charges swelling during the summer wet season, often flooding valley
floors. In the other seasons, which are relatively dry, water levels
become very low, often exposing the river beds. River gradients are
mostly very flat in their lower reaches, permitting navigation for long
stretches above the river mouths.
All of Korea's principal rivers (with the exception of the Tumen) empty
into the Yellow Sea or the Korean Strait (Straights of Tsushima). The
Tumen is the only river of consequence that flows into the East Sea (Sea
of Japan). With the introduction of motor transportation, primarily
impacting South Korea, rivers have become secondary means of trans-
portation. However, farmers depend on the rivers for over 70 percent of
the water required to irrigate their crops, and they are a major source of
power (hydroelectric), surpassing coal. Many of the rivers are dammed
16
for either hydroelectric or irrigation use. The majority of the rivers in
Korea are less than 100 km (62 mi) long and generally 20 to 30 m (66-
98 ft) wide. During the dry season (winter), rivers are fordable (via
foot) for nearly their entire course, especially rivers in the eastern por-
tion of the peninsula where the watershed divide is closest to the shore-
line. During the rainy season (summer), rivers, streams, and intermittent
streams quickly fill. Mountain streams are steep sloping, strewn with
boulders, have numerous rapids, and may contain many waterfalls
(especially during the rainy season).
Yellow Sea
The Yellow Sea forms the western coastline. With an average depth of
only 45 m (150 ft), and with the large quantity of water the Pacific
Ocean pumps into the shallow basin, the tides along the coastline of the
Yellow Sea are tremendous. At Inchon, the tides may reach 9.7 m (32
ft), and average 5.8 m (19 ft).
Mean Neap Tide Range 3 .47 m ( 1 1 .4 ft)
Mean Tidal Range 5.72 m (18.8 ft)
Mean Spring Tidal Range 7.98 m (26.2 ft)
Maximum Tidal Range 9.84 m (32.3 ft)
The rapid ebb and flow of the tides create strong currents, exceeding 7
kts, in the channels between islands. At low tide approximately 1,000 sq
mi of mudflats are exposed and may extend for miles away from the
coastline. When the tides flow back, the speed of their advance may
outpace that of a running man.
Effects of Terrain on Military Operations
The Korean Peninsula is extremely mountainous, offering excellent
observation along avenues of approach and lines of communication
(LOCs) in the northern and central mountain areas. Observation in the
eastern coastal lowland area is limited, but improves the further west
17
one travels. Observation in the northwest, southwest, and southern
plains areas is fair to limited. Fields of fire are poorest in extremely rug-
ged regions of the northern and central mountain areas, due to numerous
spurs and areas offering cover from direct fire weapons. The regions
offering the best fields of fire would be the northwest, southwest, and
southern plains, where the terrain is relatively flat and open, except in
built-up areas.
The Korean Peninsula comprises numerous ridge lines and hills. Only
20 percent of the total land area consists of plains and lowlands. The
folds in these ridgelines and hills afford excellent cover and some
degree of concealment from direct fire and ground observation.
The majority of ridge lines run in a north- south direction, severely
restricting east-west movement. This restriction of lateral movement
becomes more prevalent the further north operations move. The major
water obstacles on the peninsula are its rivers. During most of the year,
the rivers are shallow, exposing very wide, gravel river beds; however,
these rivers can become formidable obstacles as a result of the increased
precipitation during the rainy season.
Climate
Korea's climate is defined by its latitude, peninsular shape, terrain, cur-
rents and close proximity to the Asian continent. It is characterized by
continental winters and monsoonal summers. Though Korea juts far out
into the sea, the west coast climate is less maritime due to the shallow-
ness of the Yellow Sea; its shallow (depths average 45 m/150 ft) water
basin heats and cools rapidly, contributing little to moderating the cli-
mate, where as the East Sea (Sea of Japan) moderates the east coast's
climate due to its deeper waters (1,500 m/ 5,000 ft).
The southern climate is less continental and more subtropical with a sig-
nificant warm period lasting approximately 6 to 7 months. In the north,
winter conditions may last for 6 months, while in the south it may only
last for 3 months. However, 3 successive cold days are typically
18
followed by 4 successive days of warm weather. The peninsula's west
coast is generally open to the influence of the cool air masses that roar
out of the Asian mainland, while the east coast is protected by the chain
of mountains that parallel the coast (Chungnyong Mountains) and is
warmed by the East Sea (Sea of Japan).
In the northernmost regions, the winter lasts a full 6 months and in Janu-
ary the average temperatures may fall below -18 °C (0 °F). The hottest
time of the year is the summer, with average temperature ranges
between 25 °-27 °C (77 °-80 °F) in most of the southern regions and
milder temperatures of 22 °C (72 °F) along the northeast coast. The
range of temperatures is much greater in the north and in the interior
than along the coasts. The annual average difference in temperature
between the coldest and hottest months for Seoul is approximately
28.3 °C (83 °F).
Korea is located in the East Asian Monsoon belt. Seasonal monsoon
winds affect Korea's weather throughout the year. The Southwest Mon-
soon blows in from the south and southeast during the summer, bringing
hot, humid weather. The cold, dry. Northwest Monsoon blows in from
the north and northwest during the winter, bringing cold weather.
Korea's massive mountains protect the peninsula's east coast from the
winter monsoon, though occasional heavy snows can fall along the east-
ern mountain ranges. As a result, the east coast generally has warmer
winters than the rest of Korea.
Heavy rainfall from June through September accounts for about 70 per-
cent of Korea's yearly precipitation, with annual precipitation averages
between less than 500 mm (20 in) in the northeastern inland areas and
1,500 mm (59 in) along the southern coast. Mean precipitation
decreases from south to north. Some regions will have particularly
heavy rains due to orographic effects (air uplifted by mountains) and the
convergence of moist air masses. In most years, one or two typhoons hit
the peninsula during July and August.
19
iif\ *
inn _
on _
^
^
-^
\,
PUSAN, 80 -
J
(
^^
^^
s
\,
South Korea
35° IffN 7n -
/^
y
y^
^
\
\
^
129»08'E
^
->
f
/
/
/
^
\
\
\
V
TEMPERATURE ..
/
f
/
y
^
^N
V
\
\
V
DEGREES (F) ^"
^-
^
A
/
/
/
N
k
\
\
in _
^y
/
J
/
\
\
\
oU -
Oft —
'^^
^
J
/
\
m _
y^
y
>
^^
Extreme High —
Average High —
Average Low —
Extreme Low —
n _
^-^
^
m _
-lu -
Jan
Feb
Mar
Apr
May
Jun
Jul
Auq
Sep
Oct
Nov
Dec
Precipitation (In) Mean
0,8
2,9
3,3
4,9
5,1
6,1
8,5
6,8
7,1
2,9
2,7
1,0
Max Precipitation 24 Hours
2,9
4,4
2,9
7,0
5,7
7,2
9,9
8,2
8,0
7,0
5,5
2,7
Mean (In) Snow
0,1
0,1
0,1
0,1
0,0
0,0
0,0
0,0
0,0
0,0
0,1
0,1
Surface Wind Direction
NW
NW
NW
NW
NW
NW
SW
SW
NW
NW
NW
NW
Surface Wind Speed (Kts) Mean
9
8
8
7
7
6
6
7
7
8
8
8
Surface Wind Speed (Kts) Max
52
51
47
58
54
56
52
61
68
45
45
56
Relative Humidity 0400 LSI
66
68
73
78
82
84
90
88
87
82
79
73
Relative Humidity 1300 LST
54
56
60
63
67
74
79
74
70
60
58
55
Dewpoint
20
24
33
44
52
61
70
71
62
50
41
28
20
Mf\ *
inn -
on _
y
^
\
SEOUL,
/
y
\
South Korea ^°
370 26'N 70 _
/
f
/
^
"^
V
\
1270 OT-E
y
/
/
\
v
\
TEMPERATURE ..
^-
y
/
f
J
^
^
\
DEGREES (F) ^"
/
f
A
/
V
\
in _
J
/
/
\
\
V
Oft —
^
/
/
\
N
m _
/
/
\
Extreme High —
jvjean —
Extreme Low —
n _
/
\
m _
A
/
\
^
^
Jan
Feb
Mar
Apr
May
Jun
Jul
Auq
Sep
Oct
Nov
Dec
Precipitation (In) l\/lean
1,2
1,3
2,3
4,4
3,3
5,0
12,0
10,0
6,0
1,7
1,7
1,2
Precipitation (In) Extreme IVIax
4,5
5,0
5,5
18,0
9,5
15,0
25,0
35,0
15,0
8,0
6,0
4,5
Precipitation (In) Extreme Min
0,1
0,1
0,2
0,2
0,3
0,3
1,2
1,2
0,8
0,6
0,3
0,3
Max Precipitation 24 Hours
1,6
2,6
2,6
5,6
6,0
7,0
11,0
13,0
13,0
5,4
2,9
2,8
Mean (In) Snow
7,0
4,0
2,0
0,1
0,0
0,0
0,0
0,0
0,0
0,1
2,0
4,0
Surface Wind Direction
WNW
W
W
W
W
S
S
S
S
W
WNW
NW
Surface Wind Speed (Kts) Mean
3
3
3
3
3
2
2
2
2
2
3
3
Relative Humidity 0700 LST
75
75
80
82
83
86
90
89
90
90
84
79
Relative Humidity 1300 LST
57
54
52
51
52
60
68
66
60
55
57
59
Dewpoint
14
18
28
40
51
61
70
70
60
47
34
21
21
iif\ *
inn
lUU
on
^
^
\
TAEJON fin
/
y
^
\
\
South Korea
/
/
^^^
\
\
\
3d" 2/ N 70
1270 26'E ^„
f\(\
^
1
/
/
r
\
\
^
TEMPERATURE .„
y
r
/
r-
^
\
k
\
DEGREES (F) ^"
An
y
/
/
/
/
V
\
\
\
in
/^
/
/
/
\
\
on
/
/
/
\
\
in
^
/
\
Extreme High —
Average High —
Average Low —
Extreme Low —
n
J
/
\
in
i
/
\
-lU
v>
f
Jan
Feb
Mar
Apr
May
Jun
Jul
Auq
Sep
Oct
Nov
Dec
Precipitation (In) Mean
1,3
1,2
1,8
3,5
3,3
5,6
12,6
8,4
5,2
1,5
1,6
1,5
Max Precipitation 24 Hours
2,0
1,8
2,1
4,1
3,8
6,9
8,9
9,5
3,5
1,9
1,3
2,1
Mean (In) Snow
6,0
3,0
2,0
0,1
0,0
0,0
0,0
0,0
0,0
0,0
1,0
0,1
Surface Wind Direction
N
N
N
SW
SW
E
E
E
N
N
N
N
Surface Wind Speed (Kts) Mean
2
3
4
3
3
3
3
2
2
2
2
Surface Wind Speed (Kts) Max
27
27
27
33
33
33
21
40
27
40
27
27
Relative Humidity 0400 LSI
81
82
84
85
86
88
91
91
92
91
89
85
Relative Humidity 1300 LST
69
58
64
62
57
62
74
68
65
59
62
66
Dewpoint
20
25
34
45
54
62
72
72
62
49
37
26
22
no -
100 -
^/^
^
^
V
90 ~
/
/
^
\
\
HYESAN, ""
North Korpa in -
>
/
J
/
V
s
\
410 24'N
"lOCO "tlfC en -
/
y
/
\
\
\
iZrr iZb 60
y
1
/
/
"^
V
\
\
50 ~
/
>
1
/
/
\
)
\
V
TEMPERATURE
DEGREES ^F^
x^
/
— ^
/
\
V
\
/
^ —
/
/
/
/
\
\
\
20 ~
^^
/
/
y
f
\
\
V
10 ~
1
/
\
\
~
/
\
\
-10 -
.on -
^
/
y
Extreme High —
Average High —
Average Low —
Extreme Low
\
A
/
\
A(\ —
J
/
\
^^
-40
^
y
^
Jan
Feb
Mar
Apr
IVIay
Jun
Jul
Auq
Sep
Oct
Nov
Dec
Precipitation (In) IVIean
0,4
0,3
0,4
1,0
2,4
3,6
5,2
5,2
2,3
1,1
0,6
0,5
l\/lax Precipitation 24 Hours
1,0
0,9
0,8
1,1
1,7
1,7
2,6
2,6
4,9
1,4
0,8
1,2
Surface Wind Direction
W
NE
W
w
NE
NE
NE
NE
NE
W
NE
NE
Surface Wind Speed (Kts) IVIean
2
3
4
4
5
2
2
2
3
2
2
2
Surface Wind Speed (Kts)IVIax
23
27
23
29
31
16
17
17
19
19
27
27
Relative Humidity 0600 LSI
85
85
81
79
77
90
92
92
90
85
84
86
Relative Humidity 1400 LST
60
56
49
38
33
56
58
58
46
40
53
58
Dewpoint
-14
-3
11
21
28
43
55
54
38
24
13
-2
23
no ~
■if\f\ —
lUU
y
^
\
90 -
/
y"
^
^
-^
V
\
PYONGYANG,
North Korpa ^n -
1
f
/
/
\
\
39O01'N
HOQQ AtVC Cf\ —
/
/
^
/
^
>
\
\
\
^
i29^ 48 E 60 -
Eft —
V .
y
i
/
/
/
^
-^
\
>
\
V
50
TEMPERATURE ,.
/
/
/
/
\
\
\
DEGREES (F) ^"
on _
/
/
/
\
V
\
30
^>
f
/
/
\
\
t
20 -
/
/
\
V
10
A —
*^->
J
f
\
k
Extreme High —
Average High —
Average Low —
Extreme Low —
•if\ —
/
/
\
-10
on _
1
\
^^
Jan
Feb
l\1ar
Apr
May
Jun
Jul
Auq
Sep
Oct
Nov
Dec
Precipitation (In) l\/lean
0,6
0,4
1,2
2,1
2,5
3,3
9,9
9,2
4,6
1,8
1,6
0,8
IVIax Precipitation 24 Hours
1,2
2,0
2,0
1,9
3,7
4,1
9,5
8,3
7,0
4,0
1,9
1,8
IVIean (In) Snow
3,0
3,0
1,0
0,1
0,0
0,0
0,0
0,0
0,0
0,1
1,0
2,0
Surface Wind Direction
NW
NW
NW
NW
NW
W
E
E
E
NW
NW
NW
Surface Wind Speed (Kts)IVIean
4
4
6
5
5
4
4
3
3
3
4
4
Surface Wind Speed (Kts) IVIax
32
31
36
35
32
30
31
32
36
28
31
31
Relative Humidity 0600 LSI
81
82
81
82
81
88
92
92
91
88
84
83
Relative Humidity 1300 LST
57
52
48
44
47
50
66
65
55
50
55
58
Dewpoint
13
17
26
37
48
59
68
69
57
45
32
19
24
no ~
■if\f\ —
^
^<.s_
lUU
/
^'
V
N
90 -
/
\
80 -
WONSAN,
/
^
y
^
\
\
North Korea ^o -
390 irN ,, _
J
j
/
/
y
^
-^
V
\
\
1270 26'E ^°
Eft —
V.
/
A
/
/
/
^
"V,
\
V
\
50
TEMPERATURE ,.
/
/
/
/
>
V
\
\
s,.
DEGREES (F) ^"
Oft _
^_
y
J
/
/
f
\
V
\
\
30
y
/
/
r
\
\
20 -
^
^
/
V
10
A —
/
\
Extreme High —
Average High —
Average Low —
Extreme Low —
•if\ —
^
y
^
-10
on _
Jan
Feb
l\1ar
Apr
May
Jun
Jul
Auq
Sep
Oct
Nov
Dec
Precipitation (In) l\/lean
1,0
1,2
1,9
2,6
3,2
4,8
11,3
12,9
6,9
2,8
2,5
1,2
IVIax Precipitation 24 Hours
2,9
2,9
3,0
4,7
5,0
4,8
6,9
14,2
9,6
8,8
3,4
3,3
IVIean (In) Snow
5,0
10,0
7,0
1,0
0,1
0,0
0,0
0,0
0,0
0,1
1,0
6,0
Surface Wind Direction
W
w
W
WSW
WSW
NE
ENE
sw
sw
SW
WSW
W
Surface Wind Speed (Kts)IVIean
6
6
6
6
5
5
5
5
5
5
6
6
Surface Wind Speed (Kts) IVIax
28
29
29
35
33
36
51
42
43
36
40
27
Relative Humidity 0600 LSI
58
67
65
69
75
84
88
90
85
76
66
58
Relative Humidity 1300 LST
45
49
50
52
56
66
74
74
65
55
50
47
Dewpoint
13
16
24
36
47
58
67
68
58
45
30
17
25
110 -
100
,^
— -
^
90
/
V
s*.
oO
YANGDOK,
J
f
y
^
^
V
N
\
North Korea 7"
SgoiffN -n _
/
/
/
>
^
>
S
\
\
127° IffE ^°
/
/
/
\
N
V
^
50
TEMPERATURE ,.
/
/
^^
^
">
\
V
V
\
DEGREES (F) ^^
/
/
/
/
/
\
\
\
S
X
f
/
\
oO
^^
/
/
/
/
\
\
20
y
f
(
\
\
10
^^
/
1
\
\
\
Extreme High —
Average High —
Average Low —
Extreme Low —
-in
/
\
-lU
on
/
\
V.
-£.[)
^^
Jan
Feb
Mar
Apr
May
Jun
Jul
Auc)
Sep
Oct
Nov
Dec
Precipitation (In) IVIean
0,6
0,6
1,0
2,1
3,2
4,3
10,4
9,1
4,3
2,1
1,3
0,8
Surface Wind Direction
W
W
W
NW
W
SE
SE
SE
SE
W
W
W
Surface Wind Speed (Kts)IVIean
6
6
7
7
7
5
5
5
5
6
6
6
Relative Humidity 0600 LSI
86
89
86
84
85
89
92
92
93
91
87
87
Relative Humidity 1300 LST
62
57
52
43
43
55
69
66
58
49
62
62
Dewpoint
8
12
24
33
43
57
63
63
53
40
17
17
26
Spring Pattern (April-May)
April marks the start of the transition from the cold, dry winter to the
summer rainy season. This transition lasts nearly 2 months. Low pres-
sure systems start forming near the Gulf of Bo Hai and the Shantung
Peninsula. These lows significantly erode the dominance of the Sibe-
rian High ("Asiatic High") pressure system. As a result, cloudiness
and precipitation increase during the spring months. Korea is occa-
sionally influenced by the "Yellow Wind" during the spring months.
The Yellow Wind occurs when storm winds behind a trough cause dust
from the Gobi Desert to become suspended in the air. The dust laden
air is subsequently transported over Korea. During a strong yellow
wind, visibility can be reduced to less than 1 mile. Spring is also the
time for heavy sea fog to form over the coastal areas. The fog forms as
the warmer air passes over the cooler Yellow Sea and the East Sea (Sea
of Japan). Wind gusts of up to 59 kts have been recorded as well as
tornados. The average April temperature in the north is approximately
10 °C (50 °F) and in the south 12 °C (54 °F); spring is generally cooler
than fall.
Summer Pattern (June-September)
Summer is the rainy season in Korea. During the summer, southern
monsoon winds engulf the country, the winds shift to the southwest, and
the warm, moisture laden air moving off the oceans clashes with the
drier air to the north. These fronts oscillate back and forth across Korea
during the summer months. The interior highlands disturb the winds,
forcing them into a westerly/southwesterly direction. The majority of
the annual precipitation falls between late June and the middle of Sep-
tember, with rains fully developing along the entire peninsula by mid-
June. Seoul receives approximately 126 mm (5 in) of precipitation dur-
ing the winter (December-March), but in July alone receives approxi-
mately 383 mm (14.3 in).
27
Thunderstorms usually occur about 2 to 5 days per month during this
period. Summer precipitation in Korea is as likely to occur at 0200 as at
1400. Humidity is very high and fog will develop whenever a cold air
mass confronts this moisture laden air, often forming on cloudless days.
The typhoon season occurs from July through September. About once
each year, a typhoon will pass very close to or move over Korea, causing
heavy showers. Strong winds are usually confined to islands and
exposed coastal areas. Although winds might not pose a problem, the
associated rainfall can cause significant flash flooding, a very real threat
during the rainy season, especially in rough terrain. The mean tempera-
ture for Seoul in August is 25.3 °C (78 °C)
Fall Pattern (October-November)
October is the transition month between the summer rainy season and
the cold, dry winter. The predominantly tropical cloudy weather of the
summer is replaced by cooler, drier, and less cloudy conditions. The
primary weather producers during October are cold frontal systems
from the Asian mainland. On the average, one frontal passage per week
can be expected during the month. A typical frontal passage is preceded
by increasing middle and high cloudiness with light rain. Following the
frontal passage, mostly clear skies can be expected for 3 or 4 days. Dur-
ing this clear period it is very likely for fog to form. Fog is especially
prevalent in river valleys and in low lying areas.
Winter Pattern (December-March)
The winter in Korea is controlled by the large Siberian High (Asiatic
High) pressure system which results in predominantly cold, dry north-
westerly winds. About every 4 to 5 days a low-pressure trough will
move through Korea, bringing with it cloudiness and light precipitation.
The amount of precipitation locally depends mostly on the elevation of
the station and the length of time that the air has been over the Yellow
Sea. Maximum snowfall occurs over the northwest coast, which is the
most exposed to the northwesterly flow, and in the mountain areas. Nor-
mally less than 10 percent of the annual precipitation falls during the
28
winter. Frequently the weather is cloudless, clear, and dry, except for
the southwestern region of the peninsula. The mean January tempera-
ture in Seoul is -4.4 °C (24 °F)
Effects of Climate on f\/lilitary Operations
Extremely cold outbreaks during winter could have a serious impact on
ground and air operations. During colder temperatures, hypothermia,
frostbite, and cold related injuries will slow the tempo of ground opera-
tions. Cold weather also impacts the turnaround time of aircraft as
maintenance, refueling, and ammunition loading are affected. Traffica-
bility is favorably impacted by the state of the ground. The ground
freezes around 10 November in the extreme north, around 20 December
along the DMZ, and not until 30 January in the extreme south. Thawing
begins around 30 January in Pusan, mid-February along the DMZ, and
not until 20 March in the far north. Ice also impacts naval operations
from December until March.
Rain is the biggest problem for military operations in Korea. Heavy
rains during the Southwest Monsoon saturate the ground and make con-
ditions ideal for flash flooding. Trafficability is impaired by the wet
ground and the effects of suddenly changing shallow, slow moving
streams into rapid, deep rivers. In addition, mountain passes and rough
mountain terrain become even more difficult to traverse due to the rains.
Winter snows have an impact on aircraft takeoff/recovery at coastal
bases and in mountainous terrain where snows are normally more sig-
nificant. With limited highway LOCs available, heavier snowfalls can
cause a significant impact on supply/re supply operations. The worst
flying weather of the year occurs during the summer rainy season.
About half the season, ceilings and visibilities are less than 3,000 ft and
3 mi, respectively.
In determining the effect of surface winds, direction is the most signif-
icant criteria. During the Northwest Monsoon (November-March), the
effects of nuclear, biological, and chemical (NBC) warfare to the south
are heightened. Although temperatures modify the effect of NBC
29
agents at this time, dispersion patterns would be favorable for North
Korean use. The Southwest Monsoon (June- September) has tempera-
tures and humidity favorable to North Korean NBC use, but dispersion
patterns are less favorable. The Southwest Monsoon pattern also has
periods of strong wind speeds which may adversely affect air opera-
tions, air defense, and communications which are antenna-dependent.
The best period for air and ground observation is the generally clear
winter period, December through March. Flying weather in the winter
is the best of any time of the year, although pilots must take note of fre-
quent severe turbulence and icing. Both hazards can be associated with
the passage of a trough. The fall period, October through November,
permits good air and ground observation; however, air operations are
frequently marginal during morning hours due to periods of ground fog
in river valleys and low -lying areas. During the spring, April through
June, air and ground observation are often limited as a result of increas-
ing cloud cover and precipitation. Additionally, the spring period brings
with it an increase in early morning fog that burns off by late morning.
Also during the spring, dust resulting from Yellow Wind can reduce vis-
ibility at times to less than 1 mile, affecting both ground and air observa-
tion. Periods of rain during the summer, when the peninsula receives
the majority of its annual precipitation in the form of monsoons, greatly
reduce air and ground observation capability.
Vegetation
During World War II and the Korean War, the Korean Peninsula was
nearly deforested. As a result, only scrub tree growth and relatively
young forests exist. Areas not classified as cultivated or built-up are gen-
erally categorized as forests. Areas that contain trees over 6.1 m (20 ft)
occupy only one-third of South Korea and are usually dense with tightly
spaced trees that are generally less than 10 m (33 ft) tall. In these forests,
maneuvering vehicles is difficult because trees are so closely spaced.
The valley floors are consistently terraced and planted with rice crops,
assuming that adequate supplies of water are available for these terraced
30
fields. Low, dry crops are planted where adequate supplies of water are
not available, usually on the edges of valleys. The terrain and climate
conditions of Korea are favorable for growth of coniferous forest includ-
ing pine, fir, larch, and spruce trees. In the past, most of the forest land
on the peninsula has been denuded, and the only remaining mature natu-
ral forests are on the higher mountains, particularly in the north. Most of
the peninsula's woodlands are 20- to 30-year-old scrub deciduous forests.
The central regions have a mixed cover of hardwoods and conifers, but
near urban areas the forests have virtually disappeared. In the southern
portion, scattered stands of bamboo and pine are found among the gener-
ally deciduous growth.
31
Effects of Vegetation on l\Ailitary Operations
Because large stands of trees and forests are virtually nonexistent,
except for remote mountainous areas in the northern half of the penin-
sula, vegetation will have little impact on observation and fields of fire.
The concealment afforded by vegetation is generally good year round
but is restricted mainly to evergreen trees in mountainous areas. As
operations move north into the more mountainous terrain, concealment
increases. Concealment for ground troops is fair in areas of cultivation,
mainly in rice paddies and orchards, but these are seasonal except in
dikes and ditches. Concealment, especially from aerial observation, is
limited in the young forests throughout Korea.
Surface Materials
The predominant surface material throughout the peninsula is sand com-
posed of rocks and silt. The soil cover is usually thin outside the val-
leys, on hills, and on mountains. In the valleys, natural soils are
normally thick sands, and silty sands with considerable cobble-sized
rock in the upper reaches of the valleys. In the wide valleys of the west-
ern portion of the peninsula, minimal rock is present in the natural soil.
Cultivated soils, especially in terraced rice paddies, are artificially
developed through regular plowing, irrigating, and fertilizing over long
periods. Settling of silts from annual irrigation and also from occasional
flooding of rivers has changed the soil composition from its original
character. In most areas, rice paddy soil is a uniform silty-loam, which
is totally unlike the natural soils in the vicinity. During spring planting
these soils are usually supersaturated to allow an easy transition for the
transplanting of rice seedlings. The introduction of this moisture in the
spring and constant flooding throughout most of the summer months
make these fields impossible for off-road movement of even the lightest
motor vehicles. During early fall, these rice paddies are drained to
allow for the rice harvest and for the turning of the soil for nutrient
retention. The turning of the soil allows the ground to dry and become
hard enough for some traffic ability.
32
SECTION 2
MILITARY FORCES OF THE DPRK
General
The DPRK remains the world's most militaristic state. It commits
roughly 25 percent of its GDP to military spending. Out of every 1,000
people, 40 serve in uniform. By comparison, the ROK spends 4 percent
of its GDP on the military and 14 of every 1,000 people serve in uni-
form. The DPRK maintains imposing forces in terms of numbers. Over
1,200,000 personnel serve in the active forces, with reserve forces
totaling over 5,000,000, making it the fourth largest military force in
the world. The majority of DPRK forces are forward deployed, in
attack positions, within 65 km (40.4 mi) of the DMZ. This concentra-
tion along the border supports a military strategy that is directed
against the ROK. Technically, a state of war exists between the two
Koreas, as no peace treaty or terms were agreed upon at the end of the
Korean War. Although the armistice of 1953 marked the end of conven-
tional combat for the DPRK, it did not signify the end of hostilities or
the preparation for continuing battle.
National Military Organization
DPRK defense activities are coordinated by the Ministry of the People's
Armed Forces (MPAF). The MPAF is headed by the Minister of
National Defense and consists of the Political Department, Operations
Department, and Rear Services Department. The Minister of Defense
reports to the Supreme Commander of the Armed Forces, as well to the
Central People's Committee, the main political committee of the
Korean's Worker Party. There is a separate General Staff that acts as an
advisory committee to the MPAF. The DPRK maintains an Army, Air
Force, Navy, and a Special Operations Force (SOF). There is no separate
Marine Corps, although the Navy does conduct some amphibious and
ground support operations.
33
The DPRK enforces a mandatory conscription law for citizens age 17
and over. Minimum service periods are as follows: 5 to 8 years (army), 3
to 4 years (air force), and 5 to 10 years (navy). Those not able to serve
actively for that period of time are enlisted Red Guard militia, a large
paramilitary force. Active service is followed by part-time service in the
military reserves or service in the Worker-Peasant Red Guard to age 60.
The DPRK military has an estimated manpower pool of approximately
5,000,000 personnel, although the estimate for reserve troops actually
assigned to a military unit number is closer to 750,000 in the army and
40,000 in the navy.
The Worker-Peasant Red Guard militia is the largest civilian defense
force in the DPRK with a strength of approximately 3.8 million. The
militia is organized on a provincial/town/village level. Command struc-
ture is brigade, battalion, company, and platoon. The militia maintains
infantry small arms, mortars, and air defense artillery, although some
units are unarmed. Those under conscription age are assigned to the Red
Youth Guards for training. Membership in the Red Youth Guards is
approximately 1,000,000. In addition, the security forces and border
guards, numbering approximately 115,000 personnel, are used for inter-
nal security duties.
The North Korean Army (NKA)
The ground forces are by far the largest and most formidable of the
DPRK's military forces. In the 1980s, NKA force structure became
increasingly mobile and mechanized, with a steady increase in tanks,
self-propelled artillery, armored personnel carriers, and trucks.
The NKA ground combat vehicle inventory consists of medium and
light tanks, which include the T-62 and T-54/55 main battle tanks. The
NKA light tank inventory includes the indigenously produced M-1975,
the former Soviet PT-76, and the Chinese Type 62 and 63 variants. The
NKA armored personnel carrier inventory includes the M-1973/M-1967
and a few BTR-60s.
34
The NKA relies on massive numbers of artillery systems to support
ground operations. The North Korean Air Force's perceived vulnerabil-
ity contributes to this reliance on field artillery as the major combat mul-
tiplier. In the 1980s, the DPRK produced a significant amount of self-
propelled artillery by mating towed artillery tubes with chassis already
in the inventory. Also produced are a variety of self-propelled guns,
howitzers, gun-howitzers (ranging from 122-mm to 152-mm), and two
versions of the KOKSAN gun (170-mm). The DPRK also manufactures
at least three calibers of multiple rocket launchers - 107-mm, 122-mm,
and 240-mm - and mounts many of them on heavy trucks.
The DPRK produces a wide range of former Soviet antitank guns, from
57-mm to 100-mm. This includes the 76-mm field gun and SU-85 100-
mm SP. Infantry fire support weapons include mortars ranging from 60-
mm to 160-mm, hand-held rocket-propelled grenade launchers, and AT-
I/SNAPPER and AT-3/SAGGER wire-guided antitank missiles. The
DPRK probably produces the AT-4/5.
Major units of the NKA are listed as follows:
8 conventional corps
1 armored corps
4 mechanized corps
2 artillery corps
1 capital defense command
30 infantry divisions and
4 infantry brigades
15 armored brigades
20 motorized/mechanized infantry brigades
Special Purpose Forces Command
35
The North Korean Air Force (NKAF)
The primary mission of the NKAF is air defense of the homeland. Sec-
ondary missions include tactical air support to the Army and the Navy,
transportation and logistic support, and SOF insertion.
Interceptor, ground- attack, transport, attack helicopter, and transport
helicopter regiments are formed from over 730 combat aircraft, approx-
imately 300 helicopters, and 92,000 personnel. Although DPRK air-
bases are located throughout the country, the majority are in the
southern provinces. Pyongyang has the capability to protect combat air-
craft in hardened shelters.
The DPRK does not produce aircraft indigenously. Its inventory, though
large, consists of many aircraft manufactured using 1950s and 1960s
former Soviet or Chinese technology. However, in the 1980s the former
Soviet Union supplied some more modern, all-weather air defense and
ground- attack aircraft.
Interceptor aircraft are an integral part of the DPRK's air defense net-
work, which also includes surface-to-air missiles and numerous mobile
and fixed antiaircraft artillery weapons. Interceptors fly combat air
patrol missions to protect DPRK coastlines, military installations, and
key urban areas. The MiG-23/FLOGGER and MiG-29/FULCRUM are
the most modern interceptors in the inventory. However, the backbone
of the air force remains the MiG-21/FISHBED. The DPRK has 120
MiG-21s and over 100 MiG-19/FARMERs. The MiG-21 has a twin bar-
rel 23-mm cannon and AA-2/ ATOLL heat-seeking air-to-air missiles.
The DPRK's air defense capability improved in 1984 when the Soviet
Union began supplying the first of the 46 MiG-23/FLOGGER intercep-
tors. This all-weather interceptor can carry the AA-2/ ATOLL or AA-8/
APHID and the longer range AA-7/APEX missile. Until the MiG-29/
FULCRUM arrived in 1988, the FLOGGER was the DPRK's most mod-
ern aircraft. The FULCRUM, an all-weather counterair fighter, entered
36
service in the former Soviet Union in 1985. Equipped with a look-down,
shoot-down radar, beyond-visual-range air-to-air missiles, and close-in
dogfight missiles, it provides the best airframe against the more modern
CFC combat aircraft.
Most ground-attack regiments have Russian- and Chinese-produced
light bombers and fighters with technology from the 1950s and 1960s.
The NKAF has three regiments of Il-28/BEAGLEs, one regiment of
Su-7/FITTERs, five regiments of MiG-15/FAGOTs and MiG-17/FRES-
COs, and two regiments of MiG-19/FARMERs. The 82 BEAGLEs are
medium-range bombers with a radius of 550 nm and a bomb load of
2,205 lb. Other attack aircraft include about 100 FARMERS and Chinese
versions of the FARMER that have been modified for ground attack.
These older aircraft can operate only in daylight and good weather and
can only carry small bomb loads. The NKAF also has 20 1961 vintage
Su-7/FITTER ground-attack fighters.
The NKAF modernized its ground-attack capability by importing Su-
25/FROGFOOT aircraft from the former Soviet Union. Deliveries began
in 1988, totaling approximately 36 to date. The Su-25 is a late- 1970s
aircraft, has a combat radius of 300 nm, and can carry up to 8,800 lb of
bombs and rockets. During the initial stages of the surprise attack, the
most likely targets for the Su-25 are airfields, surface-to-surface missile
sites, headquarters, and other military targets of opportunity.
During the 1980s, the NKAF substantially increased its helicopter
inventory from 40 to 275. Helicopters in service include Mi-2/HOP-
LITE, Mi-4/HOUND, and Mi-8/HIR In 1985, the DPRK circumvented
U.S. export controls to buy 87 U.S. -manufactured Hughes helicopters.
These helicopters are considerably more advanced than those received
from the Russians. Although the DPRK has the civilian version, they
probably have modified some of them to carry guns and rockets.
Because the ROK produces the same model helicopter for its armed
forces, the DPRK could modify their Hughes helicopters to resemble
the ROK counterparts to confuse CFC air defenses during SOF
operations.
37
The transport fleet has some 1950s- and 1960s- vintage former Soviet
transports, including more than 270 An-2/COLT light transports and 10
An-24/COKEs. The COLT's ability to land on short, rough strips, makes
it especially suited for the task of transporting SOF units. It can hold 10
combat troops and cruise at 160 kilometers (km) an hour. The NKAF
has at least six COLT regiments and at least six regiments of attack and
transport helicopters.
DPRK operational thinking reflects both Russian doctrine and North
Korean experiences with heavy UN bombing during the Korean War; it
relies heavily on air defense. The DPRK houses a large percentage of its
military industries, aircraft hangars, repair facilities, ammunition, fuel
stores, and even air defense missiles underground or in hardened shelters.
The DPRK, with over 8,800 AA guns, combined with SA-2, SA-3, and
SA-5, and handheld SA-7 and SA-16 surface-to-air missiles, has con-
structed one of the world's most dense air defense networks. In the mid-
1980s, the former Soviet Union supplied SA-3/G0A surface-to-air mis-
siles to the DPRK. The SA-3 provides short-range defense against low-
flying aircraft. In 1987, the former Soviet Union provided SA-5/GAM-
MON surface-to-air missiles that gave Pyongyang a long-range, high-
altitude, surface-to-air missile capability. The SA-2 GUIDELINE sys-
tem provides medium-range, medium- altitude point defense for cities
and military airfields, as well as a barrier defense along the DMZ.
SA-2 and SA-3 battalions are concentrated along the coastal corridors,
while most SA-5 GAMMON battalions are located near the DMZ and
are extended north to cover Pyongyang.
The North Korean Navy (NKN)
The 46,000-man NKN is primarily a coastal navy. The NKN is orga-
nized into two fleets: the East Coast Fleet, with eight operational com-
mands, and the West Coast Fleet, with five operational commands. The
East Coast Fleet is headquartered at Toejo Dong, with major bases at
Najin and Wonsan. The West Coast Fleet is headquartered at Nampo,
38
with major bases at Pipagot and Sagon Ni. Numerous smaller naval
bases are located along both coasts. The fleets do not exchange
vessels because geographical limitations make mutual support almost
impossible. The NKN does not have a Marine Corps or naval air.
Amphibious operations are conducted by SOF units in addition to
naval personnel.
Most NKN vessels are small patrol-size craft unable to operate over 50
nautical miles (nm) from the coast but capable of policing the DPRK's
territorial waters. The navy's numerous amphibious craft and midget
submarines are intended to clandestinely insert SOF units into the ROK.
The DPRK also maintains coastal defense artillery and missile sites.
Coastal defense artillery includes 122-mm, 130-mm, and 152-mm sys-
tems. Land-based coastal defense missiles include the SSC-2B SAM-
LET, CSSC-2 SILKWORM, and CSSC-3 SEERSUCKER.
The NKN's most capable weapons systems are their approximately 43
guided-missile patrol boats equipped with the SS-N-2A STYX antiship
missile (or its Chinese version, the CSS-N-1 SCRUBBRUSH). Though
their small size limits operations to coastal waters and calm seas, they
have a capability to quickly respond to Combined Forces Command
(CFC) shipping approaching the coast. The NKN has 12 OSA-1 guided-
missile patrol boats, 10 DPRK versions of the OSA-1 called the SOJU,
and 19 other fast-attack missile craft; the OSA and SOJU are all
equipped with four CSS-N-1 missile launchers. The missiles have a
maximum range of 25 nm and carry radar or infrared homing seekers.
The largest part of the NKN consists of small combatants, including tor-
pedo boats, patrol boats, patrol craft, fast attack craft, and small amphib-
ious landing craft. Of the approximately 200 torpedo boats, nearly half
are DPRK-built. Most are equipped with 25-mm to 37-mm guns. The
DPRK built at least 62 CHAHO fire-support patrol units. This unique
vessel has a multiple rocket launcher in the center of its deck to provide
fire support to ground troops or attack surface ships.
39
The DPRK's attack submarine inventory is estimated to include 4
former Soviet WHISKEY Class, 22 Chinese ROMEO Class, and
DPRK-built ROMEO Class submarines. The WHISKEYs, acquired in
the 1960s, can carry 12 torpedoes or 24 mines. Shortly after delivering
four ROMEOs in the early 1970s, China helped the DPRK start its own
ROMEO construction program. The ROMEOs are well equipped, have
an improved sonar, and can carry 14 torpedoes or 28 mines.
To date, the DPRK has indigenously produced over 200 personnel land-
ing craft. This includes approximately 100 NAMPO personnel landing
craft based on a former Soviet P-6 torpedo boat hull. The NAMPO has a
maximum speed of 40 knots and a radius of 335 nm at 28 knots. The
NAMPO s provide a limited amphibious capability, each carrying up to
30 troops with a basic combat load. Amphibious assaults against CFC
probably would be small, clandestine landings involving two to six
NAMPO craft; CHAHO or other naval craft could provide fire support.
Other amphibious craft include 8 HANTAE medium landing ships,
which can carry 3 to 4 light tanks, and approximately 125 KONG
BANG amphibious hovercraft.
The DPRK has a credible mine warfare capability. There are numerous
small surface ships that are capable of delivering mines within both the
navy and civilian sectors. Mines will be used to defend against amphibi-
ous assaults, defend strategic ports, and provide seaward flank protec-
tion for land forces. Defensive mine fields will be monitored by coastal
observation teams and radar, and they will be supported by well
emplaced artillery and missile batteries. This will make close approach
and mine clearing operations extremely hazardous. DPRK has a large
inventory of older technology mines, significant historical experience
with their effectiveness, and, most importantly, the willingness to use
them.
40
Other Considerations
Biological
Biological warfare has not received the same attention as chemical or
nuclear warfare. However, if the DPRK did choose to employ biological
weapons, it probably could use infectious agents, such as those causing
anthrax or plague, against CFC forces.
Chemical
The DPRK is capable of producing nerve, blood, choking, and blister
agents. They have at least eight industrial facilities that could produce
these agents. While production rates are uncertain, large quantities of
agents are believed to be available.
Chemical weapons can be delivered by virtually all DPRK fire support
systems. This includes most artillery, multiple rocket launchers (includ-
ing those mounted on CHAHO-type boats), mortars, FROGs, SCUD
missiles, and some aerial bombs.
The DPRK plans to operate in a chemically contaminated environment.
Chemical defense units are organic to combat units down to regiment
level. For example, an army corps has a dedicated chemical defense bat-
talion and a regiment has a subordinate chemical defense platoon. These
chemical defense units have both detection and decontamination sys-
tems. Their missions include reconnaissance and the training of person-
nel in the use of protective equipment. Chemical training and exercises
for both military and civilian personnel have increased consistently over
the years.
DPRK chemical weapons would compliment conventional military
power. In a surprise attack, DPRK forces are expected to use chemical
weapons to demoralize defending forces, reduce their effectiveness, and
deny use of mobilization centers, storage areas, and military bases with-
out physically destroying facilities and equipment. Non-persistent
chemical agents could be used to break through CFC defensive lines or
41
to hinder a CFC counterattack. Persistent chemical agents could be used
against fixed targets in rear areas, including command and control ele-
ments, major LOCs, logistic depots, airbases, and ports.
Special Operations Force
Nearly 60,000 military personnel assigned to the 22 SOF brigades and
light infantry battalions would be available to open a second front in
CFC's rear area. These forces have five basic missions: conducting
reconnaissance, performing combat operations in concert with conven-
tional operations, establishing a second front in the enemy's rear area,
countering CFC special operations in the North's rear areas, and main-
taining internal security. These forces perform operations at the strate-
gic, operational, and tactical levels. During offensive operations, corps
reconnaissance units would conduct penetration missions to collect mil-
itary intelligence and launch raids on military and civilian targets. Prior
to the main attack, some units would infiltrate behind allied lines by air
and sea, while others would cross into the ROK through tunnels under
the DMZ. These units would penetrate at night to locate and destroy
command posts, create confusion in rear areas, interdict troop and sup-
ply convoys, attack military and civilian installations (to include ports
and airfields), and gain control of critical terrain.
Summary
Most of the DPRK's military equipment is technologically inferior to
CFC equipment. The state of readiness and training for the force will
decline due to the age of equipment and lack of repair parts. Therefore,
the ability of the DPRK to threaten the South with conventional forces
will be reduced by the turn of the century.
National Military Policy
DPRK military policy focuses on maintaining and sustaining a military
force capable of conducting an offensive operation into the ROK to
attain the national goal of reunifying the peninsula. DPRK military doc-
42
trine and policy specify the structure of DPRK armed forces, allocate
industrial resources and output, and orient research and development to
support the armed forces. This doctrine is the blueprint, drawn up by the
highest DPRK political leaders, that describes in detail the shape of the
armed forces and the way in which they are to be used. It is based on
three fundamental and interconnected concepts shaped by the late Kim
II- song's vision of the future of the Korean Peninsula:
■ Eventual reunification,
■ DPRK regime survival and leadership of a unified Korea, and
■ the application of military force to achieve reunification.
DPRK force development and weapons acquisition strategy focuses on
countering the strengths and weaknesses of CFC forces while remaining
independent and self-sufficient in maintaining and modernizing their
armed forces. The DPRK military is attempting to meet the following
force objectives:
■ Develop and refine self-sufficiency in armament.
■ Maintain active force size and rapid force generation capabilities of
reserve forces.
■ Overcome terrain and technological disadvantages.
■ Ensure sustainability and improve warfighting infrastructure.
A major hurdle faced by the DPRK in attaining its force objectives is the
dismal state of its economy. Though the DPRK dedicates critical
resources to the military, at the expense of all other sectors of society,
the country may be facing economic collapse during this decade.
Because of this, the DPRK may be reaching a decision point, either to
use its military force or risk losing the military option. Consequently,
there is more pressure on the DPRK to complete its force objectives.
Barring economic collapse or military action, DPRK military policies
will continue to support the national goal of reunification.
43
The primary strength that the DPRK can draw upon is the support of the
North Korean people. Whether by force of indoctrination or genuine feel-
ings of nationalism, this support constitutes a reservoir of national power.
DPRK soldiers are taught that the outcome of a war is not decided by
modern weapons and military technology, but by the "noble mission and
revolutionary spirit with which it fights for the liberation of the people."
This translates into a military force capable of supporting a wide range of
combat options without consideration for danger or moral values.
Vulnerabilities of this military doctrine include the sheer physical
exhaustion of the DPRK population. This is perhaps the greatest imped-
iment to the North's attempt to offset the growing economic and military
power of the ROK. On the battlefield, perhaps the most decisive short-
coming of the DPRK would be the lack of modern reconnaissance, sur-
veillance, and target acquisition systems. This shortcoming is amplified
by the relative inaccurate and cumbersome characteristics of most of the
DPRK's major weapon platforms.
Military Strategy
The primary objective of North Korea's military strategy is to reunify
the Korean Peninsula under North Korean control within 30 days of
beginning hostilities. A secondary objective is the defense of North
Korea. To accomplish these objectives. North Korea envisions fighting a
two-front war. The first front, consisting of conventional forces, is
tasked with breaking through defending forces along the DMZ, destroy-
ing defending CFC forces, and advancing rapidly down the entire penin-
sula. This operation will be coordinated closely with the opening of a
second front consisting of SOF units conducting raids and disruptive
attacks in CFC's rear.
In developing the force to fulfill this two-front strategy. North Korea's
leaders realized that they could never reach technological parity with the
United States or U.S. -supplied South Korea. Instead, they focused on
attaining overall combat superiority through the use of surprise, shock.
44
speed, and overwhelming quantities of troops and firepower coupled
with a well-trained SOF.
North Korea, devastated during the Korean War, also places great
emphasis on maintaining a strong defense. To achieve the strategic
defense mission. North Korea has established defensive belts. They are
designed to defeat any attack from ground or amphibious forces. The
main strategic belt runs from the DMZ to Pyongyang. This belt contains
over two-thirds of the DPRK's active maneuver ground forces. Ground
defense along this belt is carried out by MPAF and corps level units.
Two army-level headquarters may be activated for wartime operations.
Coastal defense is provided by the navy, and ground antilanding defense
is provided by the army. Defense of DPRK airspace is provided by the
air force and antiair artillery units of the army. At the initiation of a
DPRK ground offensive, the North's reserve forces, numbering
some 5 million, would man a pre-established, in-depth national defense
network.
Military Doctrine
DPRK military doctrine is based on a blend of Russian operational art,
Chinese light infantry tactics, and North Korean lessons learned during
the Korean War. This doctrine is tempered by the national goal of
chuche (self reliance). The impact of chuche is that imported military
concepts have been adapted to the unique geography, social conditions,
and economic conditions found on the Korean peninsula. The guiding
principles within DPRK doctrine are as follows:
1. Annihilation: Destroy defending CFC forces in place. Do not allow
them to withdraw and regroup.
2. Surprise Attack: Achieved by making an unexpected assault in an
unexpected manner. Prevent CFC from taking effective countermea-
sures. Position forces to attack with little preparation. Practice excellent
OPSEC and deception. Attacks at night and during adverse weather are
the best way to achieve surprise.
45
3. Overwhelming Firepower: Employ continuous massing fires
(including chemical) from heavy guns and multiple rocket launchers to
create opportunities for maneuver and to pulverize CFC forces.
4. Mobility: Employ tanks, armored personnel carriers, self-propelled
artillery, vehicle-mounted rocket launchers, and vehicle-mounted anti-
aircraft guns to be able to attack/counterattack while moving. Utilize a
redundant C2 system while moving.
5. Impregnable Rear: Ensure that rear areas are secure from CFC
attack to remain fully capable of continuous support to attacking forces.
6. Conduct Special Operations and Guerrilla Warfare in the
Enemy's Rear: These operations are to be conducted in close coordina-
tion with conventional operations to maximize disruption of CFC air,
artillery, and logistics support to frontline CFC units.
7. Use the NKN and NKAF in Coordination with Ground Forces:
Employ the unique fires available from these forces to carry the fight to
the depths of CFC defenses. Use their transport capabilities to insert
SOF. Use them to safeguard the impregnable rear from air and sea attack.
8. Echelon Forces: Echelon at corps and below to provide both offensive
and defensive options as a conflict unfolds. Normally three echelons:
about two-thirds of force in first echelon, about one-third in the second
echelon, with about one-ninth held in reserve or as the third echelon.
9. Combined-arms Operations: Coordinate the actions of all forces,
large and small, conventional and unconventional, to successfully exe-
cute combat engagements.
10. Adequate Logistics: Ensure that there are sufficient logistic units to
support combat operations and long LOCs.
11. Use Terrain to the Best Advantage: Emphasize mountain opera-
tions.
46
12. Detailed Reconnaissance: Know CFC locations and be able to tar-
get them.
Operational Level of War
Operational Level Offense
The operational objective of DPRK forces in the offense is the destruc-
tion of CFC forces in a short duration, high intensity campaign employ-
ing maneuver warfare.
To achieve these objectives, the DPRK has developed a mobile ground
force emphasizing the utilization of overwhelming firepower. The latest
evolution in force structure and doctrine, begun in the late 1970s, has
resulted in two distinct force organizations: a large, mobile active force
(including SOP) organized, trained, and deployed to carry out offensive
operations against the CFC, and an extensive, well trained reserve force
to defend the DPRK.
The DPRK offensive against the ROK will consist of three phases. The
objective of the first phase will be to breach the defenses along the DMZ
and destroy the forward deployed CFC forces. The objective of the sec-
ond phase will be to isolate Seoul and consolidate gains. The objective
of the third phase will be to pursue and destroy remaining CFC forces
and occupy the remainder of the peninsula.
The four forward conventional corps, I, II, IV, and V, are considered the
"warfighting" corps. They are expected to conduct the initial attacks
with the primary mission of annihilating CFC forces north of Seoul. The
concept of annihilation is the key to the NKA doctrine, as it continually
states the necessity to destroy enemy forces in place. The forward corps'
follow-on mission is the defeat of CFC forces in depth.
The remaining conventional corps. III, VI, VII, VIII, and the Capital
Defense Corps (CDC) have several possible missions. These missions
include providing follow-on forces, round-out forces, and serving as
47
coastal, rear area, or capital defense forces. Dependent on the forward
corps' success, the rear corps will release units to serve as replacements.
Two mechanized corps and part of the armor corps will provide the
exploitation forces to carry the battle beyond Seoul. The remaining
mechanized corps and armor from the armor corps could provide the
strategic reserve north of the DMZ.
Just prior to the initiation of hostilities, two army-level commands may
be established. These commands are expected to control operations
from the DMZ to the port of Pusan. Army Group I would be responsible
for conducting the main attack into the western portion of South Korea
and destroying the bulk of CFC forces north of Seoul. Army Group II
would be responsible for conducting supporting attacks down the east-
ern portion of the ROK and securing the left flank of Army Group I.
Army Group II would most likely consist of the following forces:
First Echelon: Will consist of the forward corps. Their mission will be
to conduct the initial infantry assault across the DMZ and break through
CFC defenses.
Second Echelon: Will consist of mechanized and armor forces. The pri-
mary mission of these forces will be to envelop and destroy forward
deployed forces.
Third Echelon: Will also consist of mechanized and armor forces. The
mission of these forces will be to pursue and destroy the remaining CFC
forces and to occupy the entire peninsula. Additionally, strategic reserve
forces or follow-on forces exist to augment all echelons if required.
Although the NKA places great emphasis on maneuver, it has elected
not to rely on extensive mechanization of its infantry forces. It is impor-
tant to note the NKA concept of "mechanization." To the NKA, mecha-
nization is designed to provide rapid "protected" movement of an
infantry force. For the most part, personnel travel in armored personnel
carriers or trucks, not infantry fighting vehicles. Once the force reaches
48
Boundary representations are not necessarily autlnoritative.
NORTH KOREA
Corps VII
Corps Boundary
Capital Defense Corps
Artillery Corps I I
Mechanized Corps _
.□
CHINA
Chongjln.
J.Sinuiju
Korea Bay
Yellow Sea
*-\j-^^ \ Hamhung.
/ r;^'PY0^3YANGJ /
^onsan Sea of Japan
\ Demarcation Line
' X
UTH KOREA \
Sariwon, ^^^ \
^ c^ Kaesonq),
"■^j^ r/\^ ,-sr^ 'Panmunjom
^ 620th 0/ SO
Armament ^
Corps "0^ A
Corps Level Organization
its destination, troops dismount to conduct traditional infantry opera-
tions rather than Russian- style infantry fighting vehicle (IFV) tactics
while fighting a mounted battle, whenever possible, through the enemy
defenses. Selective mechanization has been accomplished through the
use of self-propelled artillery and antiaircraft systems and tanks, but not
49
large quantities of armored personnel carriers or IF Vs. As in the past,
the DPRK ground force of the 1990s relies on the foot soldiers' ability to
exploit nontrafficable terrain. The objective is to overwhelm CFC units
with conventional forces and exploit breakthroughs with mechanized
assets without becoming roadbound.
Exploitation Forces
To support offensive operations of the forward corps, the NKA has cre-
ated four mechanized corps and an armor corps. Two mechanized, the
806th and 815th, and the 820th armored corps are positioned to support
strikes by the forward conventional corps and are considered to be tacti-
cal exploitation forces. Individual mechanized brigades may be turned
over to the control of the forward corps to exploit breakthroughs
achieved by the infantry. Their main objective is to drive deeply behind
CFC lines and set up blocking positions to cut off withdrawing or rein-
forcing CFC forces. Each mechanized brigade is capable of independent
operations behind enemy lines.
Successful destruction of CFC forces north of Seoul will enable the NKA
to commit its operational exploitation forces. This force will operate
under the control of an army command and conduct corps level, cohesive
operations. They are expected to be committed at the time forward CFC
forces are annihilated. Their mission is to quickly seize and secure key
terrain leading to control of the area between Seoul and Pusan.
The NKA will seek force ratios of 3-5 to 1 in armor, 6-8 to 1 in artillery,
and 4-6 to 1 in infantry forces to mount an attack. In attempting to
breach a well prepared defensive position, the NKA may be expected to
seek even larger ratios. This undoubtedly would be the case in attempt-
ing to break through DMZ defenses.
Combined-arms operations constitute the foundation of tactical battle in
NKA doctrine. Utilization of the forward conventional corps, reinforced
by the mechanized and armor corps, to fight from the DMZ to Pusan is
called the Strike Force concept. This concept embodies how the NKA is
expected to fight, especially south of Seoul or in defense of the DPRK.
50
NKA FORCE STRUCTURE
FUNCTION
CORPS/CORPS-LEVEL ORGANIZATIONS
REAR ARMY
CORPS
XXX
XXX
XXX
XXX
^' ^' ^' ^
STRATEGIC
REVERSES
JQQL
^
425
2ND OPERATION
ECHELON
XM.
XXXX
AG
^
815
1ST OPERATION
ECHELON
xxx^
XXX.
JQQL
AG
XXX
XXXX ^^^^108
XXX
=20 XXX 1^^
xxx xxx^
AC
xxx
^
The Strike Force concept was devised to compensate for DPRK defi-
ciencies, CFC strengths, and terrain considerations. Using a task organi-
zation approach, the NKA fields, trains, and exercises a large ground
force, designed to overcome the strengths and exploit the weaknesses of
CFC forces. Strike Forces/Groups are formed around a core unit, either
a corps, division, or regiment/brigade. As the situation develops, addi-
tional units, such as armor, or artillery, may be diverted to the Strike
Force to significantly increase available fire support.
The DPRK maneuver forces will echelon in three parts: a forward ele-
ment (most likely reinforced light infantry), which is a self-contained
maneuver force and two maneuver elements. Although the second
maneuver element is sometimes referred to as the reserve, it contains
sufficient combat weight to assume the lead of the main attack should
the first maneuver element fail or stall, or to attack another objective.
Avenues of Approach
The NKA is expected to use three primary avenues of approach into
the ROK. They are the Kaesong-Munsan approach, the Chorwon Val-
ley approach, and along the east coast. There are several sub-maneuver
51
KAESONG-MUNSAN
CHORWON VALLEY
EAST COAST
Kaesong-Munsan North
Kumwha Valley
ChorwonWest(MSR 3)
Taedong Mountains
.PYONGYANG
.'Koksan \^V\ ^ASTCOAST
%\^PPROACH
K%:
CHORWON
^APPROACHJ ^%\
DMZ
rOsan
in.
Kangnungjp
Avenues of Approach
52
corridors that can facilitate maneuver from the three major avenues of
approach.
The Second Front
As the attack against the forward defenses along the DMZ begins,
DPRK forces will initiate SCUD and FROG missile attacks with high
explosives, smoke, and possible nonpersistent chemical warheads
against airfields, lines of communications, C2 and logistics facilities.
Additionally, the DPRK attacks will be supported by the opening of a
"second front" in CFC's rear areas by teams of SOP units. These sol-
diers, some dressed in ROK army uniforms and carrying ROK weapons
and equipment, will infiltrate into the south by air, sea, and through tun-
nels under the DMZ to attack CFC airfields, C3, and other key targets.
Operational Level Defense
In the defense, DPRK forces have an operational objective of coordinat-
ing the defense and conducting counterattacks to repel CFC forces from
DPRK-controUed territory and adjacent waters. The DPRK views the
offensive as the only means with which to achieve decisive victory. Thus,
DPRK forces would use the defense only to consolidate gains, await
additional resources when temporarily halted, protect flanks, repulse
CFC counterattacks, or free resources for other offensive actions.
In the defense, DPRK forces plan to use counterattacks to quickly dis-
rupt CFC offensive operations. Once it appears that these forces have
been, or will be, successful in breaching the defense, DPRK forces will
attempt an immediate counterattack.
Fire support in the defense is well planned and highly concentrated to
cover flanks and forward sectors. Artillery fires in the defense include:
■ Long-range fires: Designed to engage CFC forces before they can
organize into attack formations.
53
■ Close combat fires: Designed to concentrate fire on CFC forces just
prior to the assault on DPRK defensive lines.
■ Final protective fires: Designed to begin just prior to CFC breach-
ing operations and intended to limit avenues of approach and thwart
CFC penetration of the main defensive position.
■ Fires within the defensive positions: Designed to blunt CFC pene-
trations of the defense while DPRK forces mount a counterattack.
In the defense, the DPRK also places great emphasis on antiaircraft
artillery (AAA) and engineer support. The first priority of AAA is the
protection of artillery assets, but they would be deployed to cover the
defense in depth. Engineer support would include the use of antitank
and antipersonnel obstacles to deny CFC avenues of approach, espe-
cially armor, into the main defensive area. The antitank plan is an inte-
gral part of DPRK defensive operations. They view tanks as a primary
threat to a successful defense. As such, a DPRK defensive plan would
include antitank operations, engineer support, and artillery support. In
all defensive operations, the North Koreans plan for an antitank support
area forward in the defensive zone.
NKA Tactics in tlie Offense
NKA Tactical Principles
Division and lower echelon units are considered tactical level elements.
They are charged with winning battles and engagements that support
operational objectives. Combined-arms operations constitute the foun-
dation of tactical battle in NKA doctrine. The most important tactical
principles of this doctrine are as follows:
1. Mass: The focusing of sufficient combat power against CFC's center
of gravity to disrupt operational or tactical decision making.
2. Surprise: Used to significantly multiply combat power to provide a
decisive advantage over a numerically or technologically superior CFC
force.
54
10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26
KILOMETERS
28 30
Division and Regimental Depths
3. Annihilation: Of utmost importance to the NKA, used so that CFC
formations cannot regroup to counterattack or reconstitute.
4. Fluidity: The NKA emphasizes the need for a continuous flow of bat-
tle. Forces designated to achieve breakthroughs in CFC defenses are
quickly followed by mechanized forces that are tasked to penetrate deep
into CFC's rear area.
NKA Tactical Formations in tiie Offense
The infantry division is the basic combat unit in the NKA and was
designed to provide maximum flexibility for maneuverability. Infantry
divisions are organized with tanks, artillery, and engineers to aid in
accomplishing the mission. Artillery provides orchestrated fire sup-
port, and during offensive operations, it is designed to protect the
advancing force by continually placing a heavy barrage in front of the
assaulting echelons.
55
The NKA uses two primary tactical formations for the division, brigade,
regiment, and battalion: the march formation and the attack formation.
NKA March Formation
Generally, the NKA plans to move during darkness or under condi-
tions of limited visibility. When forces move during daylight hours,
special countermeasures, such as camouflage, antiair and antitank
defense, are emphasized.
The composition of the march formation includes a forward-deployed
reconnaissance unit, advance guard, security force, main body, and a
rear guard. For an NKA regiment, the forward security for the main
body is a reinforced company, located 5-10 km forward of the main
body. Flank security for the regiment are reinforced platoons, one each,
operating 2-3 km to each flank. The main body consists of two-thirds of
the combat power of the march formation. Its mission is to maneuver
and destroy CFC formations that cannot be overcome by the advance
guard. The regiment's rear guard usually consists of a platoon that fol-
lows 2-3 km behind the main body. During a retreat, the rear guard
probably would consist of a reinforced company, operating 5-10 km
behind the main body.
56
COLUMN (orfile)
BASIC FORMATIONS
RANK(oronlin
e)
®
®
Weak to its flanks
Enemy situation is known
Front is broad
DIRECTION
OF ATTACK
Weaktothefron
WEDGE
INVERTED WEDGE
®
®
Used
In antic
when the situation is unc
pation of incidental enga
ECHELON LEFT
ertain
gement
Use
dwh
E(
en the situation
Normal formatior
DHELON RIG^
s certain
®
%>
Used when a flank attack
is expected from the left
Used when a flank attack
is expected from the right
2
1
+
3
USUAL TRANSITION FROM ^
THE MARCH INTO COMBAT
DEPLOYMENTS
'®
>
k
2
/ /^\ COMMANDER'S
^^ V5/ LOCATION
3
J
57
1 y 1 1 1 1
41 1 1 1
-l-l — l-l —
1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1
- + -I — l-l — l-l —
- J. -\ l_l l_J._
1 1 1 1 1 1
-T-rn-r-|-r-
_J_I_J_L_I_L_
- ■^- -I- i- -I- 7 -
--h-i — l-l — I--I--
1 1 1 1 1 1
_ -L _ l_ _l _ 1 g^^ _l _ J_ _
- T - r 1 - r HSH -i - r -
_1_I_J_I_J_L_I_L_
-iir-l-l--Ia*^-^-
-■^-■J-|--S--2--
--I-- 1-4-1 l-l l-i--
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1
— I-I —
1 1
1
_ J. _
1
- T -
1
1 1 1 1 1 1
_a_i l-l i_j._
1 1 1 1 1 1
-T-r-|-r-|-r-
1 1 1 1 ^f 1 1
_ -L _ l_ a _ U _fiL|API|_ _l _ J_ _
. . . . ^ . .
-T-|-i-r-|-r-|-r-
I
2 4
DIRECTION OF MARCH
Infantry Regiment in lUlarch Formation
-| - r
J _ L
QH - I 1 - -1-
I I - L -
--■-I — l-l — I- —
1 _
1 -
1 _,
J _
I I .
I — I - r
L ^ _ L
I I
d-i - I-
-| - r
ELBflENT
-PBsn I
ECHELON
I I.SEQpND.1
ECHELON
r -i - r -i - T - 1
.RESEHVE. I PE^tf^
FORCE GUAFID
1 - r 1 - r
12 18
DIRECnON OF MARCH
30 36
KILOIVETERS
Mechanized Brigade lUlarch Column
58
AVERAGE MARCH RATES
MARCH
RATE OF MARCH
(Km/Hr)
MARCH DISTANCE
1 Day (Km)
REMARKS
(Hrs)
DAY
NIGHT
Foot
4-5
4-5
Regular: 30
Forced: 45
Regular: 7 -8
Forced: 10 -12
Vehicles
15-20
10-15
Regular: 150
Forced: 200
AVERAGE VEHICLE SPEED
TYPE OF ROAD
UNDAiyiAGED
SURFACE
10% SURFACE
DAMAGE
> 10% SURFACE
DESTRUCTION
Paved
40 -50 Km/Hr
20 -35 Km/Hr
10 -20 Km/Hr
Gravel/Rubble
40 -45 Km/Hr
20 -30 Km/Hr
10 -20 Km/Hr
Dirt
15 -25 Km/Hr
8 -15 Km/Hr
5 -10 Km/Hr
UNIT/VEHICLES INTERVALS
VEHICLES
INTERVALS
COMPANIES
25 -50 Meters
BATTALIONS
3 - 5 Kilometers
REGIMENTS ON THE SAME ROUTE
5 - 10 Kilometers
DIVISION MAIN BODY AND DIVISION REAR SERVICES
15 - 20 Kilometers
59
NKA Attack Formation
NKA combat organization is determined by the mission assigned, ter-
rain, and enemy capabilities. Combat formations are divided into the
forward element, the first and second maneuver echelons, and the
reserves. The first echelon is responsible for penetrating initial CFC
positions and achieving the immediate objective. The second echelon or
reserve, is tasked with destroying all bypassed CFC elements. The sec-
ond echelon is also used to secure the flanks and rear area of the first
echelon. The reserve forces are used to reinforce the first and second
echelons and as a standby for a counterattack. Divisions and regiments
will also have an artillery group (DAG or RAG) consisting of organic
artillery augmented with artillery from higher echelons. For offensive
operations, forces are organized as follows:
1. Division
■ Forward Element: Reinforced light infantry battalion.
■ First Echelon: Two regiments reinforced by tanks and artillery.
Responsible for accomplishing the division's immediate objective,
the destruction of CFCs regimental reserve. On order, continue the
attack to accomplish subsequent objective of destruction of CFCs
division reserve.
■ Second Echelon: One regiment (-). Follows the first echelon by 6-8
km, reinforced by tanks and artillery when committed. On order,
continue the attack to accomplish division's subsequent objective.
■ Reserves: Battalion- size element composed of infantry, tank, and
antitank reserve. Responsible for flank and rear area security for
attacking echelon and mop up operations to exploit success. Acts as
replacement or infiltration force as needed.
60
Regiment
Forward Element: Reinforced infantry company.
First Echelon: Two battalions reinforced with tanks and artillery.
Accomplish regiment's immediate objective of destroying CFC's bat-
talion reserve. On order, continue the attack to accomplish regiment's
subsequent objective of destroying CFC's regimental reserve.
Second Echelon: One battalion (-). Follows first echelon at 3-5 km,
reinforced with tanks and artillery upon commitment. On order,
accomplish regimental subsequent objective.
Reserves: Composed of a company-size element. Mission and
employment are the same as division reserves.
Battalion
Forward Element: Infantry company.
First Echelon: Two companies reinforced with tanks and engineers.
Companies and platoons attack together; responsible for achieving
battalion's immediate objective of penetrating CFC's front lines. On
order, continue the attack to battalion's subsequent objective of
destroying CFC's battalion reserve.
Second Echelon: One company (-). Follows the first echelon at 0.4-1
km. When committed to the offense, receives tank support to accom-
plish battalion's subsequent objective. On order, continue the attack
to accomplish the regiment's subsequent objectives.
Reserves: One platoon- size force. Reinforces the attack echelon,
conducts mop-up operations, and supports the exploitation of battle
successes.
61
NKA Tactical Frontages and Depths in tiie Offense
•
NKA INFANTRY PLATOON
AHACK FORMATION
\^^ Commander
•
•
X
X
X
"*-
500-700 Meters
VULNERABILITIES: The platoon leader is the only link to company and battalion. Get him and you will
decrease the platoon's ability to fire and maneuver.
WEAPONS: ,^qj^. jhe platoon will be supported by company crew-served and
27 AK-47 battalion indirect-fire weapons.
3 RPK(LMG)
3 RPG-7
1 SNIPER RIFLE
NKA INFANTFY COIVPANY
ATTACK FOFIMA"nON
6
Company
Commander
1XBMG 1XBMG
^ ^ ^
500-700 Meters
VULNERABILITIES: The company will come on line about 300m from your position. Use mines, small arms
and mortars to disrupt his advance. Rough terrain may force him to expose his flanks.
WEAPONS:
81 AK-47
9 RPK(LMG)
9 RPG-7
3 SNIPER RIFLE
2 HVY MACHINE GUN
NOTE: The company will be supported by battalion and regimental
indirect-fire weapons.
62
NKA TANK COMPANY
AHACK FORMATION
^
T
1
1
T
1
I
1
1
1
VULNERABILITIES: Engage the tanks at maximum range with TOWs. Use M60 and .50 CALs to
keep tank crews buttoned up. That will cut their ability to see by half. Move to
alternate sites often.
WEAPONS:
10 T-55/62 TANKS
NOTE
: The tank company will be supported by battalion and regimental
indirect-fire weapons.
NKA INFANTFY BATTAUON
ATTACK hOKMATlON
1
W
X
w
82mm
1
\^ B10RCLGUN
3XBMG
1
w
82mm
1
X
3X BMG
1
X
1000-1500 Meters
WEAPONS:
345 AK-47
27 RPK(LMG)
31 RPG-7
9 SNIPER RIFLE
6 HVY MACHINE GUN
3 B10(82mm RCL)
9 82mm MORTARS
NOTE: The battalion wlllbe supported by Indirect fir
regiment and division,
e from
63
Regiment in tlie Attack
64
X
•IT-
152 MM
-■ - - L .
MM
o
. J ■ J ■
REAR
II ...J.
122;mM
1^ — r^l i5?MM/rr\ vL/' mm ■
fwd: Igl
; i2o;mm
Q
■•«■■
120 MM
■y-
1 82 MM
.■_-----L---
&I-1
120 MM
-122iMM ^-
1 [^ ^""82 Mm"
5 ■ 10 KM
NKA Mechanized Brigade in the Attacl<
65
! I ! I ;xx ;
: : : : ^^ m\
■ I- J I- — ^. ^- J -
I\/IAIN
■ : : .x^^**^ FWD I
•^
J L
\ J ■ ■ i
■m
^
DAG '*
r^i
-m
^
i^-
/ RAG '- !
mi 1^
1 ■ ;
i T r-
--» \- •■-
/ RAG \ I
',i 1 I
^T T"^
-1 r-
NKA Division in tlie Attacl(
66
NKA Tactical Maneuver
The NKA offensive tactical maneuver includes the meeting engage-
ment, movement to contact, deliberate attack, pursuit, spoiling attack,
and bypass.
Meeting Engagement
The NKA will conduct a meeting engagement when there is a demand
for the redirection of combat deployments because of rapid situational
changes. They are characterized by hasty planning due to limited time, a
continuous effort to seize and retain the initiative, deployment into com-
bat from the march column at high speed, and a lack of detailed intelli-
gence. The meeting engagement unfolds as follows:
■ March to contact with emphasis on forward reconnaissance.
■ Initial contact and combat development by the advance guard.
■ Maneuver and engagement of the main force.
■ Termination and transition to subsequent actions.
When the forward element guard of a marching unit comes into contact
with the enemy, the actions of the main body would depend on the size
of the CFC force encountered. If it is equal to or smaller than the for-
ward element, the forward element would attempt to decisively engage
and destroy the CFC force. If it is larger than the forward element, the
main body would either bypass or envelop the enemy strongpoint.
Movement to Contact
NKA movement to contact is designed to gain initial ground contact
with CFC forces or to regain lost contact. Though little is known on the
specifics of NKA doctrine for movement to contact, there are certain
principles that apply to this type of offensive operation. The NKA will
probably seek to make contact with the smallest CFC element possible
to maintain freedom of maneuver with the bulk of its force. All available
reconnaissance and security means would be employed to ensure that
67
the main force is committed under the most favorable conditions. At the
division level, subordinate units would be expected to act boldly within
clear directives in order to seize the initiative, to keep CFC off balance,
and to exploit success. The NKA force conducting a movement to con-
tact will organize in a march formation, with advance, flank, and rear
security elements protecting the main body. NKA movement to contact
would end when CFC resistance requires the deployment and coordi-
nated effort of the main body. It normally ends in a meeting engagement
or a deliberate attack maneuver.
Deliberate Attack
When an NKA division conducts a deliberate attack, several types of
maneuvers contribute to the overall execution and flow of the battle.
When attacking a defending CFC force that cannot be bypassed (or
should not be bypassed because of possible future combat potential), the
NKA would plan to begin with a penetration. This would be followed
with the envelopment and destruction of CFC forces and then a pursuit
of any withdrawing CFC forces to ensure complete destruction.
In the conduct of a deliberate attack, the NKA assigns a specific mis-
sion/objective to a company- size unit. A battalion or larger unit is
assigned an immediate and a secondary mission/objective. The second-
ary mission/objective is the immediate mission/objective of the next
higher headquarters. For example, the secondary mission of a battalion
would be the immediate mission of its parent regiment. At night or when
visibility is poor, a single broad mission would normally be assigned.
The objective of the penetration is to penetrate CFC's defense and
would be used when CFC's flank is exposed, or when an exploitable gap
or weakly defended point exists in CFC's forward defensive positions. A
successful penetration employs the elements of surprise and strong fire-
power. The selection of the penetration direction and effective employ-
ment of secondary attack force and infiltration units are important to the
success of this maneuver.
68
The envelopment is the primary and preferred tactical maneuver for
NKA ground forces. Whenever possible, it would be attempted, using
the forward element to fix and engage CFC defensive positions, while
first echelon forces attack CFC's flank and rear. The second echelon will
conduct a penetration once the enemy front is weakened or a second
envelopment. The main combat weight during an NKA envelopment
would be against CFC's flank with the intent to divide and destroy and
prevent the arrival of CFC reinforcements.
A split envelopment would be used after the first breakthrough of CFC
defensive positions. As the main NKA force continues to advance
deeper into the defense, subordinate elements would be tasked to con-
duct split envelopments to divide, isolate, encircle, and destroy remain-
ing CFC forces one by one. This maneuver requires close coordination
and maneuver among NKA units. During an NKA deliberate attack,
several small unit maneuvers are designed to contribute to the overall
success of the penetration or envelopment. They are the POCHO and
CHEONIB.
The POCHO (main attack) is emphasized at the squad and platoon lev-
els and plans for the infiltration through gaps in CFC defensive strong-
points and attack to CFC's rear.
The CHEON IB (supporting attack) is a tactical maneuver that stresses
the exploitation of small gaps in CFC's defensive positions to allow for
infiltration to the rear. It differs from the POCHO in that it normally
would be conducted by small elements of the support attack.
During the deliberate attack, some NKA units may be assigned the mis-
sion of conducting a pointed advance. This would be conducted by
straight-leg infantry units along a narrow front with the intention of pen-
etrating CFC defenses along a perpendicular ridgeline that is linked to
the defensive deep area. This form of maneuver would commonly be
used in combination with the breakthrough of the main attack or with an
envelopment, and calls for heavy fire support. Although a pointed
advance would normally take place in an area adjacent to the main
69
attack, it can also take place in the frontal area of the main attack when
no avenue of approach exists that is favorable for a breakthrough deep
into CFC's defense. In the execution of a pointed advance (and subject
to terrain limitations), an NKA division would use two battalions
located 1 to 1.5 km from the main assault to penetrate to a CFC battal-
ion's front line and an NKA regiment would use two companies located
500 to 700 m from the main assault to penetrate into a CFC company's
front line.
Pursuit
The NKA would execute the pursuit to block CFC's withdrawal routes.
This maneuver calls for advancing to a point of key terrain before CFC
forces begin to withdraw and destroying them in a series of meeting
engagements.
Generally, NKA pursuit operations would use a column formation to
provide speed and flexibility. The lead elements in the pursuit would
attempt to apply pressure on CFC forces to prevent disengagement from
contact. Concurrently, NKA artillery would attempt to form a barrier at
road intersections or other chokepoints, in an attempt to cut off CFC
withdrawal routes. Throughout the pursuit, the NKA plans for the for-
ward deployment of artillery and mortars to maintain a high level of fire
support. NKA engineers are expected to eliminate obstacles to facilitate
the advance while the assault forces push forward in an attempt to com-
mit the CFC reserve force. NKA reserve forces are expected to infiltrate
CFC rear areas. NKA doctrine includes three types of pursuit: frontal,
parallel, and composite.
A frontal pursuit would be executed when there are no parallel bypass
routes or when strong pressure is required to keep CFC forces from dis-
engaging from combat. The NKA might also use frontal pursuit to cover
other forces conducting a parallel pursuit into CFC's flank and rear areas.
70
The NKA would execute a parallel pursuit when routes exist on CFC's
flanks. The NKA would attempt to conduct a surprise attack on these
flank areas to cut off CFC withdrawal routes. The NKA might also con-
duct a composite pursuit, a combination of the frontal and parallel pur-
suits. The NKA main force would attempt to pressure CFC's covering
forces, while simultaneously attempting to cut off CFC's withdrawal
routes. An attack would be conducted into CFC's flank and rear areas.
An NKA pursuit operation would cease when CFC forces are com-
pletely destroyed, NKA forces have outdistanced their logistic lines,
NKA forces in the pursuit are overextended, or when confronted with a
powerful CFC defensive position.
Bypass
NKA forces would conduct a bypass maneuver in an attempt to force
CFC forces to abandon or shift defensive postures. A bypass maneuver
is characterized by an attempt to annihilate CFC reinforcements and
block withdrawal routes to prevent a CFC withdrawal. An NKA bypass
would have a secondary attack axis with emphasis on superior firepower
and maneuverability and is a combined-arms operation with a goal of
striking deep into CFC's rear area. A successful bypass operation would
make use of surprise, deception, and terrain. The bypass as an attack
maneuver is like an envelopment, except the first echelon does not
become engaged.
71
Main Attack 2
(EnveloiJment)
CO /
Infiltration r^
Force ^
(RearArea
Harassment) -
Interval of
6.to 8 km
Ust Echelon Forces
22d Echelon Forces
^Immediate division to envelop and
destroy Regional Reserve Force.
ENVELOPMENT
» / \ interval or
( ) 6 to 8 km ,'
* > — ill — ^ ,
Main
Attack
Infiltration ^* p
Force / ^
/(RearArea /
'Harassment]*
\*(Bypass) V-
hst Echelon Forces
^26 Echelon Forces
*Main attack forces avoid enemy forces in
defensive positions. They attack the enemy
as they are occupying secondary positions.
BYPASS
North Korean Army Manuevers
cpcpco
■ - tnTiltration r>^
Force ^
(RearArea
Harassnient)"'
PENETRATION
Ust Echelon Forces
22d Echelon Forces
*Upon penetration of enemy
lines, envelopment is initiated.
72
■J^
,^
%^M
^^^^^ •
^^^^^^w .'
Envelopment
s
Split Envelopment
Frontal Pursuit
Parallel Pursuit
North Korean Army Maneuvers (Continued)
73
Night Attack
The NKA views night operations as offering the greatest opportunity for
surprise and would use this method for closing with CFC forces without
being detected by forward defenses, attacking targets, opening passages
through obstacles, and secretly moving second-echelon forces forward.
Though based on simple movements and attack formations, the NKA
regard the night attack as an important and complex form of combat
requiring close control, detailed reconnaissance, and daylight prepara-
tion. It could be a continuation of a daylight attack or a counterattack
from an established defensive position.
Although the starting time for an NKA night attack could vary depend-
ing on the situation, the NKA would take into consideration times when
CFC patrol activities appear to be relaxed, during poor weather, when
CFC troops are asleep, or when they appear to be off-guard because of
lack of previous combat operations. Night attacks launched before mid-
night would be executed for the purpose of expanding previous daytime
exploitation operations. Night attacks launched after midnight would be
executed as the beginning of daylight offensive operations.
Night attack formations would be selected based on the location of the
attack starting position. NKA doctrine includes three types of night for-
mations: the column, standing abreast, and dispersed. The column forma-
tion would be used when the attack starting position is located a long
distance from CFC defensive lines. The standing abreast formation is the
standard night attack formation. The dispersed formation would be used
when the attack starting position is located near CFC's defensive lines.
The NKA night attack formation would normally use a narrower front
than in the day. Also, the assault line would normally be closer to CFC
positions than in the day (less than 150 m) and movement to this point
would stress the need to avoid detection by CFC reconnaissance or sur-
veillance. During the advance, NKA personnel would quickly drop to the
ground at CFC employment of illumination and then quickly resume the
74
advance when the illumination is negated. Should they encounter a CFC
patrol or security force, the advancing force would attempt to quietly
capture or dispose of these forces with "gun barrel or soundless arms."
To improve command and control, precise avenues of approach would
be designated. Easily recognizable terrain features would be selected as
control points to facilitate movement and to indicate the direction of the
attack. Additionally, a compass-bearing specialist would be assigned to
each sector unit.
Should the NKA force conducting a night attack be discovered and
come under fire and illumination, it would move promptly, without stop-
ping, towards the attack line, avoiding fire as much as possible and
maintaining communication silence. Upon initiation of the attack, artil-
lery and mortar units would open fire at designated targets while the
infantry initiates the attack throwing hand grenades, engaging in hand-
to-hand combat, and shouting battle cries. To maintain the proper direc-
tion of the attack, tracer and artillery illumination rounds may be used.
Armor assets would be held at the initial attack positions and, on order,
advance to join the infantry.
Armor Support to Offensive Operations
NKA armor units are designed to act decisively in combat and operate
independently or as part of combined-arms operations providing direct
support to the infantry, conducting antiarmor operations, and facilitating
the seizure of territory and the annihilation of CFC forces through
maneuver and pursuit.
When the NKA tanks are operating in small groups, it is normal to have
one or two platoons of infantry attached to a company, or vice versa,
where tanks support an infantry attack. In larger unit operations, a com-
pany of mechanized infantry is attached to tank battalions performing
independent tasks; likewise, a tank company will be attached to a mech-
anized infantry battalion when attacking a strong defensive position.
Attached companies may be employed as whole units or be divided and
distributed as needed.
75
NKA armor and infantry forces are expected to coordinate their efforts
during the attack, each using its strength to compensate for the weak-
nesses of the other. Tanks would propel the attack, maintaining a vigor-
ous pace, attempting to destroy CFC vehicles and hardened positions.
Armored forces would be capable of delivering firepower to a greater
depth than most infantry weapons and would be expected to destroy
CFC obstacles such as pillboxes, wire entanglements, and minefields
(through the use of anti-mine rollers and blades), as well as providing
the infantry cover as it advances behind NKA artillery shelling. The
infantry would be tasked with destroying any antitank positions, report-
ing other targets for destruction by tanks, and providing cover for dam-
aged tanks pending their recovery.
NKA armor units would perform the same types of offensive maneuver
as the infantry and are well suited to attacking directly from the march.
In the movement to contact, a tank formation would leave its assembly
area with its elements deployed in such order as to allow for a quick
transition to the attack formation. In the attack and penetration, NKA
tank formations would be selected to allow tanks and infantry to arrive
at CFC's first line of defense at the same time. Tanks would support the
infantry advance by fire and destruction of antipersonnel obstacles. Dur-
ing exploitation operations, tanks would assist the infantry in carrying
the assault into CFC's defensive positions. Here, the speed and shock
value of armor would be stressed in denying CFC an opportunity to
counterattack or reinforce the defense. Tanks would also assist in
bypassing CFC defensive strongpoints by blinding or screening through
the use of smoke. In the pursuit, the speed and maneuverability of NKA
armor assets would be used to maintain pressure directly on CFC forces
and to envelop for eventual annihilation.
In organizing for combat, an NKA armor brigade's assets would be
assigned to the two combat echelons and reserve of the unit conducting
the attack. These echelons would be reinforced according to their
assigned combat tasks.
76
NKA armor formations would include the column, rank, wedge,
inverted wedge, and echelon to the right or left.
Artillery Support to Offensive Operations
In the offense, the mission of NKA artillery would be to suppress or
destroy CFC personnel and equipment which pose a threat to NKA
infantry and tank units. The NKA is capable of delivering massed or dis-
persed fires from fixed positions over relatively long ranges with highly
destructive power. The NKA considers the ability of artillery to maneu-
ver and to fire accurately under limited visibility, weather, and terrain
conditions to be very important.
Tactical employment of NKA artillery would be based on flexibility of
organization, integration of the fire plan, centralized control, concentra-
tion of firepower, and mobility:
■ Flexibility of organization would be used to concentrate firepower
on the axis of the main attack by forming temporary mission-oriented
artillery groups at all echelons.
■ Integration of the fire plan would be used for the integration of the
fires of field guns of various calibers with the machinegun fires of
infantry companies into a single fire plan.
■ Centralized control would give the maneuver unit commander at
each echelon control over artillery assets as the NKA does not assign
tactical missions to its artillery. As the attacking units advance, con-
trol of artillery would be decentralized starting at the lowest echelon.
The maneuver commander would centralize the control of artillery
again as needed.
■ Concentration of power would be achieved through the use of all
calibers of guns in concentrated fire to the maximum extent possible.
■ Mobility would be used for quick dispersion or the concentration of
artillery fire in support of a maneuver unit.
77
The combined- arms theory of the NKA is similar to that of the former
Soviet Army in that artillery fire support required for regiment and divi-
sion-size battles exceeds the organic fire support capabilities of regi-
ments and divisions. Therefore, the NKA would form multi-battalion
artillery groups at all echelons to support specific combat missions. The
groups would be formed at army, corps, division, brigade, and regiment
level and would include artillery assets organic to these echelons plus
artillery attachments. At least a corps artillery group (CAG) would nor-
mally consist of two to three long-range artillery battalions that have the
mission of general support to the corps, support of the division(s) con-
ducting the main attack, counterbattery fire, and deep fire on CFC's rear
area. A division artillery group (DAG) would normally be composed of
at least two or three battalions equipped with guns, howitzers, mortars,
and multiple rocket launchers (MRLs). A regimental artillery group
(RAG) would normally be composed of two to four battalions provided
by division or corps and would provide support to forward maneuver
units. This organization of artillery groups allows for a concentration of
firepower to support the main attack, the ability to support unanticipated
requirements, or the requirements of a higher echelon.
During the attack, NKA artillery firing positions would be selected
through reconnaissance of the actual location. Subsequent firing posi-
tions would be selected through visual reconnaissance (observation) and
by selecting a general area on the map and moving to that area. After
destroying pre-planned targets during the preparatory fire, the guns
would change positions. Normally, artillery pieces would be placed at a
distance of one-third of their maximum range from the line of contact
with CFG forces. When needed, the firing positions would be set up in
an area where artillery can conduct direct fire.
In order to assure continuous and effective command of artillery asset
and fire direction, the NKA would establish and employ artillery obser-
vation posts (OPs) at each echelon. Based on their surveillance of the
terrain and CFG activity, the OPs would observe and adjust artillery fire
as well as provide command and fire direction.
78
NKA conduct of artillery fire in the offense would be broken down into
three types of fire: preparatory fire, fire support of the attack, and fire
support in depth during the attack.
In the offense, preparatory fire would be conducted to destroy CFC
CPs and observation facilities, cause the collapse of defensive organiza-
tion, and clear a path through obstacles for infantry, tanks, artillery, and
engineers. Fire would be sustained for 10 to 20 minutes in preparation
for a hasty attack, or 30 to 40 minutes for a deliberate attack. Prepara-
tory fire would normally be divided into four phases:
1st Phase: CFC front platoon area (suppressive fire).
2nd Phase: CFC company reserve area.
3rd Phase: CFC battalion reserve area.
4th Phase: CFC front platoon area (annihilation fire).
Preparatory fire probably would not be divided into phases when visibil-
ity is poor and observation of fire is not possible or when CFC has gone
into a hasty defense and has not yet constructed its defensive positions.
NKA fire support of the attack would be conducted to assist the
advance of maneuver units by shifting fires at pre-planned rates (normally
2 to 3 minutes) deeper into the defense. For this purpose several basic fir-
ing phase lines would be established at 200- to 400-m intervals from the
offensive start line out to 2,500 m into the CFC's defensive depth.
1st Basic Firing Phase Line: CFC obstacle area.
2nd Basic Firing Phase Line: CFC defensive frontline.
3rd Basic Firing Phase Line: CFC reserves.
79
The supporting artillery unit or artillery group would provide general
support to the maneuver unit by providing rolling barrage or successive
fire concentrations. Long-range artillery and the corps artillery group
would conduct counterbattery fire and fire on command and communi-
cation facilities. When the maneuver unit cannot suppress CFC resis-
tance with its own firepower, some units from the supporting artillery
units would be attached to provide direct support to the attacking unit.
Fire support in depth during the attack would provide fire for exploi-
tation units penetrating into the depth of the CFC defense. The artillery
which is in direct support of the penetrating force would have the mis-
sion to continue suppressing CFC resistance and blocking counterat-
tacks or withdrawals. Accompanying artillery gives priority to
destroying individual enemy weapon positions and conducting suppres-
sive fire. Missions for long-range artillery are to conduct counterbattery
1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1
1 1 1
yiy ■ ■
1
- - -\ 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1
Sill
1 1 1
1 1 1
r7^r\
7 r ~[ r ~
U i (rag) I
- _ u _ _L j-:r_ _ 1 1
1 111
r 1 r
1 1 1
1 1 1
(m) 1 1
— 1 1 — 1
__L__I_®_
(^AG>
1
2l L J L
q I ® 1
1 1 1
1 1 1
1
~ n r ~i r
r 1 r
1 1 1
Jy 1 1
T
T
1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1
¥ 1 1
1 1 1
4 - - (
Artillery Groups — Offense
80
fire, suppress and destroy strongholds within the depth of the defensive
area, prevent maneuvering of enemy reserves, and to disrupt command
and control nodes.
Another mission of NKA artillery is that of antitank. The NKA uses
artillery in an antitank role by direct fire (bore sighting). Following Rus-
sian tactics, the NKA forward deploys medium caliber guns within
2,000 m of the forward line of own troops (PLOT).
^^ ^
<^^
r _ /__
\ OBJECTIVE y
1st Basic Rring Line*
Enem/ Obstacle Area
Supplemental Rring
Phase Line
Mass Rre Area
2d Basic Rring Phase Line
Defensive Frontline
Supplemental Rring
Phase Line
Mass Rre Area
3d Basic Rring Ph^e Line
* Firing lines are established
at 200 to 400 meter intervals
from line of departure to 2,500
meters into enemy's defense
depth. Fires shift automatically
to supplemental lines after
2 minutes.
Fire Support During the Attack
81
Air Defense Support to Offensive Operations
NKA air defense in support of offensive operations would be performed
primarily by AAA units. Besides combating aircraft, AAA units, when
needed, will reinforce ground firepower against ground targets. The
larger AAA weapons have limited antiarmor capability.
The tactical mission of the NKA's AAA would be to cover the maneuver
unit in support of the attack. The AAA unit also defends important posi-
tions and critical target areas.
In the forward area, the AAA would be deployed to cover troop concen-
tration areas, forward CPs, artillery firing positions, forward LOCs, and
other important facilities. In the rear area, it would be employed to cover
maneuver units, troop concentrations, field gun areas, missile sites,
munition facilities, and LOCs.
Besides a large inventory of AAA, the NKA also has a large number of
man-portable surface-to-air missiles (SAMs) to include SA-7, SA-14,
and S A- 16.
Engineer Support to Offensive Operations
Engineers are expected to expedite NKA offensive operations by assist-
ing in increasing the mobility of attacking forces and performing coun-
termobility operations against CFC. Other tasks would include
providing camouflage, cover, and concealment support, and acting as
infantry when needed.
Specific tasks of an NKA division's engineer battalion would include
reconnaissance, route support, river crossing, obstacle clearance, obsta-
cle laying, illumination, water supply, and fortification. Higher echelon
assets, such as the corps' river- crossing regiment and technical engineer
and construction battalions, would provide the division river crossing
and obstacle breaching support.
82
At the regimental level, the engineer company would assist offensive
operations by performing reconnaissance, route support in the rear area,
limited river crossing support, obstacle clearance, and fortification. The
regimental engineer company would normally attach platoon- size ele-
ments to infantry battalions and squad- size elements to infantry compa-
nies. Higher echelons would assist the regiment with engineer support
for such tasks as obstacle breaching and river crossing.
In organizing for combat, engineer battalions and companies would pro-
vide sapper elements to carry out tasks separately or as part of a com-
bined-arms team. A reconnaissance team would conduct engineer
reconnaissance. An advance guard engineer team would construct
routes. A clearance team would precede the infantry, clearing obstacles
and constructing routes of advance to include detours for the main body.
A raiding team, composed of engineers and SOF units, would attack
special targets and reinforced CFC positions. A mobile obstacle team
would emplace obstacles to protect the flanks of attacking NKA units
and an engineer element in the antitank team would set up camouflage
and field fortifications.
Reconnaissance and Surveillance Support to Offensive
Operations
In NKA offensive operations, the infantry division would have the pri-
mary responsibility for reconnaissance and surveillance. This includes
all aspects of the area of operations, to include weather and terrain, and
CFC capabilities. However, every echelon of each of the armed services
is expected to conduct military reconnaissance and surveillance in sup-
port of NKA offensive operations.
By echelon, regimental reconnaissance and surveillance would extend
into the rear of a CFC regiment and that of a front line division. Division
would be expected to cover a CFC division's rear area and that of a front
line corps. Corps would be tasked to cover the rear area of a CFC corps
as well as the rear area of the next higher CFC echelon. Reconnaissance
83
assets at the service and national level are expected to cover the entire
rear area of CFC.
NKAF aerial reconnaissance is expected to acquire information on the
nature of CFC locations, groupings, and activities along a broad front in
a relatively short period of time. Surveillance, photography, and radar
detection would be performed by reconnaissance aviation, bombers, and
pursuit aviation in support of combined- arms operations.
NKN reconnaissance would be conducted by naval platforms, technical
surveillance sentries, naval reconnaissance aviation forces, coastal
defense forces, and coastal artillery forces to quickly identify an area
threatened by CFC amphibious forces.
The mission of ground reconnaissance would be to acquire detailed
information concerning CFC combat forces, terrain, and weather, by
using the special skills and assets of army technical personnel. This
information along with that collected by air and naval reconnaissance
would be combined in an attempt to verify CFC disposition, strengths,
and weaknesses.
Amphibious Support to Offensive Operations
Though North Korea does not have the capability to conduct large
amphibious operations, it can insert small units of landing parties from
the sea to accomplish the following:
■ Support the advance of NKA ground offensive operations.
■ Conduct amphibious raids to occupy/destroy critical targets in CFC's
rear area.
■ Surprise and harass CFC's rear area.
Forces that would conduct amphibious operations against CFC would
come from the two amphibious landing brigades and naval forces. Spe-
cific missions would include the following:
■ Encircling and destroying CFC defensive positions.
84
■ Delaying reinforcement of CFC defensive frontlinesOccupying or
otherwise paralyzing CFC air bases/operations.
■ Occupying/attacking island groups, harbors, naval bases, and areas in
which future operations are anticipated.
■ Destroying CFC command and control centers/systems and other
critical targets in CFC's rear area.
■ Occupying/destroying bridges, river crossing sites, or other targets to
reduce CFC maneuverability.
■ Conducting missions to harass or otherwise create confusion in
CFC's rear.
NKA Tactics in tlie Defense
The defense would be used by NKA in an attempt to gain time, prevent
troop losses, or cover a unit short of personnel. A defensive area would
be selected because it gives mutual support and provides all-around
defense. NKA doctrine calls for three types of defensive operations:
position defense, mobile defense, and retrograde operations.
The position defense would be used to hold or destroy CFC's attack or
to hold key terrain or a key area. A mobile defense would be used to
gain time, exact losses on CFC forces, and preserve combat strength
while losing ground. NKA retrograde (or disengagement) operations
would be used to gain time to plan for the next operation or to restore
combat capability. In all three types of NKA defensive operations, the
organization and composition would be similar, but the conduct would
be different.
NKA defensive plans will vary depending on the type of defense
required and the status of contact with CFC forces. The integration of
mechanized, artillery, armor, AAA, and antitank fire support (both
organic and adjacent unit's), and the use of engineers, camouflage, and
deception will all be vital elements of a NKA defensive operation. How-
ever, NKA planning and execution of antitank defense may well be the
number one priority when preparing for a CFC attack.
85
Generally, when in the defense, the NKA will organize and manage the
conduct of the defense into four defensive echelons/zones, and areas:
the security echelon, the main defensive echelon (or main defense line),
the rear area defense echelon, and the antitank support area. Distances,
frontages, and depths are situational dependent. They will be adjusted
by NKA defenders in accordance with time to prepare the defense, ter-
rain, and combat strength of both NKA defenders and CFC forces
expected to attack.
The security echelon will consist of three zones: the general outpost, the
combat outpost, and local security. Each will be organized for the pur-
pose of holding and frustrating attacking CFC forces while gaining time.
The security echelon will be reinforced by engineer, artillery, and armor
units. The main purposes of the security echelon will be to:
■ cause early deployment of CFC forces into attack formations,
■ prevent CFC surprise attacks,
■ hamper CFC forces from conducting reconnaissance and artillery
observation,
■ mislead CFC forces in finding the actual location of the main defen-
sive echelon, and
■ provide concealed lookouts during the withdrawal of NKA forces.
The general outpost will be established approximately 10 to 15 km for-
ward of the defensive front line and would be manned by a reinforced
battalion. It would be established by a division or army group and would
not have to be deployed if there is not enough time. Its mission will be to
impede the CFC advance and to cause early deployment.
The combat outpost will consist of a reinforced platoon and would be
established approximately 1 to 2 km forward of the defensive front line.
The division would establish it and the regiment would be responsible
for this outpost. Its mission will be to prevent CFC surprise attacks, con-
fuse CFC reconnaissance, and deceive CFC as to the location of the
main defense echelon.
86
Local security will consist of a small number of NKA troops and would
be established approximately 200 to 400 m forward of the defensive
front line under authority of the forward company commander.
The main defensive echelon would contain most of the defense's fire-
power. NKA units with the strongest firepower and most of the antitank
weapons would be assigned missions within this echelon. The main
defensive echelon is organized into two smaller echelons and a defensive
perimeter would be established to check CFC attacks from any direction.
The first eciielon of the main defensive echelon would be responsible
for determining whether CFC is moving to conduct a deliberate attack
and, if so, where. If CFC forces are moving to attack, a combat security
detachment or a smaller unit would be dispatched to conduct reconnais-
sance in force or limited spoiling attacks, respectively. Tanks dug in at
the front line will engage at 1 ,000 m. If CFC forces reach the front line
and threaten penetration, defending forces will strengthen their flanks
and engage with all available fire support. As CFC enters the defensive
area, tanks and antitank teams will attempt to ambush and destroy the
attackers' mobility and inflict heavy combat losses. If CFC reaches this
point, the NKA defenders would probably commit their reserves.
The second eciielon of the main defensive echelon would be responsi-
ble for holding one or two blocking positions or to counterattack to
regain the initiative and drive out penetrating CFC forces. If CFC
attempts a flanking movement, a company from the second echelon will
take defensive positions on that flank.
The rear area defense eciielon would usually be 8 to 12 km deep. Posi-
tions will have been prepared in advance. This echelon would be used to
prevent an advance following the penetration of the main defense eche-
lon, to slow a CFC advance, to provide logistical support during the
defense, or to execute a counterattack. Underground positions, artillery,
and rear area service support will be located in this area. Mobile units
that could conduct counterattacks or serve as reinforcements will be
87
deployed here. NKA reserves will be deployed in such a manner that
allows counterattack in any direction.
The NKA considers antitank defense as one of the most vital compo-
nents of the defense and will establish the antitank support area
(ATS A). NKA doctrine calls for the employment of from two to five
antitank guns within every 100 m of the defensive front.
The maneuver unit would establish the ATSA and locate it where it
would be inaccessible to tanks or IF Vs. NKA forces assigned to the
ATSA would be tasked to establish several indirect fire rolling barrier
fire lines and direct fire antitank security lines along potential CFC tank
approach routes. Antitank security lines would be established in the for-
ward security zone, near the defensive front line, and in the depth of the
main defensive zone. Rolling barrier fire lines would be established par-
allel to the main defensive line, starting 300 to 400 m forward of the
defensive front line. From this point outward, additional lines would be
established at intervals of 300 to 500 m. Each fire sector should be
observable from a ground OP and located at a point that CFC tanks can-
not bypass.
In antitank defense, NKA artillery units will attempt to deliver battalion-
size salvos of antitank support fire before CFC tanks can advance to
within the effective ranges of antitank weapons. At the request of the
OP, several battalions may concentrate fire on key areas, firing at maxi-
mum rate. If CFC penetrates the fire areas and the tank advance contin-
ues, the artillery units would shift fire to subsequent fire areas. During
rolling barrier fires, whenever CFC tanks advance within 1,000 m of
antitank gun positions, antitank guns would engage with direct fire.
Individual antitank guns will also conduct ambush fires from positions
along high speed avenues of approach. In addition, antitank obstacles will
be positioned so that they can receive protecting fire from antitank weap-
ons. The NKA will also make use of both manmade and natural obstacles.
Defensive Frontages and Depths
Unit Frontage Depth (km)
Company 1.5-2.5 1-1.5
Battalion 3-5 < 3
Regiment 6-10 8-12
Division 12-20 16-22
GENERAL
OUTPOSTS
MAIN DEFENSE LINE-
COMBAT OUTPOSTS -
FIRST SECOND THIRD
POSITION POSITION POSITION
16 20
KILOMETERS
■-ECHELON^
-BASIC DEFENSE ZONE -
Division Defense Zone
89
ATTALION
DEFENSIVE
STRONGHOLD
PERIMETER
®
!UR
TED FIRE AREA
CLOSE RANGE WEAPONS FIRE AREA V7y77X
AMBUSH POSITION
NKA Battalion Defense Plan
90
NKA Mechanized Brigade in tlie Defense
91
Positional Defense
Positional defense (sometimes called area defense) will be conducted
when the NKA decides to hold key terrain or a key area, or to impede or
destroy a CFC attack. It will be centered on the expected main axis of a
CFC attack and the main defensive echelon will be selected to provide
all around fields of fire and mutual support.
IVIobile Defense
The mobile defense (sometimes called moving defense) will be used
when an inferior NKA force decides to trade space for time while
inflicting casualties on a superior CFC force. It is characterized by coun-
terattacks and withdrawals. Predetermined phase lines will be used to
control NKA units as they fall back to subsequent positions. Within the
defense, each battalion will occupy two sets of positions at the same
time. Main combat troops and weapons will be concentrated in the first
position while reserves maintain the second position. Antitank ambush
teams will be emplaced between these positions.
92
Mobile Defense of the Regiment
93
i 4
10 12
KILOMETERS
Regimental Positional Defense
Retrograde Operations
The NKA defensive doctrine plans for three types of retrograde opera-
tions: withdrawal, disengagement, and retreat. The NKA would use a
disengagement (a form of withdrawal) to physically break contact from
CFC observation or direct fire.
An NKA withdrawal would be conducted by NKA units to avoid a
superior CFC force in the attack, lure CFC forces into terrain unfavor-
able to offensive operations, and change the battlefield. When possible,
the withdrawal will take place by echelon. The rear service units would
withdraw first, while artillery and second echelon forces occupy security
positions. First echelon forces would then withdraw under the cover of
the security positions.
An NKA division-size withdrawal would be characterized as follows:
■ Second echelon provides security for all rear defense lines occupying
positions in advance.
94
■ Regiment's second echelon occupies preselected phaselines covering
regiment's first echelon disengagement.
■ Frontline battalions withdraw under the covering fire of platoon size
units reinforced with the second echelon battalion's antitank weapons
and machine guns.
■ Companies withdraw using fighting positions and connecting
trenches or bounding overwatch movement.
■ Attached tanks withdraw in bounding overwatch movement while
covering infantry withdrawal.
■ Bridges and roads are destroyed and obstacles emplaced to restrain
CFC advance.
■ During withdrawal, division command post is located in the covering
sector.
An NKA retreat would be conducted to avoid battle with CFC forces. It
would normally follow a combat disengagement. Once contact with
CFC has ended, the NKA would form a march column for moving to the
rear; at that point, a retreat would begin. The purposes of an NKA
retreat are to —
■ maintain distance from CFC forces,
■ occupy an advantageous position,
■ replace other units and align combat lines,
■ transfer the force to another area for other operations, and
■ reduce distance from rear areas.
After passing through a designated line in combat disengagement, the
NKA unit conducting the retreat would move to a preplanned area or
defense line, under cover provided by a rear guard. When a retreat is
conducted while marching under contact with CFC, a powerful security
force would be deployed to secure the flanks and rear. An NKA retreat
would terminate with the occupation of an assembly area, for achieve-
ment of follow-on duties, or occupation of a defensive line.
95
Counterattack
A counterattack would form the basis of NKA defensive combat. After
attempting to establish the best defense plan possible, NKA units would
launch their counterattack plan. It would usually be performed by the
second echelon and intended to be decisive. The counterattack would be
directed at CFC's flank or rear while CFC forces are fixed by the first
echelon. Fires in support of the counterattack would be intended to
delay or collapse CFC's attack.
The first echelon would support the counterattack by halting or slowing
the CFC advance or by channeling it toward areas favoring the counter-
attack. Flanks would be vigorously held to restrain the width of any
areas penetrated by CFC.
The second echelon conducting the counterattack would send out recon-
naissance to verify the situation and then the counterattack force would
strike at CFC's flank or rear. If the counterattack is successful, the NKA
would attempt to resume offensive operations directly, conducting
exploitation or pursuit operations.
8 10 12
KILOMETERS
Regimental Counterattack
96
Escape From Encirclement (Breakout)
NKA units conducting a breakout would execute it in the following
order: penetration unit, cover echelon, and reserves. The penetration
unit would be formed mainly of artillery, tank, and mortar units. Nor-
mally it would comprise one-half or two-thirds of the entire combat
power and would be composed of two echelons. The cover echelon
would be formed by artillery, mortar, tank, engineer, and chemical war-
fare units. It would be tasked to prevent a CFC counterattack and to hold
the area where the breakout will take place. The reserves would be
deployed to an area between the penetration and cover echelons in order
to provide fire support to both.
Night Defense
NKA defense at night will be a continuation of daytime defensive oper-
ations. Only fire support plans and barrier fires will be modified. Plans
will be adjusted to include proactive reconnaissance, fire plans, and use
of illumination. Reserve forces will normally be moved closer to the
main defense line. The fire plan will be reinforced, security strength-
ened, and additional obstacles added to the defense.
When a CFC night attack is not expected, about one-half of NKA troops
will remain on alert. All others will rest. Ambush teams and combat out-
posts will immediately report any contact with CFC forces and then
withdraw. Concentrated fires will be brought upon approaching CFC
forces. Direct small-arms fire and hand-to-hand combat commences
with any CFC breech of forward NKA strongpoints.
Armor Support to Defensive Operations
NKA tanks will participate in the defense either statically by stubbornly
holding prepared positions, or by maneuvering in counterattacks, usu-
ally against a CFC flank. In the positional defense, tanks will be sup-
ported by mechanized, artillery, and engineer elements. Tank positions
will be dug in and located on favorable terrain and will have the mis-
97
sions of repelling CFC attacks and thwarting infiltration as well as con-
ducting counterattacks. Small units of tanks may be attached to NKA
infantry and conduct screening or reconnaissance. Tanks could be used
at the front line to counter CFC tank attacks, but most likely will be held
in the second echelon or in the reserves.
Artillery Support to Defensive Operations
The NKA would use fire support weapons in the defense to deter or stall
a CFC attack and to engage and destroy CFC attacking forces in their
preparatory stage. Defensive fires would be accomplished according to
the sequence of defensive fire support stages and would be delivered
within prescribed fire zones.
NKA artillery groups (see section on fire support to offensive operations
for a discussion on artillery groups) and units will develop their fire sup-
port plans based upon the fire support plans at corps or division level as
well as guidance issued by the supported maneuver unit. The maneuver
unit will designate areas for barrage fires and barrier fire lines as well as
develop a fire plan for exposed flanks and counterattack. Fire support in
the defense will include the following zones: long-range fire, close
defensive fire, and a main defense support fire.
In the long-range fire zone, corps and division artillery groups will con-
duct harassing and interdiction fires before CFC forces enter attack for-
mations. These fires will be meant to destroy the momentum of the CFC
attack, disrupt the employment of CFC troop concentrations, and cover
the withdrawal of NKA security units.
Fires in the close defense zone include fires prior to the attack, fires dur-
ing the attack, and final protective fires. Fires prior to the attack are
intended to disrupt CFC's attack preparations by breaking up attack for-
mations and destroying command posts, observation posts, and commu-
nications facilities. Fires during the attack are intended to destroy CFC
tanks and other armored vehicles as well as suppress CFC artillery.
98
Final protective fires will consist of fire, at a maximum rate, at the
defensive front line for annihilation of CFC forces and at concentrated
barrier positions.
Fires in support of the division's main defense zone will be used to sup-
port a counterattack or to cover a withdrawal of main defense forces.
They will also be used to support deeper defensive positions by sup-
pressing CFC forces that have penetrated the main defenses, and by pro-
viding covering fires during the displacement of artillery supporting the
main defensive zone.
All fires in support of the defense will be divided into five phases:
■ Long-range fire
■ Counterbattery fire
■ Frontline area final protective fire
■ Fire on CFC forces penetrating forward positions
■ Counterattack support fire
_ J,_,L J/-I-,J -/'- jLL
2 4-
122mm i , 120mm
(11,800m) ' (57m)
82mm '
2^
.ft04J^
I
1120mm
\
I
|/ I-.
jr -j - r^ "» 7 '" I'-^oTt.-'
"• '■ ' ■' ' •' ■; <300-;76.2mm
_| _,L _| _ l_, J 4 I. J JO°!l"')I ^|_
L ,1 I 1,1,1 |l ' A '^^"""^
1 r 1 ' i \ ' ,_<^_.(1-2km)
» ' \ ' \ \ ' 76mm
II 07/1 40mm i _,
(3-6km) ' ■
^ I I
f — I — 76.2mm -
(3-7j(m)
.'_ ±^l_
I 122mm
(3-7km)
-XX— r-
_JJ_R
RE|_ERVq/_
^ r
T -
! V ^- -' \- I- vl
I \i\ ' \i i
-\ -r^TT ^ TT
J 76.2mm ■ 140mm ■ •
(13,300m) -(9,000m)- -•(5,020m) COMPANY'
■ I I
-i I L(500m)_ 1 _l_ 1 _l_ 1 _l_ J l_ J l_
1 160mm
FEBA
l_ i _l_ i _'_ _L _l_
■ RANGES ■ ■ BATTALION
_,_! ,_! j_, j_ I , - | -
J I I I l_
"REGIME
J l_
. 1
10 12
KILOMETERS
Supporting Fire in Regimental Defense
99
Engineer Support to Defensive Operations
In rear areas of the defense, engineers will either rig for demolition or
demolish probable avenues of approach. Also, engineers would emplace
obstacles and prepare potential NKA withdrawal routes. In the main
defense zone, engineers would emplace obstacles and provide support
for the construction of defensive positions and command posts as well
as clear routes for the counterattack, construct artillery and tank posi-
tions, and camouflage equipment and positions. Engineers in the main
defense zone will operate the water supply point, function as an element
of the antitank reserve, and repair and maintain the main supply route.
During retreats, engineers will normally be attached to security units.
They will select, maintain, and repair withdrawal routes and emplace
obstacles to protect exposed flanks. After the rear guard withdrawals,
engineers will emplace various types of obstacles across potential CFC
approach routes.
Air Defense Support to Defensive Operations
In the defense, the NKA will give priority to the protection of critical
facilities from CFC air assets in the main and rear defensive zones. The
missions of air defense units in the defense are —
■ detection of CFC air activity,
■ interdiction of CFC aerial attack of forward and rear areas,
■ utilization of electronic countermeasures (ECM) against CFC aircraft
and air-related communication and radar systems,
■ air defense in depth,
■ prevention of CFC aerial reconnaissance,
■ air defense protection to NKA artillery and armor units, and
■ air defense against CFC airborne operations.
The NKA will plan to use air observation posts within 10 to 15 km of
the defensive front lines. Firing positions will be selected to provide
maximum protection of critical fire support assets (concentrations of
100
artillery and tanks) and command and communications sites. Special
attention will be given to anticipated CFC aerial avenues of approach.
Antiaircraft guns will be deployed down to the platoon level. Man-por-
table SAMs such as the SA-7 and SA-16 will be deployed down to the
company level. Though part of the NKA strategic air defense system,
larger SAM systems such as the SA-2 can range into South Korea. As
part of NKA deception operations, dummy SAM sites for larger systems
will be employed to deceive CFC as to the actual location.
North Korean Antilanding Operations
Considering the devastating effect that amphibious operations had
against North Korean offensive operations during the Korean War, the
emphasis by North Korean military planners on lessons learned from
that war, and CFC's capability to conduct operations from the sea, it can
be assumed that North Korea has made extensive preparations to oppose
a CFC amphibious task force (ATF) composed of U.S./ROK Navy and
Marine amphibious forces.
To date. North Korea is limited in its capability to project military power
beyond the Korean Peninsula and, as such, is limited in conducting sig-
nificant conventional military operations against a CFC ATF in the early
phases of the preparation, embarkation, rehearsal, movement, and
assault (PERM A) cycle of amphibious operations. During the prepara-
tion, embarkation, and rehearsal stages. North Korea will attempt to col-
lect information and intelligence against CFC's amphibious forces.
However, other considerations, such as North Korea's emphasis on its
SOF, the ranges of NKN submarines and some NKAF aircraft, and the
development of long range missiles, cannot be discounted.
During the assault phase. North Korea antilanding operations will con-
sist of the following:
■ NKN and NKAF reconnaissance assets will attempt to locate the
ATF in order to engage with attack aircraft and/or naval antiship mis-
sile platforms and to identify the probable location of the beachhead.
101
■ Employment of land-based antiship missiles.
■ Extensive use of naval mining.
■ Utilization of water obstacles.
■ Employment of coastal artillery.
■ Employment of land obstacles and mines.
■ The reinforcement of NKA ground antilanding forces with any avail-
able infantry, mechanized, artillery, antiair, or armor assets.
Special Operations Force
North Korea's SOF is organized into 22 brigades and 7 independent bat-
talions. The SOF has five basic missions: conducting reconnaissance,
performing combat operations in concert with conventional operations,
establishing a second front in the enemy's rear area, countering the CFC
special operations in North Korean rear areas, and maintaining internal
security.
The MPAF has two primary commands that control special operations
units, the Reconnaissance Bureau and the Light Infantry Training
Guidance Bureau. North Korea classifies its special operations units as
reconnaissance, light infantry, or sniper.
NOTE: Though light infantry units will perform SOF missions, all
NKA divisions and brigades will have a light infantry element which
will be forward deployed to conduct conventional infantry tactics in the
offense. Light infantry SOF missions will include combat operations
conducted by company or battalion size units against military, political,
or economic targets. Sniper operations basically are the same as light
infantry SOF except they are conducted in team- size units.
North Korea's SOF will perform operations at the strategic, operational,
and tactical levels. Basically, strategic operations will support national or
MPAF objectives, operational operations will support corps objectives,
and tactical operations will support maneuver divisions and brigades.
102
SOF strategic missions will include reconnaissance, sniper, and agent
operations. Strategic reconnaissance will be intended to ascertain CFC
intentions, develop targeting information, conduct poststrike assess-
ments of CFC units and facilities, and assess the potential reactions of
the South Korean civilian and military populace. Sniper missions will
include attacking critical nodes, such as special weapon delivery sys-
tems and storage facilities, command, control, and communications
facilities of combined field command and higher, and air and air defense
facilities. In addition, snipers will attempt to assassinate, kidnap, and/or
interrogate key personnel to hinder allied operations and lower morale.
SOF operational missions will include reconnaissance, sniper, and light
infantry operations. Operational reconnaissance will be conducted to
ascertain CFC intentions, develop targeting information for SSMs and
long-range artillery, conduct poststrike assessments, and determine the
status of LOCs, chokepoints, and CFC reserve locations. At the opera-
tional level, sniper missions will be similar to those at the strategic level
but will also include attacking port facilities and major LOCs. Light
infantry units will concentrate on attacking division and higher com-
mand posts, capturing key terrain to assist maneuvering units, and locat-
ing CFC reserve forces.
The tactical mission of the SOF will be to support maneuver divisions
and brigades objectives with light infantry operations. The organic
reconnaissance element of the maneuver unit will perform tactical
reconnaissance. Both the light infantry and reconnaissance elements
will develop targets for destruction. These targets will include CFC
command, control, and communications facilities, air and air defense
sites, CFC force concentrations, and LOCs. Light infantry units will
concentrate on attacking brigade and division command posts, capturing
key terrain, and locating and destroying CFC reserve forces.
Personnel selection for SOF units come from politically reliable troops
who are members in good standing of the Korean Workers Party and
who have served 4 to 7 years in the combat branches. Only under special
103
circumstances (language capabilities and technical skills) will they be
recruited and trained directly from civilian status.
The training of SOF personnel is believed to take 12 to 24 weeks or
longer, depending on the skill levels. The skill and training that SOF
personnel receive, such as infiltration, mountaineering, night operations,
swimming, martial arts, airborne, intelligence collection, demolition,
and rigorous physical fitness, are typical of elite units throughout the
world. Discipline is strong and harsh, with an emphasis placed on inten-
sive physical training and political indoctrination. When training is
completed, the trainee is awarded a senior NCO or junior officer rank
and assigned to an operational unit for the remainder of his career.
During combat operations it can be expected that many deep- strike SOF
personnel will be attired in civilian clothing or South Korean military uni-
forms. Infiltrations will normally occur at night or during periods of lim-
ited visibility, with the assistance of escorts who are familiar with the area.
The equipment carried by most SOF personnel will vary considerably,
depending on the mission. Typical equipment will include a dagger and/
or bayonet, pistols (to include silenced versions), rifles (AK-47 or
M-16), submachine guns, hand grenades/demolitions, rocket launchers
(RPG-7 or AT-3), 60-mm mortars, or other allied weapons.
North Korean SOF infiltration methods into CFC rear areas will include:
overland, through tunnels under the DMZ, air, and from the sea. The
NKAF will support SOF operations with airborne infiltration and resup-
ply missions. The primary aerial insertion aircraft will be the An-2/
COLT and helicopters. The NKN will support SOF operations by using
amphibious operations, covert sea infiltration, and resupply. The princi-
pal vessels that will be used to support these operations will be the
KONG BANG I/II/III, NAMPO A/B LCPA (air-cushioned), and
NAMPO LCPs. In addition, mini- submarine and semi- submersible
insertion craft may also be used to support SOF operations from the sea.
104
Tunnel Operations Under DMZ
All but the last few meters would be completed before an attack. Although 4 have
been discovered, as many as 20 or more may exist.
105
Tunnel Constructed by the North Under DMZ
A regiment could pass through this tunnel in about an hour and
come up south of the DMZ.
106
SECTION 3
RANK INSIGNIA AND UNIFORMS
iii44iiii
CHUNG-WI TAB-WI SO-RYONG CHUNG-
YONG
TAB-
RYONG
TAB-
JANG
SO-WI
USEQUIVALEhn"
0-1 0-2 0-3 0-4 0-5 0-6 0-7 0-8 0-9 O-10
2nd 1st Captain Major Lieutenant Colonel Brigadier Major Lieutenant General
Lieutenant Lieutenant Colonel General General General
ENUSTED RANK STRUCTURE
Private Lance
First Class Corporal
SAMBYONG LYONGJANG
Corporal Sergeant
Staff Gunnery
Sergeant Sergeant
Master
Sergeant
CHUM
SANGSA
Master
Sergeant
ROK Enlisted Rank Insignia
107
Private
1
Searran
Apprentice
Private
Private
Rrstaass
II
Searran
BM
Senior
Private
Corporal
Third aass
Petty Officer
M/B
Junior
Sergeant
BIB
Sergeant
11
g
!S^
BB
Senior
Sergeant
Rrstaass
Petty Officer
Senior
Sergeant
.U"
NAVY
aiief Petty
Officer
AIR FORCE
MS
IVIaster
Sergeant
North Korean Enlisted Rank Insignia
108
North
Korean
Army
Rank
Insignia
«
^
^
^
7t
m
Marshall
General
Colonel
General
Lieutenant
General
Major
General
Senior
Colonel
^■■"■^
/x\
/x\
f^
Colonel
Lieutenant
Colonel
Major
Captain
Senior
Lieutenant
Lieutenant
junior
Lieutenant
Officer Collar Tabs
Worn on Closed Collar Uniform
■kk^f /@ 4t-V^/ ft^ ' -' -' ^
Army
Colonel
Navy
Commander
Air Force
Lieutenant
North Korean Army Officer Rank Insignia
109
f^
1^ #
a
■.if^.
Winter Full Summer Full Winter Service
Dress Uniform Dress Uniform Overcoat
(Generals) (Generals) (Generals)
Service
Uniform
(Officers)
Service
Overcoat
(Officers)
Field
Uniform
(Officers)
Full Dress
Uniform
(Officers)
Dress
Overcoat
(Officers)
Service
Uniform
(Officers)
Winter
J acket
(Officers)
North Korean Army Uniforms
110
Winter Field Winter Field Summer Field Camouflage
Overcoat Uniform Uniform Uniform
North Korean Army Uniforms
111
North
Korean
Navy
Rank
Insignia
$
1^
1
Senior
Admiral
Admiral
Vice
Admirai
Rear
Admirai
Senior
Captain
■A
■A
A
/^T\
/T\
I 1
/7\
I
fTi
Captain
Commander
Lieutenant
Commander
Senior
Lieutenant
Lieutenant
Junior
Lieutenant
Ensign
Enlisted Collar Tabs
Collar Tab Denotes Branch of Service
n Hiii
n •«
IMaster 1st Class
Sergeant Petty Officer
Sergeant
Junior
Sergeant
Seaman
P rivate
North Korean Navy Officer Rank Insignia
112
1
. II
Winter Full
Dress Uniform
(Officers)
Winter Full
Dress Uniform
(Officers)
Winter Service
Uniform
(Officers)
Summer
Service Uniform
(Officers)
Winter Service
Uniform
(Enlisted)
Summer
Service Uniform
(Seaman)
Summer Service
Uniform
(Enlisted)
Work
Uniform
(Officers)
Work
Uniform
(Enlisted)
North Korean Navy Uniforms
113
North
Korean
Air Force
Rank
Insignia
,,^
^
■Aik
^^t.
*
*
*
•
*=
unr
General
Colonel
General
Lieutenant
General
Major
General
Senior
Colonel
u
■44
^
M
/153N
^r
1^
fS\
i:
{V\
(^
Colonel
Lieutenant
Colonel
Major
Captain
Senior
Lieutenant
Lieutenant
J unior
Lieutenant
General Officer
CollarTabs
Field and Company
Grade Officer
CollarTabs
North Korean Air Force Officer Ranl< Insignia
114
Full Dress Service Service Service SummerField
Uniform Uniform Uniform Uniform Uniform
(Officers) (Officers) (Enlisted) (Pilot) (Enlisted)
Officers Cap
Officers Cap
Winter Pilot
Jacket Uniform
(Enlisted)
Service Cap
(Enlisted)
North Korean Air Force Uniforms
115
■i^
Artillery
Tanker
Finance
Transportation
-i-
Infantry
Signal
1
Chemical
Air Force
Cap Insignia
Rear
Services
Medical Veterinary
Head Gear
Insignia
n
Judge
Advocate
Engineer
Band National Emblem
Worn on Flag Officers'
Shoulder Boards and
CollarTabs
PilotWings
Seaman Cap Ribbon
North Korean Branch Insignias
116
SECTION 4
ORGANIZATIONAL CHARTS
XXXX Army
XXX Corp
XX Division
X
III
II
Brigade
Regiment
Battalion
1
• • •
Company
Platoon
• •
Squad
^^^ u^K .1 i^^ l u^^
INFANTRY MOTORIZED LIGHT
INFANTRY INFANTRY
AIRBORNE
INFAIVTRY
^ \^\ \^\ ^
MECHANIZED
INFANTRY
RECON
ARMORED
RECON
TANK/
ARMOR
AJNTTITANK AJNTTITANK Al\m-A/C
MISSILE GUN MISSILE
(AT-3) (85-lOOrrTrl (S/V2)
ATsm-A^C
GUN
(145rrTr1
FROG
SCUD
120
•
130/152
122
•
122MRL
FROG
MISSILE
SCUD
MISSILE
MORTAR ARTILLERY
(120mm) (130/152mm)
l>|<l t^
FTl
7^
AVIATION
OR HELO
ATTACK
HELO
ENGINEER CHEMICAL
ORDECON
SP
ARTILLERY
(122mm)
SIGNAL
MULTIPLE
ROCKET
LAUNCHER
(122mm)
FIELD
HOSPITAL
HQ
HHC
HMG
REAR
SER
TECH
SPT
TGT
ACQ
HEADQUARTERS HEADQUARTERS
Si HQ COMPANY
HEAVY
MACHINE
GUN
REAR TECHNICAL TARGET
SERVICES SUPPORT ACQUISITION
117
President
Central People's
Committee
*Typical Corps includes:
Infantry Divisions
Armored Brigades
Artillery Brigades
Light Infantry Brigades
River-Crossing Regiments
Ministry of
the People's
Armed Forces
General Staff
Department
Armored
Corps
Forward
Army Corps*
1st Corps
Artillery
Corps
2d Corps
4th Corps
5th Corps
Capital
Defense Corps
Mechanized
Corps
108th Corps
425th Corps
806th Corps
815th Corps
Army Corps
3rd Corps
6th Corps
7th Corps
Reconnaissance
Bureau
North Korean
Air Force
Divisions
General
Light Infantry
Training/
Guide Bureau
North Korean
Navy
Administrative
Command
8th Corps
Artillery
Command
Mechanized
Command
Antiaircraft
Artillery Command
North Korean Military
118
XXX
c&s
1 1 1
^<s ^<v. ^^X^
1 1 1
1 1 1
XXX
SNIPER MRL
1 1 1
X II II
III III II ^ II II
III ^^' ^^^^ *X*
' ' ' ^ ^ SIGINT ^^X ^ ^
BRIDGE
REAR
SVC
Infantry Corps
119
XXX
1 1 1
^ ^ ^
1 1 1
X ^X^ II
C5^ X ' 1 '
1 1 1
III 1
II ^1 1 II
REAR EW/ \ *. •""><"-•
SVC SIGINT ^^^ / ^
Mechanized Infantry Corps
120
XXX
C_J>
1
1 1
X X
X
1
X
1
X
c&s
cz:>
cz:>
d^
cz:>
cz::>
1
1
II
1
II
1
II
REAR
SVC
1 1 1
7^
BRIDGE
Armor Corps
XXX
•
1
1
X
1
X
Mt It
■L
\ 1
-L
1
— 1
'l
— 1
Artillery Corps
121
XX
><
1 1 1
1 1
" SJ^
1 1 1
II II II
1 1 1
1 1
1 1 1 \t^ REAR •XT* ^^
*SOME DIVISIONB VVILL ALSO HAVE AN EW/SiaNTT BATTAUON
INFANTRY
Tk
Art
AT
INF
urc
AAA
Enq
Sq
Recon
CIVL
HQ
DIVISION
Totd
Bn
Reg
Bn
Reg
Bn
Bn
Bn
Bn
Co
Co
+RS
T-54/55
31
31
M1985/Type-62/63/PT-76
2
D-20 152mm Howitzer
18
18
D-74/M-38 122mm Howitzer
54
T-63/RPU (107/140 IMRL)
9
D or IVI-44 (85/100 AT Gun)
12
IVI-39(76.2ATGun)
6
AT-3 SAGGER
9
B-10/11 (82/107 RG)
9
RPG-7 (AT Lolir)
658
8
192
18
10
4
4
4
36
IUI-43 (120mm lUlortar)
18
IVI-37 (82mm Mortar)
27
18
Flamethrower
4
RPD/RP-46/SMG
859
2
34
8
257
18
6
8
4
4
12
SA-7b
12
6
ZPU-2/4 (14.5 AAA HIMG)
60
18
6
IVI-39(37AAAGun)
6
S-60(57AAAGun)
6
FIRE CAN (FLAP WHEEL)
2
V-415Jeep
57
3
8
1
8
1
3
5
1
12
2 1/2T Utility Truck
692
18
110
21
126
1
43
25
30
1
10
75
M-72 Motorcycle
29
8
5
16
T-34-TTankRTVR
1
Personnel
10359
226
930
195
2379
450
282
279
260
95
105
400
Officer
1333
22
118
23
182
30
23
25
21
5
5
95
Enlisted
9026
204
812
172
2197
420
259
254
239
90
100
305
Infantry Division
122
III
?
1
1
1
II
1
II
1
1
HO
Si
120
•
107/140 MRL
1
II
1 1 ' 1
• •• 1 1
1
1
1
• • •
^ /\ ^
7^
1
INFANTRY REGIMENT
Total
INF
Bn
IVTTR
Bn
AAA
Bn
IVRL
Btiy
AT
Btiy
Eng
Co
?9
Co
Ftecon
Pit
CIVL
Pit
h+HC
T-63/RPU (107/140 MRL)
M-39(76.2ATGun)
AT-3 SAGGER
B-10/11 (82/107 RG)
RPG-7 (AT Lchr)
M-43 (120mm Mortar)
M-37 (82mm Mortar)
9
6
9
9
192
27
27
3
3
58
9
8
27
9
6
3
3
4
SA-7b
ZPU-2/4 (14.5 AAA HMG)
12
18
3
3
18
V-415Jeep
2 1/2T Utility Truck
8
126
1
8
1
31
1
33
9
7
5
5
5
3
7
Flamethrower
RPD/RP-46/SMG
AK Rifle
M1891 30 Rifle
T-64/68 Pistol
4
257
1896
18
182
81
360
6
29
8
156
26
259
23
70
5
73
5
4
3
61
5
3
54
5
30
1
25
1
88
24
Personnel
Officer
Enlisted
2379
182
2197
476
29
447
206
26
180
282
23
259
75
5
70
78
5
73
76
5
71
65
5
60
31
1
30
26
1
25
112
24
88
Infantry Regiment
123
*
1
• ft
HQ
ii
1
82
1
• • •
INFANTRY BATTALION
Totd
IM=
Co
IVTTR
Bliy
AT
Pit
HQ
AT-3 SAGGER
B-10/11 (82/107 RG)
RPG-7 (AT Lchr)
SA-7b
3
3
58
9
3
18
9
3
3
4
3
V-415 (jeep)
2 1/2T Utility Truck
1
8
3
3
1
2
RPD/RP-46/SIVIG
AK Rifle
M 1891 30 Rifle
T-64/68 Pistol
81
360
6
29
27
83
57
5
20
1
34
3
8
Radio, R116/126
Radio, R106
Radio, R105
Radio, RDM
Telephone, TAI-43
Switchboard
17
9
2
1
24
6
1
5
1
1
1
2
4
2
1
3
2
Personnel
Officer
Enlisted
476
29
447
116
111
62
5
57
21
1
20
45
8
37
Infantry Battalion
124
,*,
1 1
INFANTRY COMPANY
Total
IM=
Rt
HQ
RPG-7 (AT Lchr)
RPD/RP-46/SMG
AK Rifle
M 1891 30 Rifle
T-64/68 Pistol
18
27
83
1
5
6
9
27
Radio, R116
Radio, R106
Telephone, TAI-43
Switchboard
5
1
5
1
Personnel
Officer
Enlisted
116
5
111
37
36
3
INFANTRY PLATOON
Total
IM=
Sqd
HQ
RPG-7 (AT Lchr)
RPD
AK Rifle
T-64/68 Pistol
6
9
27
2
3
9
1
Radio, R116
Telephone, TAI-43
1
1
Personnel
Officer
Enlisted
37
36
12
12
1
1
Infantry Company
Infantry Platoon
125
1
1
1
HHC
Medical
Treatment
Operating
Ftoom
Holding &
Evacuation
FIELD HOSPITAL
Total
HHC
ivrr
Co
OPRm
CO
H&E
Co
AK Rifle
T-64/68 Pistol
370
65
84
6
81
24
142
30
63
5
V-415Jeep
21/2TTruck
4
63
4
5
12
10
36
Personnel
Officer
Enlisted
445
65
370
90
6
84
105
24
81
172
30
142
68
5
63
Field Hospital
II
7^
1
1
1
7^1 7^
DECCN "^^
CHEMICAL BATTALION
Total
HQ
DECCN
Co
IIVPRG
CO
RPG-2/7(40ATLchr)
RPD/RPK
AK Rifle
T-64/68 Pistol
12
12
276
15
3
3
42
6
3
3
84
3
3
3
66
3
V-415Jeep
2 1/2TTruck
1
30
1
6
9
6
Personnel
Officer
Enlisted
315
15
300
54
6
48
93
3
90
75
3
72
Chemical Battalion
126
II
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
HQ
MSGR&
COMM
VWFE
RAao
SIGNAL BATTALION
Totd
HQ
MSGRS
oom
VVIRE
Co
RAao
Co
RPG-2/7(40ATLchr)
RPD/RPK
AK Rifle
T-64/68 Pistol
12
14
234
39
2
4
47
21
48
4
4
72
6
4
4
67
5
V-415 Jeep
21/27 Truck
M-72 Motorcycle
5
37
20
2
6
20
1
10
1
17
Radio
Switchboard
Telegraph
9
14
5
3
1
9
6
Personnel
OHicer
Enlisted
299
39
260
74
21
53
59
52
86
6
80
80
5
75
Signal Battalion
127
u
n
/X
1
1
1
HQ
/\
-
-1
X AT-1
\
^ly AT-I
\
1
n
/\
1
• • •
• • •
HQ
/ AT-1 \
\
-1
1/ AT.1
1/ AT.1
y
ATGM BATTALION
Total
ATGM
CO
HQ
UAZ-69ATGMAT-1
AK Rifle
T-64/68 Pistol
54
254
35
18
72
9
38
8
V-415Jeep
2 1/2 T Truck
4
21
1
5
1
6
Personnel
Officer
Enlisted
291
35
256
81
9
72
48
8
40
ATGMCaVPANY
Total
ATGM
Pit
HQ
UAZ-69 ATGM AT-1
AK Rifle
T-64/68 Pistol
18
72
9
6
17
2
21
3
V-415Jeep
2 1/2 T Truck
1
5
1
1
2
Personnel
Officer
Enlisted
81
9
72
19
2
17
24
3
21
Corps Antitank Guided lUlissile
Battalion
Corps Antitank Guided lUlissile
Company
J_L
HQ&S
AAABATTAUCN
Total
Total
IM-39(37AAAGun)
S-60(57AAAGun)
ZPU-2/4 (14.5mm)
FIRE CAN orBREAD BIN
6
6
6
4
AK Rifle
T-64/68 Pistol
259
23
Personnel
Officer
Enlisted
282
23
259
V-415Jeep
2 1/2T Utility Truck
1
43
AAA Battalion
128
Corrmond
& Control
J_LL
— I
II
Technical
Support
SA-5 REGIMENT
Total
SAM
Bn
Cmd&
Control
Tech
Spt
SA-5 SAM Lchr
18
6
BAR LOCK Radar
SQUARE PAIR Radar
BIG BACK Radar
SIDE NET Radar
MERCURY GRASS Truck
Radar Control Truck
Misc Trailers
3
3
1
1
4
4
38
1
1
1
1
10
1
1
1
2
6
2
ZIL-1 57V Transporter
Misc Trucks
V-415Jeep
30
91
7
6
14
1
11
3
12
38
1
Personnel
OHicer
Enlisted
910
86
824
115
12
103
90
14
76
106
10
96
SAM (SA-5) Regiment
129
Comrend
&CDntrol
T"
J_L
111
-r
J_L
— I
II
Technical
Support
SA-3 REGIMENT
Total
SAM
Bn
AAA
Bn
Cmd&
Control
Tech
Spt
SA-3SAMLchr
ZPU-4 (14.5 AAA HMG)
16
18
4
18
LOW BLOW Radar
FLAT FACE Radar
SPOON REST Radar
SIDE NET Radar
MERCURY GRASS Truck
Radar Control Truck
Misc Trailers
4
5
1
1
5
6
48
1
1
1
1
10
6
2
ZIL-131 Transporter
Misc Trucks
V-415 Jeep
24
119
9
4
12
1
24
1
11
3
8
36
1
Personnel
Officer
Enlisted
910
86
824
108
10
98
282
23
259
84
12
72
112
11
101
SAM (SA-3) Regiment
130
Comrend
&CDntrol
T"
J_L
J_LL
-r
J_L
— I
II
Technical
Support
SA-2 REGIMENT
Total
SAM
Bn
AAA
Bn
Cmd&
Control
Tech
Spt
SA-2SAMLchr
ZPU-4 (14.5 AAA HMG)
18
18
6
18
SPOON REST Radar
FAN SONG Radar
FLAT FACE Radar
MERCURY GRASS Truck
Radar Control Truck
Misc Trailers
38
1
1
1
1
10
1
1
1
2
6
2
ZIL-157V Transporter
Misc Trucks
V-415Jeep
30
137
6
18
1
24
1
11
3
12
48
1
Personnel
Officer
Enlisted
833
88
745
115
12
103
282
23
259
90
14
76
116
15
101
SAM (SA-2) Regiment
131
y
1 ■ 1
' Bridge '
1
1
II
1
II
1
II
II
h+HC
1 ■ 1
'AmphVeh'
1 ■ 1
'TechSpt'
1 ■ 1
'lt Bridge'
■1
'hvy Bridge'
1 AmphVeh
1 LT Bridge
RIVER-CROSSING
AIVPH
LT
Hvv
Tech
BRIGADE
Total
Veh
BRG
BRG
Spt
HHC
120
60
GSP Ferry Track HvyAmph
24
12
LPP Bridge PTN Set
48
24
GAZ-63 Truck PTN Carry
144
72
BMK-90 Boat Power w/TLR
36
12
12
TPP Bridge PTN Set
48
48
ZIL-151 Truck PTN Carry
96
96
Utility Tractor
6
6
Utility Bulldozer
4
4
K-51 Crane
1
K-32 Crane
4
2
2
GAZ-46 Vehicle Amphibious
10
2
1
1
1
V-415Jeep
12
1
1
3
4
21/2TTruck
196
16
32
44
42
14
RPG-2/7(40ATLCHR)
169
22
24
36
21
20
RPD/RPK
249
32
36
55
30
28
Personnel
2367
319
388
502
298
153
Officer
109
38
38
40
37
32
Enlisted
2258
281
350
462
261
121
River-Crossing Brigade
132
II
1
1 Te'ch 1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
HHC
1 ■ 1
' Obstacle '
1 ■ 1
' Const '
1 ■ 1
'Rd Const'
TECHNICAL ENGINEER
BATTALION
Total
Trucks
2
Bulldozers
11
Compressors
7
Generators
2
Graders
2
Elevators
1
Band Saws
3
Mine Detectors
3
Technical Engineer Battalion
II
n
1 Te'. 1
1
1
1
mc
1 > 1
Const
-1
1
Const
1 Const
ENGINEER
CXDNSTRUCnON
BATTAUON
Total
Trucks
12
Bulldozers
24
Compressors
Generators
Excavators
Rock Crushers
Cranes
Band Saws
Engineer Construction Battalion
133
II
SCUD
1
Connmand
&Met
SCUD
"-1
1
1
II
n
FROG
1
Command
&Met
FROG
-
1
1
SCUD BATTALION
Total
Btiy
Cmd&
Met
SCUD-BTEL
END TRAY Radar
6
1
2
1
21/2TTruck
ZIL-1 35 Truck Resupply
GAZ-69 Vehicle Survey
54
3
1
16
1
6
1
K-51 Crane
4
1
1
Officer
Enlisted
173
23
150
41
5
36
8
42
50
Strategic Level SCUD B Battalion
FROGBATTAUON
Total
Btiy
Cmd&
Met
FROG-7 Launcher
END TRAY Radar
3
1
1
1
21/2TTruck
ZIL-135 Truck Resupply
GAZ-69 Vehicle Survey
54
3
1
16
1
6
1
1
FROG-3/5
BREAD BIN Radar
3
1
1
1
21/2TTruck
ZIL-135V Truck Resupply
GAZ-69 Vehicle Survey
K-51 Crane
54
3
1
3
16
1
1
6
1
Personnel
Officer
Enlisted
173
23
150
41
5
36
50
8
42
Strategic Level FROG Battalion
134
X
•
122 MRL
1
1
II
1
1
II
HQ
• 1
122 MRL
Target
Acquisition
Technical
Support
1 > 1
1 122 MRL
1
1 122 MRL
-|
NOTE: Corps IVRL Brigade cai be either 12anii or 2Wnin
1 122 MRL
[
1 122 MRL 1
1 122MRL
_J
MRL BRIGADE (122mm)
Total
Total
BM -11 (122mm)
RPD/RPK (7.62mm LMG)
AK Rifle
T-64/68 Pistol
108
V-415Jeep
2 1/2T Utility Truck
END TRAY Radar
Personnel
Officer
Enlisted
1500
Corps MRL Brigade
II
1
•
240 MRL
1
1
1
1
1
HQ&S
•
240 MRL
•
240 MRL
•
240 MRL
12
aVIVIHASTHE
SAIVE ORDER
OF BATTLE
MRL BATTALION
(240MM)
Total
Total
BM-24(12rd240mniMRL)
RPD/RPK (7.62nim LMG)
AK Rifle
T-64/68 Pistol
15
8
184
17
V-415Jeep
2 1/2T Utility Truck
1
12
Personnel
Officer
Enlisted
209
17
192
Corps l\/!RL Battalion
135
HQ
_I70_
_I70_
cs:>
— r
_LL
, 170_
_I70_
Target
Acquisition
_I70_
_I70_
n~i
7S-
ARTILLERY BRIGADE
(170mm SP"KOKSUN")
Totd
M-1978/M-1989 (170mm SP)
RPD/RPK (7.62mm LMG)
AK Rifle
T-64/68 Pistol
72
V-415Jeep
2 1/2T Utility Truck
END TRAY Radar
Personnel
Officer
Enlisted
Strategic Level Heavy Artillery Brigade
136
X
1
d^
1
1
II
1
II
1 1 1
II 1 1
HQ
130
1-|
152
122
Target
1 Acquisition
1 1 1
1 130
1 152
1 122
' 1 130 1
1 152
L
122
1 1
1 •••
7^
-J
CORPS SP
ARTILLERY BRIGADE
Total
M-1974 (152mm D-20)
M-1975 (130mm M-46)
M-1981 (122mm D-74)
RPD/RPK (7.62mm LMG)
AK Rifle
T-64/68 Pistol
54
54
54
V-415 Jeep
2 1/2T Utility Truck
END TRAY Radar
Personnel
Officer
Enlisted
Corps Artillery Brigade
137
III
1
•
122/152
1
II
II
I'l
H&S
•
122
122
•
152
D-74
1 122
D-20
M-30
ARTILLERY REGIMENT
122/1 52mm TOWED
Total
Total
D-74 (122mm How)
M-30 (122mm How)
D-20 (152mm How)
RPG-2/7 (40AT Lohr)
RP-46(7.62MG)
AK Rifle
T-64/68 Pistol
11
36
18
8
34
778
118
V-415Jeep
2 1/2T Utility Truck
8
118
Personnel
OHioer
Enlisted
930
118
812
Division 122/1 52mm Towed Artillery Regiment
II
1
•
122
1
1
1
1
H&S
•
122
•
122
•
122
ARTILLERY BATTALION
122mm TOWED
Total
Total
M -38 (122mm How)
RP-46(7.62MG)
AK Rifle
T-64/68 Pistol
18
8
190
26
V-415Jeep
2 1/2T Utility Truck
1
26
Personnel
Officer
Enlisted
224
26
198
Artillery Battalion
138
II
1
120
1
1
1
1
H8S
120
120
-4-
120
MORTAR BATTALION
120mm
Total
M-43 (120mm Mortar)
RPG-2/7 (40AT Lchr)
RP-46(7.62MG)
AK Rifle
T-64/68 Pistol
27
8
8
158
26
V-415 Jeep
2 1/2T Utility Truck
1
31
Personnel
Officer
Enlisted
206
26
180
Regimental Mortar Battalion
139
X
dD
1
1
1
II
1
II
II
HQ
cz:> 1
ci:>
^
h 1|
LT
1
II
1
II
1
• • •
1
II
cs:>
^ — > ' ' '
•?^
TECH
SPT
1
ARMOR BRIGADE
Total
Bn
LTTk
Bn
MInf
Bn
152
Reg
122
Bn
AAA
Bn
Co
HQ
Tech
Spt
CML
Pit
T-62
VTT-323/BTR-60/M1967
M1985/BRDM AT-3/4
M1985/Type-62-63/PT-76
124
58
3
40
31
2
40
43
3
6
3
152mm SP Howitzer
122mm SP Howitzer
ATGIVIAT-3IWanpack
RPG-2/7(40ATLchr)
iVI-37 (82mm Mortar)
18
18
3
43
9
3
31
9
18
18
4
2
6
SA-7b
IVI1983/BTR-152A(14.5)
SPAAG (37)
Type-80/ZSU-57 (57)
FIRE CAN Radar
12
6
6
6
3
3
6
6
6
6
3
3
V-415Jeep
2 1/2T Utility Truck
T-54-TTankRTVR
26
162
6
3
18
1
3
11
1
1
14
1
12
1
12
1
30
7
5
10
4
12
2
1
RPD/RPK LMG
70
2
2
33
9
9
4
2
5
Personnel
Officer
Enlisted
2481
224
2257
226
22
204
190
21
169
504
31
473
230
28
202
230
28
202
282
23
259
76
5
71
120
14
106
145
7
138
26
1
25
Tank Brigade
140
II
< >
1
1
1
HQ
c_^
1
■^
1
d^
1
• • •
HQ
• • •
CZ^
TANK BATTALION
Total
Tk
Co
HQ
T-55(59)/62(69)
M1985/Type62/63/PT-76
V-415Jeep
2 1/2T Utility Truck
T-34-TTankRTVR
RP-46
AK Rifle
T-64/68 Pistol
31
2
3
18
1
2
204
22
10
3
50
5
52
Personnel
Officer
Enlisted
226
22
204
55
5
50
61
54
II
LT
1
1
1
HQ
LT
1
T
TATKCOVPANY
Total
Tk
Pit
HQ
T-55(59)/62
2 1/2T Utility Truck
AK Rifle
T-64/68 Pistol
10
3
50
5
3
11
1
1
3
17
2
Personnel
Officer
Enlisted
55
5
50
12
1
11
19
2
17
Basic Tank Battalion (Top Left)
Basic Tanl< Company (Top Right)
Light Tanic Battalion (Bottom)
UGHTTATKBATTAUON
Total
Tk
CO
HQ
IM1985/Type62/63/PT-76
40
10
10
V-415Jeep
3
3
2 1/2T Utility Truck
11
2
5
T-34-TTankRTVR
1
1
RP-46
2
2
AK Rifle
204
40
49
T-64/68 Pistol
22
5
7
Personnel
190
45
55
Officer
21
5
6
Enlisted
169
40
49
141
RECONNAISSANCE BATTAUON
II
1
1
1
1
• • •
1
HQ
j^
[h
REAR
SERVICE
^^
J|
RECONNAISSANCE BRIGADE
X
1
1
1
II
1
HQ
Ik
"-^
DIRECT
ACTION
REAR
SERVICE
s^
SEABORNE SNIPER BATTALION
HQ
REAR
SERVICE
142
1—
X
^
— L^
II
HQ&
CMD
- Si
■^=^1
LIGHT INFANTRY
BRIGADE
Total
Bn
Conp
RPG-2/7(40ATLchr)
60MTR
RPD/RPK
AK Rifle
T-64/68 Pistol
138
105
136
2950
3220
18
21
18
414
450
66
72
V-415 Jeep
21/2TTruck
2
13
1
Personnel
Officer
Enlisted
3300
80
3220
450
450
72
72
II
^
1
1 1 1
1 • • •
^ Xtlth ^
■'%=^l
Light Infantry Battalion
Light Infantry Brigade
143
MECHANIZED INFANTRY
MINF
MIIM=
Tk
Art
Art
Mm
AT
AAA
UPL
Tech
Rec
Enq
Siq
Chm
BRIGADE
Total
Bn
Bn
Bn
152
122
Bn
Bn
Bn
Brg
HQ
Spt
Co
Co
Co
Co
T-62
31
31
M1985/Type-62/63/PT-76
5
2
3
VTT-323/BTR-60/M1967
56
43
6
7
M1985/BRDM AT-3/4
15
3
9
122/152mmSP Howitzer
18/18
18
18
BM-21 (122mm MRL)
6
6
ATGM AT-3 Manpack
15
3
3
SPG-9 (73mm)
12
12
B-11(107RG)
15
3
3
RPG-7 (AT Lchr)
285
31
62
2
6
9
4
4
4
M-43 (120mm Mortar)
27
M-37 (82mm Mortar)
45
9
9
8
SA-7b
24
3
3
27
6
3
BTR-152A(14.5)
6
6
SPAAG (37)
18
4
2
6
Type-80/ZSU-57 (57)
6
6
FIRE CAN Radar
3
3
V-415Jeep
28
1
1
3
1
1
1
3
1
6
4
1
1
1
2 1/2T Utility Truck
376
14
37
18
12
12
31
35
30
3
50
16
5
7
8
10
M-72 Motorcycle
8
8
T-54-TTankRTVR
7
1
6
RPD/RPK LMG
383
33
85
9
9
8
8
2
2
6
6
4
4
4
AK Rifle
3780
408
383
204
184
184
158
156
259
60
152
155
75
63
52
113
M1891/30 Rifle
18
6
Personnel
4781
555
506
226
230
230
208
195
282
66
180
175
96
76
65
126
Officer
364
32
31
22
28
28
28
23
23
4
24
8
6
5
5
5
Enlisted
4417
523
475
204
202
202
180
172
259
62
158
167
90
71
60
121
Mechanized Infantry Brigade
144
^
• • •
HQ
I
<^>
• • •
• • •
MECHANIZED INFANTRY
l^F
IVTTR
AT
AAA
Sq
BATTALION
Total
Co
Btiy
Pit
Rt
Rt
HQ
VTT-323/BTR-60/M1967
43
10
10
3
M1985/BRDMAT-3/4
3
3
AT-3 SAGGER Manpack
3
1
B-11 (107 RG)
3
3
RPG-7 (AT Lchr)
31
9
4
M-37 (82mni Mortar)
9
9
SA-7b
3
3
SPAAG
4
4
V-415 Jeep
1
1
2 1/2T Utility Truck
14
1
2
2
3
4
RPD/RPK-46/SIVIG
33
9
4
2
Rifle AK
408
87
57
20
17
53
T-64/68 Pistol
96
26
5
1
1
9
Radio, R-112
2
2
Radio, R-114
14
4
2
Radio, R-113
38
10
4
1
1
2
Receiver, R-311
1
1
Personnel
555
120
62
25
17
26
65
Officer
32
5
5
1
1
1
9
Enlisted
523
115
57
24
16
25
56
Mechanized Infantry Battalion
145
SECTION 5
MEDICAL ASSESSMENT
Key Judgments
U.S. military personnel deploying to the Korean Peninsula will encoun-
ter significant infectious disease and environmental health risks. Disease
and non-battle injuries (DNBIs) present a major risk to the effectiveness
of operational units and the success of the overall mission. Command
emphasis on preventive medicine measures, good personal hygiene, dis-
ease surveillance and reporting, and troop discipline at all levels is
essential for limiting infectious disease and environmental health risks.
The primary infectious disease risks are from scrub typhus, hemorrhagic
fever with renal syndrome (Korean hemorrhagic fever), and Japanese
encephalitis. Risks from food- and water-borne diseases include diar-
rheal diseases, typhoid and paratyphoid fevers, and hepatitis A. Risks
may vary among geographic areas and seasons. Environmental health
risks are primarily attributable to extremes of heat and cold, depending
on the region and season, and poor food and water sanitation. Unregu-
lated industry and agriculture heavily pollute air, water, and soil
resources.
Preventive countermeasures are the key to combat strength, and their
implementation and continued emphasis must be a command responsi-
bility. Use of local and regional food, water, and ice sources without
proper inspection and approval by U.S. medical personnel (military
public health, veterinary, and preventive medicine units) will put opera-
tional forces at great risk of acquiring food- and water-borne diseases
that could significantly degrade the effectiveness of over 10 to 20 per-
cent of the entire force within 24 to 48 hours. Additionally, without the
implementation of effective preventive medicine countermeasures,
small point- source outbreaks could degrade company- size units to the
point of being operationally ineffective for up to 7 days.
147
Disease Risks
Diseases Contracted From Insects or Animals
Malaria. This disease is transmitted by the bite of an infective mos-
quito. Likely prevalent at low levels along the DMZ. Transmission has
been occurring in South Korea's northwestern province of Kyonggi-do
along the DMZ. Reported cases in South Korea have been increasing
each year (21 in 1994; 107 in 1995; and 306 in 1996, including U.S. per-
sonnel). Vector mosquitos are present in North Korea. Transmission
usually occurs from May through September with the peak season dur-
ing July and August.
Japanese Encephalitis. This disease is an acute mosquito-borne infec-
tion of the central nervous system. It is frequently associated with rice-
growing areas. Greatest risk period is from May through late September.
It is found countrywide in areas where mosquito-breeding sites and pig-
rearing areas coexist. The last major epidemic of Japanese encephalitis
in the ROK occurred during 1982, with 1,197 reported cases among
local nationals. Human cases of the disease have decreased in the ROK,
partially because of a national vaccination program and changes in agri-
cultural practices.
Korean Hemorrhagic Fever. This was a disease of historic significance
to U.S. military forces in the Korean War. The disease continues to
exhibit a low level of annual incidence (0 to 5 cases among U.S. forces
per year). Primary transmission is from inhaling airborne dust particles
contaminated with infective rodent excreta or saliva. Risk occurs coun-
trywide and year-round, although peak disease incidence occurs Octo-
ber through December. Elevated risk is associated with dusty, dry
conditions and peak rodent populations. Korean hemorrhagic fever is
characterized by an abrupt onset of fever of 3 to 8 days duration,
prostration, backache, headache, abdominal pain, anorexia, and vomit-
ing.
148
Typhus. Typhus includes any of several forms of infectious diseases
caused by microorganisms of the genus Rickettsia. It is characterized
by severe headache, sustained fever, depression, and red rashes. Mites
are the primary vector of scrub typhus, an infection prevalent where
scrub brush and secondary growth vegetation coexist. In South Korea,
90 percent of all scrub typhus cases occurred between October and
December. Louse-borne (epidemic) and flea-borne (murine) typhus are
contracted by scratching louse and flea feces into the skin respectively.
Louse-borne typhus has been responsible for large epidemics in Korea
and is still a threat under adverse circumstances, such as war or natural
disaster. Sporadic outbreaks of flea-borne typhus have occurred around
seaports and warehouse areas.
Helminthic Infections. These infections include ascariasis, clonorchia-
sis, and hookworm infection. Transmission primarily occurs when the
skin comes in contact with soil or water containing any of a large variety
of parasitic intestinal worms.
Rabies. Before 1975, rabies was a serious concern on the Korean Pen-
insula. Since 1976, there have been only two cases of human rabies in
the ROK, with none occurring since 1984. Some cattle and dog cases
were reported in South Korea in 1996.
Diseases Contracted From Other People/Poor Hygiene
Stomach/Intestinal Infections. Prevailing unsanitary conditions make
stomach/intestinal infections a principal threat Transmission is common
from contaminated food, water, and ice. Diseases of greatest concern
include:
"Traveler's Diarrhea'': Diarrheal diseases probably are the greatest
infectious threat for troops deployed to the Korean Peninsula. Bacte-
rial, viral, parasitic, and viral causes are all possible. Local food and
water should be considered contaminated unless otherwise indicated
by medical personnel. If you get traveler's diarrhea, drink plenty of
fluids to avoid becoming dehydrated.
149
Hepatitis A: Hepatitis A infection rates are moderate to high in local
populations. Most U.S. personnel have no immunity and are suscep-
tible to this disease. Enure shots are up to date prior to deployment.
Cholera: Extensive countrywide outbreaks occurred throughout the
summers of 1995 and 1996 and affected all provinces. The outbreaks
were associated with the consumption of contaminated seafood and
municipal water. Risk is elevated May through November.
Typhoid and Paratyphoid Fevers: Risk is year-round and country-
wide, with highest numbers of reports from North Hamyong Prov-
ince. Outbreaks frequently occur. Typhoid immunization is
recommended.
Respiratory Infection. Acute respiratory infections have been noted to
be a common affliction on deployments to the Korean Peninsula.
Crowding in staging areas and tent camps, combined with poor personal
hygiene, assists in the transmission of respiratory disease agents.
Annual influenza vaccines should be current prior to deployment.
Tuberculosis is also present in the civilian and military populations in
the DPRK and the ROK.
Sexually Transmitted Diseases (STDs). SyphiHs, gonorrhea, venereal
warts, herpes, chlamydia, and hepatitis are common sexually transmit-
ted diseases in Korea, some of which are reportedly penicillin resistant.
The human immunodeficiency virus (HIV — the virus that causes AIDS)
is not currently a significant problem in Korea, although the disease is
present. The majority of HIV infections reported from South Korea have
been acquired through heterosexual contact. Hepatitis B is prevalent at
high levels. Risk is year-round and countrywide.
Environmental Health Risks
Most water sources are fecally contaminated. Living and sanitary stan-
dards are poor throughout the DPRK. Fertilization with night soil and
poor food handling practices present significant risks of food-borne ill-
150
ness. Water and air pollution are widespread throughout the DPRK.
Extremes of heat and cold also present risks, depending on the region
and season.
Throughout the ROK, living and sanitary conditions are below Western
standards. Heavy industrialization and a high population density over-
burden the ROK's infrastructure. Years of continual pollution have
severely contaminated the air, water, and soil.
VJater Supply
The DPRK's water sources include rivers, creeks, springs, and wells;
supplies usually are plentiful, but seasonal shortages occur. The ROK's
water sources include streams, springs, wells, lakes, and reservoirs; sup-
plies are adequate, although shortages have been reported in urban areas
during summer.
In the DPRK, major cities use slow sand filtration and chlorination to
treat water; however, contamination occurs during distribution because
of seepage and back siphoning. Although some urban water supplies are
delivered via individual house hookups, most households obtain water
from public taps. In the ROK, municipal water is supplied to more than
50 percent of the population countrywide and to nearly 100 percent in
the larger cities. ROK's drinking water needs are not being met because
of inadequate treatment and storage capacities, obsolete equipment, and
lagging government investment.
Living and Sanitary Conditions
DPRK's living and sanitation conditions are well below those in most
developed nations. Overcrowded living quarters are common because
the demand for housing exceeds supply. Although larger cities, such as
Pyongyang, have a limited number of modern, well-equipped apartment
buildings, most urban and rural housing consists of small, one-room
houses without plumbing. Charcoal-burning home-heating systems fre-
quently malfunction, resulting in dangerous levels of carbon monoxide
151
within the dwellings. In rural areas, most housing offers minimum shel-
ter, poor ventilation, and an excellent environment for vermin. Sewage
disposal throughout most of the DPRK is inadequate. Although sewage
treatment plants and septic systems are used in some large cities, sewage
systems in most urban areas, consisting of both open and covered
ditches, discharge raw sewage directly into streams or the sea. Rural
inhabitants use outdoor privies for waste disposal, and night soil com-
monly is used as fertilizer.
ROK's living conditions are below developed nations' standards. The
average Korean home is built partially of wood, brick, or stone, with tile
or slate roofs. Millions of Koreans now live in small, cramped high-rise
apartments. Sewage treatment and trash disposal services are limited to
urban areas. Most sewage is not treated before being discharged. Char-
coal-burning home-heating systems frequently malfunction resulting in
dangerous levels of carbon monoxide within the dwellings.
Pollution
In the DPRK, it is unlikely that special efforts have been made to protect
the environment from industrial contaminants, since raw sewage is rou-
tinely discharged into the environment. DPRK authorities and the media
are reporting heavy industrial contamination of the Tumen,
Chongchong, and Taedong Rivers. The sources of the pollution are
believed to be mining companies, paper factories, steel mills, refineries,
and chemical factories along the rivers. Heavy industrial and vehicle
emissions produce high levels of heavy metals and photochemical pollu-
tion in and around Chongjin, Hamhung, Sunchon, and Pyongyang.
In the ROK, pollution is a pressing environmental problem. Water, soil,
and air pollution impact morbidity and mortality throughout the ROK.
Thirty toxic chemicals banned by the World Health Organization, most
of them pesticides, are still used by farmers. Of these, aldicarb, captafol,
and disulfoton are classified as extremely hazardous, while the remain-
152
der are classified as highly hazardous. Heavy metals from indiscriminate
discharge of industrial waste contaminate ROK's watershed. The level
of air pollution in Seoul is well above World Health Organization rec-
ommendations, with peak levels occurring during late fall and winter.
Climate
Seasonal and regional extremes of heat and cold present significant
exposure risks. Winter months on the Korean Peninsula (November
through March) are extremely cold and windy, making cold-related inju-
ries a major medical threat. During the Korean War, over 8,000 soldiers
suffered cold weather injuries. Winter temperatures can be as low as -4
°C (24 °F) with windchill temperatures of -31 °C (-25 °F). Summers
(June through September) can have extreme highs of 37 °C (100
°F). Heat is not only a primary medical problem, it also exacerbates
other diseases, making diagnosis and treatment more difficult. See
Appendix F, First Aid and Hot and Cold Weather Survival, for more
information.
Hazardous Animals and Plants
The Korean mamushi (Agkistrodon blomhoffi) is the only venomous
snake found on the Korean Peninsula, primarily in southern areas. Scor-
pions, centipedes, and black widow spiders are also present. Poisonous
plants include nettles, lacquer trees, poison ivy, poison sumac, agri-
mony, cow parsley, and soapberry which all produce a contact vesicant
(an agent that induces blistering).
Ways to Protect Yourself Against Disease
■ Avoid stagnant water. Stagnant water is a breeding ground for both
diseases and disease-carrying insects like mosquitos. Areas with
many stagnant pools such as rice paddies, marshes, or junk piles
should be avoided if possible.
153
Protect yourself against mosquito bites to reduce the risk of contract-
ing malaria and Japanese encephalitis. Protection from mosquitos
and other biting flies can be accomplished by the use of screened eat-
ing and sleeping quarters (including head and bed nets) and by limit-
ing the amount of outside activity during the evening/night hours if
possible. Use plenty of insect repellent and keep sleeves rolled down,
especially during field operations and at night The repellent lotion
should be applied to exposed skin including ears, face, and neck. Its
area of application should extend 2 to 3 inches under the edges of the
uniform to prevent biting insects from crawling into those areas.
Keep mites out of the campsite. This can be done by clearing camp-
sites of non- woody (low brush and scrub) vegetation and by the use
of insect repellent on the skin and clothing.
Avoid breathing dust and dirt to reduce risk of contracting Korean
hemorrhagic fever Use dust masks when necessary. Other dust
control measures include wet sweeping, wetting roads, etc.
Maintain an effective, complete police of the area, particularly in the
field. The number of mosquitos and other hazardous pests (mites,
ticks, fleas, and rodents) in the area will be greatly reduced by the
elimination/proper disposal of all open, water-holding containers
(such as empty cans, tires, etc.), waste materials, and human waste.
Avoid extended contact of bare skin with the soil, particularly in
rural areas. Many parasites can penetrate the skin. Poor sanitation
practices throughout the Korean Peninsula greatly increase the risk of
this type of infection, particularly in rural areas and areas where the
soil is moist and rotting vegetation is present. The soil in these areas
may be contaminated with infected animal feces, so direct contact
with bare skin can result in infection. Prevention of infection involves
minimizing soil/skin contact as much as possible — so, do not go
barefoot, even in the campsite. Avoid sleeping on bare ground
during field operations. Do not use mud or vegetation for camou-
flage.
154
Keep as dry as possible. Many disease organisms are transmitted to
man by direct skin contact with water or wet vegetation. To avoid
becoming infected by these organisms, avoid fresh water contact
when the mission permits. Swimming, wading, and crossing flooded
fields should be avoided to the greatest extent possible. Also, keeping
dry will greatly reduce the likelihood of having skin problems.
Limit contact with local wild and domestic animals. Adopting pets
from local animal populations is strictly forbidden. If bitten or
scratched by an animal, thoroughly cleanse the wound/skin area with
soap or detergent, even if there is no broken skin, and seek medical
assistance immediately. This includes snake bites.
As^oid engaging in sexual activities with local persons, particularly
prostitutes. All deploying personnel must be educated and convinced
of the serious risk of HIV/STD infection associated with prostitutes.
Abstinence is your best protection against infection with an STD.
Though not 100 percent efi'ective, condoms will greatly reduce your
risk of becoming infected with an STD.
Be extremely careful about eating and drinking. The safest bet is to
restrict the diet to food and drink only from approved sources, partic-
ularly during field operations. High risk food items (raw seafood or
shellfish, fresh eggs, dairy products, and lettuce or other uncooked
vegetables) should be avoided unless from officially approved
sources.
□ Do not use local water for drinking or brushing teeth. Local ice is
also considered unreliable. If local water must be used, boil or
disinfect with iodine tablets (per label instructions). Ordinary
chlorine bleach (2 to 4 drops per quart, allow 30 minutes contact)
will also disinfect water.
□ Make sure all food, especially meat, is thoroughly cooked and
served hot. Avoid salads or raw foods of any kind. Fresh fruit is
safe for consumption if you peel it. Dairy products represent a
very high risk of disease if not pasteurized.
155
Maintain as strict a standard of personal hygiene as possible at all
times. One of the best ways to stay healthy when in an unsanitary
environment is to frequent handwashing, particularly prior to meals,
toothbrushing, or touching the eyes/face. Any open cuts or scrapes
should be treated with disinfectant and cleaned repeatedly until
healed. Sanitary disposal of human waste, fly control, and enforced
handwashing should be priority measures in the field.
See a medic if you are sick. Report to appropriate medic if diarrhea,
cough, fever, weakness, or any symptom that can't be explained are
noted.
156
APPENDIX A:
Equipment Recognition
BRDM-2
Type:
4 wheel drive, armored amphibious vehicle
Variants:
Command, reconnaissance, chemical
reconnaissance (filtration/overpressure system.
rear marking flag dispenser), antitank (AT- 2/3/5),
surface-to-air missile (SA-9)
Armament:
14.5mm, 7.62mm machineguns
Crew:
2
Troops:
6
Hull Thickness:
10- 14mm
Road Range:
750 km
Max Speed
Water:
lOkm/hr
Paved Road:
100 km/hr
Fording:
Amphibious
Verticle Obstacle:
.4 m
Trench:
1.25 m
Other:
IR lights driver/commander, rear engine, central
troop compartment
A-1
BMP-1 (KORSHUN)
Type:
Amphibious, armored, tracked infantry combat
vehicle
Variants:
Command, reconnaissance (BRM/BRM-1), Type
WZ-501 (Chinese version, carries 1 Red Arrow
AT missile)
Armament:
73mm smooth bore main gun with 3 km max
range, 7.62mm machinegun, AT-3
Crew:
3
Passengers:
8
Hull Thickness:
5- 19mm, turret 23mm
Road Range:
500 km
Max Speed
Water:
6-8 km/hr
Paved Road:
80km/hr
Fording:
Amphibious
Verticle Obstacle:
.8 m
Trench:
2.2 m
Other:
Overpressurized for NBC protection, smoke laying
capability, IR searchlight, 4 firing ports each side
and 1 rear
A-2
BTR-60PA/PB
Type:
Amphibious, armored personnel carrier
Variants:
BTR-60PA (overhead armor/NBC protection)
BTR-60PB (14.5mm and 7.62mm machineguns)
BTR-60PU (command)
Armament:
7.62mm machineguns (some with 12.7mm
machineguns)
Crew:
3
Passengers:
11
Hull Thickness:
9- 14mm
Road Range:
500 km
Max Speed
Water:
9-10 km/hr (P model/water jet propulsion)
Paved Road:
80km/hr
Fording:
Amphibious
Verticle Obstacle:
.4 m
Trench:
2m
Climb Slope:
30 degrees
Other:
DPRK has mostly PA and PB models, searchlight
and IR equipment, vulnerable to small arms fire/
fuel will ignite easily when fuel tanks punctured.
3 firing ports each side
A-3
Type:
Variants:
Armament:
Crew:
Passengers:
Hull Thickness:
Road Range:
Max Speed
Paved Road:
Fording:
Verticle Obstacle:
Trench:
Climb Slope:
Other:
BTR-152
Wheeled armored personnel carrier
Command, twin 14.5mm machinegun for antiair,
twin 23mm cannon version has been seen
7.62mm machinegun
2
17-18
6- 14mm
650 km
65 km/hr
.8 m
.6 m
.7 m
30 degrees
Both 4 and 6 wheel drive, the V3 model has IR
light, K model has overhead cover
A-4
i
Type:
BTR-40
4- wheel drive command and reconnaissance
vehicle
Variants:
K model has armored roof
Armament:
7.62mm machinegun, some may carry 14.5mm
AA machinegun instead
Crew:
2
Troops:
8-9
Hull Thickness:
8- 13mm
Road Range:
285 km
Max Speed
Paved Road:
80km/hr
Fording:
.9 m
Verticle Obstacle:
.47 m
Trench:
.7 m
Climb Slope:
30 degrees
Other:
Built on GAZ-63 chassis, sloping front, flat rear.
open roof
A-5
Type:
Variants:
Armament:
Crew:
Troops:
Hull Thickness:
Road Range:
Max Speed
Water:
Paved Road:
Fording:
Verticle Obstacle:
Trench:
Climb Slope:
Other:
MT-LB
Amphibious, armored tracked vehicle
Command, technical support, engineer
7.62mm machinegun
2+, varies with mission
10
7- 14mm
600 km
6 km/hr
80km/hr
Amphibious
.7 m
2.7 m
30 degrees
IR searchlight, NBC filtration system, vulnerable
to armor piercing ammunition, prime mover for
artillery and as cargo or general transport vehicle
A-6
Type:
Armament:
Crew:
Troops:
Hull Thickness:
Road Range:
Max Speed
Water:
Paved Road:
Fording:
Verticle Obstacle:
Trench:
Climb Slope:
Other:
MODEL 531 A
Chinese, amphibious, armored personnel carrier
7.62mm machinegun
4
10
12mm
400-425 km
7 km/hr
50km/hr
Amphibious
.6 m
2m
32 degrees
One firing port each side, no vision blocks,
no night vision or NBC equipment
A-7
,-<»^
■x-xxx
Type:
VTT-323(M-1973)
The VTT 323 APC is based on the earlier Chinese
YW531. The vehicle features a welded steel, box-
like hull with a small turret positioned just to the
rear of the hull centerline
Armament:
Twin 14.5mm hvy MG, AT-3 I
Crew:
2
Troops:
13
Hull Thickness:
24mm
Road Range:
450 km
Max Speed
Water:
lOkm/hr
Paved Road:
80km/hr
Fording:
Amphibious
Verticle Obstacle:
.6 m
Trench:
2.2 m
Climb Slope:
34 degrees
Other:
May also carry SA-7/16 SAM
A-8
Ulll
■^- X-X'XS ^
TYPE 85 ATGM CARRIER
Type:
Armament:
ATGM carrier
AT-3, 14.5mm machinegun
Crew:
4
Road Range:
500 km
Max Speed
Water:
Paved Road:
7km/hr
65km/hr
Fording:
Verticle Obstacle:
Amphibious
.6 m
Trench:
2.2 m
Climb Slope:
32 degrees
A-9
v^ -
H^I^IIf!^^^
BTR-50
Type:
Variants:
Armament:
Amphibious, armored personnel carrier
BTR-50P (open top), BTR-50PK (armored roof),
BTR-50PU (command vehicle)
12.7mm machinegun
Crew:
2
Troops:
Hull Thickness:
14
10mm
Road Range:
240 km
Max Speed
Water:
Paved Road:
11 km/hr
45km/hr
Fording:
Verticle Obstacle:
Amphibious
1.1m
Trench:
2.8 m
Climb Slope:
Other:
38 degrees
Vulnerable to small arms fire, no NBC capabilities
A-10
LINE DIAGRAM UNAVAILABLE
M1992
Type:
Amphibious, armored personnel carrier
Armament:
30mm automatic grenade launcher, AT-4 ATGM
Crew:
2
Troops:
8
Hull Thickness:
10mm, 15mm 60 degree frontal arc
Road Range:
500 km
Max Speed
Water:
N/A
Paved Road:
60km/hr
Fording:
Amphibious
Verticle Obstacle:
.6 m
Trench:
.4 m
Climb Slope:
30 degrees
Other:
Probably 4-wheel drive, resembles BRDM,
no NBC capabilities
A-11
Type:
Armament:
Max Range:
Effective Range:
Rate of Fire:
Stabilization:
Ammunition:
Armor Penetration
at 1,000 m:
Basic Load:
Hull Thickness:
Road Range:
Max Speed
Water:
Paved Road:
Fording:
Verticle Obstacle:
Trench:
Climb Slope:
Other:
PT-76
Amphibious tank
76mm main gun
12 km
650 m
6-8 rds/min
Some models
HE-FRAG, HEAT, HVAP-T, AP-T
32mm (HVAP-T), 60mm (AP-T),
120mm (HEAT, any range)
40rds
25mm
260 km (450 with tanks)
lOkm/hr
44km/hr
Amphibious
1.1m
2.8 m
30 degrees
12.7mm machinegun, no night devices, no NBC
protection, main gun elevation -4 to 30 degrees
A-12
Type:
Armament:
Basic Load:
Hull Thickness:
Road Range:
Max Speed
Paved Road:
Fording:
Verticle Obstacle:
Trench:
Climb Slope:
Other:
TYPE-62 LIGHT TANK
Light tank
85mm cannon, 7.62mm coax and bow MG
85mm — 47 rds
45 mm
500 km
60km/hr
L3m
9.7 m
2.55 m
30 degrees
Resembles a scaled down Type-59
A-13
TYPE-63 LIGHT AMPHIBIOUS TANK
Type: The Type-63 amphibious tank's chassis is based on
the Type-77 APC and its turret on the Type-62
light tank
85mm cannon, 12.7mm and 7.62mm MG
85mm — 44 rds
23 mm
370 km
Armament:
Basic Load:
Hull Thickness:
Road Range:
Max Speed
Water:
Paved Road:
Fording:
Verticle Obstacle:
Trench:
Climb Slope:
Other:
12km/hr
64km/hr
Amphibious
.87 m
2.9 m
38 degrees
Resembles a scaled down Type-59
A-14
LINE DIAGRAM UNAVAILABLE
Type:
Armament:
Hull Thickness:
Road Range:
Max Speed
Water:
Paved Road:
Fording:
Verticle Obstacle:
Trench:
Climb Slope:
Other:
PT-85 (TYPE-82)
North Korean produced amphibious tank,
based on the VTT-323 APC chassis
85mm main gun, AT-3
30mm
500 km
lOkm/hr
60km/hr
Amphibious
.87 m
2.9 m
38 degrees
AT-3 ATGM, turret similar to PT-76 with
several modifications
A-15
T34/85
Type:
WWII vintage medium tank
Armament:
85mm main gun
Max Range:
15,560 m
Effective Range:
900 m
Rate of Fire:
3-4 rds/min
Stabilization:
No
Ammunition:
HE-T, HEAT, HVAP-T, AP-T, APC-T
Armor Penetration
at 1,000 m:
155mm (HVAP-T), 120mm (AP-T),
300mm (HEAT, any range)
Basic Load:
56rds
Thickness:
Hull:
45mm
Turret Frontal:
75mm
Road Range:
300 km
Max Speed
Paved Road:
55 km/hr
Fording:
1.3 m (5.5 m with snorkel)
Verticle Obstacle:
.73 m
Trench:
2.3 m
Climb Slope:
37 degrees
Other:
4 man crew, 7.62mm machinegun.
main gun elevation 5 to 25 degrees
A-16
Type:
Armament:
Max Range:
Effective Range:
Rate of Fire:
Stabilization:
Ammunition:
Armor Penetration
at 1,000 m:
Basic Load:
Thickness:
Hull:
Turret Frontal:
Road Range:
Max Speed
Paved Road:
Fording:
Verticle Obstacle:
Trench:
Climb Slope:
Other:
T-54
Medium tank
100mm rifle-bored main gun
16,800 m
1,500 m
3 rds/min
Yes
HE-FRAG, HEAT, APDS, AP-T
180mm (AP-T), 300mm (HEAT, any range)
43rds
15-lOOmm
140- 180mm
400 km (600 km with tanks)
48km/hr
1.4 m (5.5 m with snorkel)
.8 m
2.7 m
30 degrees
12.7mm and 7.62mm machineguns;
IR driver, gunner, and commander
A-17
Type:
Armament:
Max Range:
Effective Range:
Rate of Fire:
Stabilization:
Ammunition:
Armor Penetration
at 1,000 m:
Basic Load:
Thickness:
Hull:
Turret Frontal:
Road Range:
Max Speed
Paved Road:
Fording:
Verticle Obstacle:
Trench:
Climb Slope:
Other:
T-55
Medium tank
100mm main gun
16,800 m
1,500 m
3 rds/min
Yes
HE-FRAG, HEAT, APDS, AP-T, APC-T
180mm (AP-T and APC-T),
390mm (HEAT, any range)
43rds
15-lOOmm
140- 180mm
400 km (650 km with tanks)
50km/hr
1.4 m (5.5 m with snorkel)
.8 m
2.7 m
30 degrees
12.7mm and 7.62mm machineguns;
IR driver, gunner, and commander
A-18
Type:
Armament:
Max Range:
Effective Range:
Rate of Fire:
Stabilization:
Ammunition:
Armor Penetration
at 1,000 m:
Basic Load:
Thickness:
Hull:
Turret Frontal:
Road Range:
Max Speed
Paved Road:
Fording:
Verticle Obstacle:
Trench:
Climb Slope:
Other:
TYPE-59
Medium tank
100mm rifle-bored main gun
16,800 m
1,500 m
3 rds/min
Yes
HE-FRAG, HEAT, APDS, AP-T
180mm (AP-T), 300mm (HEAT, any range)
43rds
15-lOOmm
140- 180mm
400 km (600 km with tanks)
48km/hr
1.4 m (5.5 m with snorkel)
.8 m
2.7 m
30 degrees
12.7mm and 7.62mm machineguns;
IR driver, gunner, and commander
A-19
Type:
Armament:
Max Range:
Effective Range:
Rate of Fire:
Stabilization:
Ammunition:
Armor Penetration
at 1,000 m:
Basic Load:
Thickness:
Hull:
Turret Frontal:
Road Range:
Max Speed
Dirt Road:
Paved Road:
Fording:
Verticle Obstacle:
Trench:
Climb Slope:
Other:
T-62 (CH'ONMA-HO)
Medium tank
115mm main gun
12,200 m
1,870 m
3-5 rds/min
Yes
Frag-HE, HEAT, APFSDF-T
495mm (HEAT), 360mm (APFSDF-T)
40rds
15-lOOmm
200mm
450 km
35 km/hr
50km/hr
1 .4 m (5 m with snorkel)
.8 m
2.85 m
30 degrees
7.62mm machinegun, some may have 12.7mm
machinegun, smoke, can be fitted with mine
clearing device
A-20
Type:
Armament:
Max Range:
Effective Range:
Rate of Fire:
Ammunition:
Armor Penetration
at 1,000 m:
Road Range:
Max Speed
Paved Road:
Other:
SU-100
Assault tank
100mm main gun
15,650 m
800 m
7 rds/min
APHE, HEAT
185mm (APHE), 380mm (HEAT)
300 km
50km/hr
Elevation -2 to 17 degrees
A-21
Type:
Caliber:
Max Effective Range:
Rate of Fire:
Armor Penetration
at 500 m:
Elevation:
Traverse:
Other:
M-1943(ZIS-2)
Antitank gun
57mm
8,400 m
25 rds/min
106mm (AP), 140mm (HVAP)
-5 to 25 degrees
54 degrees
Distinguished by its long thin tube with no
muzzle brake
A-22
Type:
Caliber:
Max Effective Range:
Rate of Fire:
Armor Penetration
at 1,000 m:
Elevation:
Traverse:
Other:
M-1942(ZIS-3)
Antitank gun
76mm
1,000 m
15-20 rds/min
61mm (AP), 58mm (HVAP), 120mm (HEAT)
-5 to 37 degrees
54 degrees
Double baffle muzzle brake, also designated
Chinese Type-54
A-23
Type:
Caliber:
Max Effective Range:
Rate of Fire:
Armor Penetration
at 1,000 m:
Elevation:
Traverse:
Other:
D-44
Antitank gun
85mm
950 m (APHE), 1,150 m (HVAP),
15,700 m (HE)
15-20 rds/min
100-1 10mm
17 to 35 degrees
54 degrees
Adaptation of T-34 tank main gun, basic unit
of fire 140 rds, double baffle muzzle brake
LINE DIAGRAM UNAVAILABLE
Type:
Caliber:
Max Effective Range:
Rate of Fire:
Other:
SD-44
Antitank gun
85mm
950 m (APHE), 1,150 m (HVAP),
15,700 m (HE)
10-15 rds/min
Propelled by 14hp engine, 25 km/hr road,
10 km/hr cross-country, made for use by
airborne units
A-24
Type:
Caliber:
Max Effective Range:
Rate of Fire:
Other:
D-48
Antitank gun
85mm
1,200 m (HVAP), 18,900 m (HE)
15 rds/min (8 rds/min sustained)
Long rifled barrel, basic unit of fire 150 rds
Type:
Caliber:
Max Effective Range:
Rate of Fire:
Armor Penetration:
Other:
M-1944(BS-3)
Antitank gun
100mm
900 m (HEAT), 1,100 m (AP), 21,000 m (HE)
8-10 rds/min (1-2 rds/min sustained)
Estimated at up to 180mm (AP),
390mm (HEAT) (uses same ammunition as
SU-100 and T-54 which would allow for
considerable increase in penetration)
Basic unit of fire is 60 rds
A-25
ATGM SYSTEMS
North Korea has the Russian designed AT- 1/SNAPPER, AT-3/S AGGER,
AT-4/SPIG0T (A and B), and probably the AT-5/SPANDREL in its
inventory. North Korea has the capability to produce the AT-3. ATGMs
are used in the crew-portable role (AT-3), the vehicle-borne role (AT-1,
AT-3, AT-4, and possibly AT-5), and possibly in the heli-borne role (AT-
3).
ATGM SYSTEM CHARACTERISTICS
SYSTEM
Min/Max
Range
Armor
Penetration
Guidance
Command Linl(
Launcli
Platforms
AT-1/SNAPPER
600/2000
380
MCLOS/Wire
Vehicle
AT-3/SAGGER
400/3000
500
MCLOS &
SACLOS/
Wire
Ground,
LAV,
Helicopter
AT-4ASPIG0T
75/2000
500
SACLOS/Wire
Ground, LAV
AT-4BSPIG0T
75/2500
550
SACLOS/Wire
Ground, LAV
AT-5/SPANDREL
70/4000
650
SACLOS/Wire
Ground, LAV
MCLOS: Manual Connnnand to Line of Sight
SACLOS: Semi-Automatic Command to Line of
Sight
A-26
AT-1 /SNAPPER
The AT-1 is a MCLOS ATGM system launched from jeep-type wheeled
vehicles. The AT-1 has a warhead capable of penetrating 380mm of
armor and a range of 2,000 meters. The AT-1 is easily recognized by its
wide wing span and pointed nose. The AT-1 is obsolescent and is proba-
bly found only in reserve units. The Russian name for this system is
SHMEL (Bumblebee).
A-27
AT-3/SAGGER
The AT-3 is both a MCLOS and a SACLOS guided ATGM that can be
fired from a variety of launch platforms. The MCLOS AT-3 includes the
man-portable (suitcase) and light tank mounted versions. The AT-3 may
be deployed in very limited numbers on helicopters. Any heliborne ver-
sions almost certainly will use MCLOS guidance. Dedicated ATGM
vehicles are likely to be equipped with SACLOS AT-3 systems. The
missle has a 3,000 m range and a wire command link. The AT-3's armor
penetration has been estimated in excess of 400mm. The AT-3 is the
most widely deployed ATGM system in North Korea. It is believed that
the AT-3 has been in production in North Korea since the early 1980s.
The Russian name for the AT-3 is MALYUTKA (Little Baby).
A-28
AT-4/SPIG0T
The AT-4 is a SACLOS guided ATGM that is launched from a crew por-
table tripod placed on the ground or mounted on a light armored vehicle.
The AT-4 system was first identified as being in the North Korean inven-
tory during the April 1992 military parade in Pyongyang. The same
launcher is used when firing both the AT-4 and the AT-5. Two versions
of the AT-4, the AT-4 A and AT-4B, are available but it is unknown which
version North Korea has. The AT-4A and AT-4B can penetrate 500mm
and 550mm of armor and have ranges of 2,000 and 2,500 m, respec-
tively. The Russian names for this system are FAGOT (Bassoon) and
FACTORIA.
A-29
AT-5/SPANDREL
The AT-5 is a SACLOS guided ATGM that is launched from the same
launcher as the AT-4 (portable ground or LAV). The AT-5 has a warhead
that can penetrate 650mm of armor and a maximum range of 4,000 m.
The Russian name for the AT-5 is KONKURS (Contest)
A-30
nr^t-:^
Type:
Ammunition:
Max Range:
Max Effective Range:
Rate of Fire:
Armor Penetration:
Other:
RPG-7
85mm warhead, 40mm launch tube, antitank
grenade launcher
Variety of fin stabilized rounds, including
rocket assisted HEAT round
920 m
500 m stationary target, 300 m moving target
4-6 rds/min
330mm (HEAT), armor penetration not
affected by range due to use of shaped charge,
severely affected by angle of impact
Reusable, shoulder fired, hit probability
reduced 50% in crosswinds as low as 7 mph,
folding version (RPG-7D), RPG-7V can be
fitted with telescope, IR sight, and passive
night sight
A-31
Type:
Ammunition:
Max Effective Range:
Rate of Fire:
Armor Penetration:
Other:
RPG-2
82mm warhead, 40mm launch tube, antitank
grenade launcher
HEAT
100 m
4-6 rds/min
152- 180mm
Reusable, shoulder fired
A-32
B-10RCL
Type: 82mm smoothbore antitank weapon
Ammunition: HE, HEAT (fin stabilized)
Max Range HE Round: 7,300 m
Max Effective Range: 400 m
Rate of Fire:
Armor Penetration:
Other:
6-7 rds/min
240mm (HEAT)
Towed on 2 wheels which are removed to fire,
but can be fired on wheels, telescopic sight
for direct fire, panoramic sight for indirect
fire, both sights can be illuminated for night
firing, bar muzzle allows B- 10 to be dragged
into position, Chinese T-65 is a copy of B-10
A-33
B-11 RCL
Type: 107mm smoothbore antitank weapon
Ammunition: HEAT, HE (fin stabilized)
Max Range HE Round: 7,300 m
Max Effective Range: 450 m
5-6 rds/min
380mm (HEAT)
HE round for indirect fire, towed by muzzle on
two wheeled carriage
Rate of Fire
Armor Penetration
Other:
A-34
OTHER ARTILLERY EQUIPMENT
The following artillery systems are known to be in the North Korean
inventory. No open source data was available at handbook publication
date.
120mm SP combination gun M-1992
122mm SP gun M-1981
122mm SP howitzer M-1991
130mm SP gun M-1975
130mm SP gun M-1992
152mm SP gun-howitzer M-1974
152mm gun-howitzer M-1985
A-35
^ s
■^
_^
' *■-
I
^^rKi^P^PW^^"^
■-n
M-30(M-1938)
Type:
122mm towed howitzer
Max Range:
11,800 m
Max Rate of Fi
ire: 6 rds/min
Elevation:
-3 to 65 degrees
Traverse:
49 degrees
Other:
No muzzle brake, used in
the Korean War
A-36
Type:
Max Range:
Max Rate of Fire:
Elevation:
Traverse:
Other:
A-19(M-1937)
122mm towed gun
20,400 m
5 rds/min
-5 to 69 degrees
58 degrees
Developed in 193 1 , improved and fully fielded
in 1937, finished production in the late 1940s,
and used in the Korean War, estimated 160mm
armor penetration, thick gun tube with muzzle
brake
A-37
GQf
Type:
Max Range:
Max Rate of Fire:
Elevation:
Traverse:
Other:
M-46
130mm towed gun
27,500 m
8 rds/min (5 rds/min sustained)
-2.5 to 45 degrees
50 degrees
Accurate multipurpose gun that can be used as
both a field artillery piece and a coastal
defense weapon, 239mm armor penetration,
long barrel, pepper pot muzzle brake
A-38
Type:
Max Range:
Max Rate of Fire:
Elevation:
Traverse:
Other:
D-20
152mm towed howitzer
17,000 m
6 rds/min (4 rds/min sustained)
-5 to 45 degrees
45 degrees
Armor penetration is 400mm with HEAT-SS,
circular firing jack and 2 caster wheels make it
possible to swiftly rotate entire D-20 360
degrees, short gun tube, double baffle muzzle
brake
A-39
Type:
Max Range:
Max Rate of Fire:
Max Speed:
Road Range:
Other:
-V-X-)<>X,^^
M-1977
122mm self propelled (SP) gun/howitzer
(uses 122mm D-30 mounted on vehicle
superstructure)
15,300 m (21,900 m rocket assisted
projectiles)
7-8 rds/min (1.7-4 rds/min sustained)
40 km/hr approx
400 km approx
Produced in North Korea, sides enclosed,
top open
A-40
Type:
Max Range:
Max Rate of Fire:
Max Speed:
Road Range:
Other:
M-1978(KOKSAN)
170mm self propelled (SP) gun
40,000 m
1-2 rds per 5 min (estimate)
40 km/hr approx
300 km approx
KOKSAN gun is probably mounted on a
T-54 chasis
A-41
12 ROUND 107MM ROCKET LAUNCHER
Type:
Max Range:
Rockets:
Reload Time:
Elevation:
Traverse:
Other:
107mm multiple rocket launcher (MRL)
8,500 m
HE and incendiary
3 min
-4 to 58 degrees
32 degrees
12 launch tubes in array of 3 rows of 4 tubes
(two other SP versions exists: one with 18
tubes and one with 24 tubes), can be towed or
mounted on a 4 leg stand, 12-tube launcher
can also be mounted on any suitable wheeled
or tracked vehicle
A-42
Type:
Max Range:
Rockets:
Rate of Fire:
Reload Time:
Elevation:
Other:
BM-21
122mm multiple rocket launcher (MRL)
20,380 m
Frag-HE, incendiary, smoke, possible chem
.5 sec per rocket
8 min
to 55 degrees
40 launch tubes in array of 4 rows of 10 tubes,
each tube is grooved to provide spinning
motion (a combination of spin and fin
stabilization), rocket provides closely
grouped fire that can be operated and fired
from truck cab or fired remotely from up to
60 ft away, BM-21 and other 122mm
rocket launchers can fire all 122mm rockets
designed to fit in Soviet-derived 122mm
launchers (including those that can achieve
ranges of 30,000 to 36,000 meters), mounted
on a URAL 375D (6x6) truck
A-43
LINE DIAGRAM UNAVAILABLE
lype:
Other:
M-1985
122mm multiple rocket launcher (MRL)
40 rd, North Korean produced, mounted on
Isuzu truck
BM-11
Type:
Max Range:
Rockets:
122mm multiple rocket launcher (MRL)
20,500 m (estimated)
All standard Russian, Chinese, and North
Korean 122mm
Rate of Fire:
SOrdsper 15 sec
Reload Time:
8-9 min
Other:
2 banks of 15 tubes mounted on single
turntable. North Korean derivative of BM-
21,
mounted on URAL-375D or Japanese truck
A-44
Type:
Max Range:
Rocket:
Rate of Fire:
Reload Time:
Elevation:
Traverse:
Other:
BMD-20
200mm multiple rocket launcher (MRL)
19,000 m
Frag-HE
4 rds per 4 sec
6-10 min
9 to 60 degrees
20 degrees
Fires fixed fin rockets from a single row of
4 large, square, open framework launch tubes,
mounted on ZIL-157 6x6 truck
A-45
in 'Ij
240MM ROCKET LAUNCHER M-1985 &
240MM ROCKET LAUNCHER M-1991
The North Koreans have produced two different 240mm rocket launch-
ers, the 12 round M-1985 and 22 round M-1991. The M-1985 rocket
pack is easily identified as it has 2 rows of 6 tubes and is mounted on a
cab behind engine chassis. The M-1991 is mounted on a cab over engine
chassis. Both launch packs could be adapted to any suitable heavy cross-
country truck.
LINE DIAGRAM UNAVAILABLE
FROG-3
Type: Free Rocket Over Ground (FROG) artillery system
Range: 10,000 to 35,000 m
Warhead: 454kg
Other: Unguided, spin stabilized, solid fuel, 30-40 mins to
prepare missile for firing, 60-70 mins to reload,
mounted on wheeled chassis
A-46
LINE DIAGRAM UNAVAILABLE
FROG-5
Type: Free Rocket Over Ground (FROG) artillery system
Range: 10,000 to 61,000 m
Warhead: Up to SOOlbs
Other: Unguided, spin stabilized, solid fuel, 30-40 mins to
prepare missile for firing, 60-70 mins to reload,
mounted on wheeled chassis, vehicle can travel up to
44km/hr
FROG-7
Type: Free Rocket Over Ground (FROG) artillery system
Range: 70,000 m
Warhead: Up to 450kg, HE, possibly chemical
Other: Unguided, spin stabilized, solid fuel, 20-30 mins to
prepare for firing, system consists of a Transporter-
Erector-Launcher (TEL) vehicle (ZIL-135 8x8) and a
similar seperate vehicle used to transport 3 additional
rockets
A-47
SCUD-B(SS-IC)
Type: Surface-to-surface guided ballistic missile
Range: Approximately 300 km
Warhead: 1,000kg, HE, chemical
CEP: 1 km
Other: 8 wheeled TEL, reload vehicle, fire control center
van, communication vehicle, 1-1.5 hrs to prepare
for firing
LINE DIAGRAM UNAVAILABLE
SCUD-C AND NODONG
Type: Surface-to-surface guided ballistic missile
It has been reported in open source documents that North Korea has
developed a SCUD-C ballistic missile, thought to be an enhanced-range
version of the SCUD-B with an alleged warhead of 700kg. The first of
three successful test firings of the SCUD-C was reported to have been
completed in June 1990. Recent open source reporting suggests that
North Korea is developing the NODONG- 1 missile. The NODONG- 1
has a reported estimated range of 950-3,000 km, which includes not
only the entire Korean Peninsula, but also Japan.
A-48
Type:
Tactical Antiair
(A A) Range:
Rate of Fire:
Azimuth:
Elevation:
Fire Control:
Ammunition:
Other:
M-38/46 DSHK
12.7x1 08mm heavy machinegun
1,000 m
540-600 rds/min
Unlimited
-10 to 85 degrees
Mechanical lead computing sight
API, API-T
Manufactured in Russia and China,
towed tripod mount
A-49
Type:
Tactical Antiair
(A A) Range:
Rate of Fire:
Azimuth:
Elevation:
Fire Control:
Ammunition:
Other:
ZGU-1 (Mountain Pack)
14.5x1 14mm heavy A A machinegun
1,400 m
550-600 rds/min
Unlimited
-20 to 90 degrees
Optical reflex sight (AA), telescope (ground)
API-T, HEI, I-T
Manufactured in North Korea, Russia and
China
A-50
Type:
Tactical Antiair
(A A) Range:
Rate of Fire:
Azimuth:
Elevation:
Fire Control:
Ammunition:
Other:
ZPU-2
14.5x1 14mm twin heavy A A machinegun
1,400 m
550-600 rds/min
Unlimited
-15 to 90 degrees
Optical mech computing sight (AA),
telescope (ground)
API, API-T, HEI, I-T
Manufactured in North Korea, Russia and
China
A-51
Type:
Tactical Antiair
(A A) Range:
Rate of Fire:
Azimuth:
Elevation:
Fire Control:
Ammunition:
Other:
ZPU-4
Towed 14.5x1 14mm quad heavy A A
machinegun
1,400 m
550-600 rds/min per barrel
Unlimited
8.5 to 90 degrees
Optical mech computing sight (AA),
telescope (ground)
API, API-T, HEI, I-T
Manufactured in North Korea, Russia and
China (Type-56)
A-52
LINE DIAGRAM UNAVAILABLE
Type:
Tactical Antiair
(A A) Range:
Maximum
Vertical Range:
Horizontal Range:
Rate of Fire:
Azimuth:
Elevation:
Fire Control:
Ammunition:
Other:
M-1983
Quad 14.5mm SP heavy machinegun
1,400 m
3,600 m
5,800 m
550-600 rds/min per barrel
Unlimited
-5 to 85 degrees
Radar, optical speed ring
API, API-T, HEI
Manufactured in North Korea, main battle tank
chassis, recoil operation, belt fed, 4 barrels
LINE DIAGRAM UNAVAILABLE
Type:
Tactical Antiair
(A A) Range:
Rate of Fire:
Azimuth:
Elevation:
Fire Control:
Ammunition:
Self Destruct Time:
Self Destruct Range:
Other:
M-1990
30mm gatling gun
3,000 m
2,400-3,400 rds/min
Unlimited
-5 to 85 degrees
Radar, speed ring
HEI-T (30x2 10mm)
7 to 10 sees
3,600-4,500 m
Manufactured in North Korea, 4 wheeled
carriage (towed), 4 barrels, externally driven by
electric motor
A-53
LINE DIAGRAM UNAVAILABLE
Type:
Tactical Antiair
(A A) Range:
Rate of Fire:
Azimuth:
Elevation:
Fire Control:
Ammunition:
Self Destruct Time:
Self Destruct Range:
Other:
M-1992
Twin 30mm SP automatic cannon
3,000 m
800 rds/min per barrel
Unlimited
-5 to 85 degrees
Radar, optical speed ring
RETT (30x2 10mm)
7 to 10 sees
3,600-4,500 m
Manufactured in North Korea, gas operated,
ZSU-23-4 variant chassis, max road speed
50km/hr
A-54
Type:
Tactical Antiair
(A A) Range:
Rate of Fire:
Ammunition:
Self Destruct Time:
Self Destruct Range:
Other:
M-1939
37mm automatic cannon
2,500 m
160-180 rds/min
HEI-T (37x252mm)
8 to 12 sees
3,700-4,700 m
Manufactured in Russia and China (Type-55),
4 wheeled carriage (towed), 1 barrel, 5 round
clip, recoil operation
A-55
Type:
Tactical Antiair
(A A) Range:
Rate of Fire:
Azimuth:
Elevation:
Fire Control:
Ammunition:
Self Destruct Time:
Self Destruct Range:
Other:
Type-65
Twin 37mm AA gun
3,500 m
150-180 rds/min per barrel
Unlimited
-10 to 85 degrees
Optical mech computing sight
HEI-T (37x252mm)
9 to 12 sees
4,000-4,750 m
Manufactured in China, recoil operated,
4 wheeled carriage (towed)
A-56
Type:
Tactical Antiair
(A A) Range:
Rate of Fire:
Azimuth:
Elevation:
Fire Control:
Ammunition:
Self Destruct Time:
Self Destruct Range:
Other:
Type-74
37mm twin automatic cannon
3,500 m
220-240 rds/min per barrel
Unlimited
-5 to 87 degrees
Optical mech computing sight, radar
HEI-T (37x252mm)
9 to 12 sees
4,000-4,700 m
Manufactured in China, recoil operated,
4 wheeled carriage (towed)
A-57
LINE DIAGRAM UNAVAILABLE
Type:
Tactical Antiair
(A A) Range:
Rate of Fire:
Azimuth:
Elevation:
Fire Control:
Ammunition:
Self Destruct Time:
Self Destruct Range:
Other:
SP AA GUN
37mm SP AA gun
2,500 m
150-180 rds/min per barrel
Unlimited
-5 to 85 degrees
Optical mech computing sight
HEI-T (37x252mm)
9 to 12 sees
4,000-4,700 m
Manufactured in North Korea, recoil operated,
5 round clip, armored personnel carrier
(tracked) carriage
A-58
Type:
Tactical Antiair
(A A) Range:
Rate of Fire:
Azimuth:
Elevation:
Fire Control:
Ammunition:
Self Destruct Time:
Self Destruct Range:
Other:
S-60
57mm automatic AA gun
4,000 m w/o radar, 6,000 m w/radar
105-120 rds/min
Unlimited
-4 to 87 degrees
Optical mech computing sight, radar
HEI-T (57x348mm)
13 to 17 sees
6,000-7,200 m
Manufactured on a 4 wheeled towed carriage,
Chinese variant is the Type 59
A-59
TWIN 57MM SELF-PROPELLED AA GUN
Type:
Tactical Antiair
(A A) Range:
Rate of Fire:
Azimuth:
Elevation:
Fire Control:
Ammunition:
Self Destruct Time:
Self Destruct Range:
Other:
57mm automatic AA gun
4,000 m
150-180 rds/min per barrel
Unlimited
to 87 degrees
Optical mechanical computing sight
HEI-T (57x348mm)
13 to 17 sees
6,000-7,200 m
Mounted on a modified YW 531 APC,
DPRK produced
A-60
LINE DIAGRAM UNAVAILABLE
TWIN 57MM AA GUN
Type:
Tactical Antiair
(A A) Range:
Rate of Fire:
Azimuth:
Elevation:
Fire Control:
Ammunition:
Self Destruct Time:
Self Destruct Range:
Other:
57mm automatic AA gun
4,000 m w/o radar, 6,000 w/radar
105-120 rds/min per barrel
Unlimited
-4 to 87 degrees
Optical mechanical computing sight
HE-T (57x348mm)
13 to 17 sees
6,000-7,200 m
Mounted on a 4 wheeled towed carriage,
DPRK produced
A-61
Type:
Tactical Antiair
(A A) Range:
Rate of Fire:
Azimuth:
Elevation:
Fire Control:
Ammunition:
Self Destruct Time:
Self Destruct Range:
Other:
KS-12
85mm single shot AA gun
4,000 m w/o radar, 10,200 w/radar
15-20 rds/min
720 degrees
-3 to 82 degrees
Optical telescope, radar
HE-T, APC-T (85x__mm)
1 to 33 sees
800-10,200 m
Mounted on a 4 wheeled towed carriage,
Chinese variant is Type-72
A-62
Type:
Tactical Antiair
(A A) Range:
Rate of Fire:
Azimuth:
Elevation:
Fire Control:
Ammunition:
Self Destruct Time:
Self Destruct Range:
Other:
KS-19
lOOmm single shot A A gun
4,000 m w/o radar, 12,600 w/radar
15 rds/min
Unlimited
-3 to 85 degrees
Optical telescope, radar
HE-T, APC-T (100x__mm)
1 to 33 sees
800-12,600 m
Mounted on a 4 wheeled towed carriage,
Chinese variant is Type-59
A-63
SA-2 B/C/D/E/F GUIDLINE
The SA-2 is a somewhat mobile, medium to high level guided SAM
system.
Maximum
Speed:
Effective Altitude:
Effective Range:
Warhead:
Fuze:
Kill Radius:
4.0 B/C/D, 4.5 E/F Mach
27 B/C/F, 40 D/E km
35 B/F, 44 C, 50 D/E km
HE 200kg (295kg SA-2E)
Contact, proximity, or command
65 m
LINE DIAGRAM UNAVAILABLE
HQ-2B/F/J/P (SA-2 CHINA)
The HQ-2B/J is a Chinese reversed engineering version of the SA-2.
Maximum
3.5-4 Mach
27 km
35 2B,50 2Jkm
HE 188kg
Contact, proximity, or command
Unknown
Speed:
Effective Altitude:
Effective Range:
Warhead:
Fuze:
Kill Radius:
A-64
.4
1
' i
•
\
4
p 1
1 "7^^
[fnriliuAch-J
BA-1
{prylaL-nchI
SA-3 GOA
The SA-3 B/C is a somewhat mobile low to medium level guided SAM
system.
Maximum
Speed:
Effective Altitude:
Effective Range:
Warhead:
Fuze:
Kill Radius:
3.5 Mach
22 km
25 km
HE 60kg
Proximity doppler radar
12.5 m
A-65
SA-5 GAMMON
The SA-5 is a long range, medium to high altitude strategic semi-active
guided SAM system.
Maximum
Speed:
Effective Altitude:
Effective Range:
Warhead:
Fuze:
Kill Radius:
4Mach
30.5 km
300 km
HE 215kg
Proximity and command
Unknown
LINE DIAGRAM UNAVAILABLE
HN-5/5A (SA-7 CHINA)
The HN-5 is the Chinese version of the SA-7 short range, man-portable,
passive IR homing SAM.
Maximum
1.5Mach
2,300 m (both)
HN-5 — 4,200, HN-5A — 4,400 km
Unknown
Unknown
Unknown
Speed:
Effective Altitude
Effective Range:
Warhead:
Fuze:
Kill Radius:
A-66
SA-7B
The S A-7B is a short range, man-portable, shoulder-fired, fire and forget
IR SAM.
Maximum
Speed:
Effective Altitude:
Effective Range:
Warhead:
Fuze:
Kill Radius:
1.7-1.95 Mach
2,300 m
4,200 m
HE 1.8kg
Contact and graze
Unknown
A-67
SA-14
The SA-14 is a short range, man-portable, shoulder-launched, fire and
forget IR SAM.
Maximum
Speed:
Effective Altitude:
Effective Range:
Warhead:
Fuze:
Kill Radius:
2-F Mach
5,500 m
4,500 m
HE
Contact and graze
Unknown
A-68
SA-16
The SA-16 is an improvement over the SA-14. It has a bigger warhead,
more speed, and more
manueverability.
Maximum
Speed:
2+ Mach
Effective Altitude:
3,500 m
Effective Range:
5,000 m
Warhead:
HE 2kg
Fuze:
Contact and graze
Kill Radius:
Unknown
A-69
STINGER
The Stinger is a short range, man-portable, shoulder-fired, passive IR
homing SAM. North Korea may have obtained a limited number of
these U.S. made SAMs.
Maximum
Speed:
2.2 Mach
Effective Altitude:
4,000 m
Effective Range:
6,000 m
Warhead:
HE 3kg
Fuze:
Contact
Kill Radius:
Unknown
A-70
CSA-3A
PGLM
No data is available on the above systems; however, they are believed to
be in the NKA inventory.
A-71
TYPE 64 7.62MM PISTOL
The Type-64 is a DPRK copy of the old Browning Model 1900. This
pistol is capable of taking a silencer.
Caliber:
7.62mm
Weight:
1kg (loaded)
Ammunition:
Ball
Max Effective Range:
50 m
Capacity:
8 rounds
A-72
TOKAREVTT-33 7.62MM PISTOL
The Tokarev is a recoil operated, magazine fed, automatic pistol.
Caliber: 7.62mm
Weight: .94kg (loaded)
Ammunition: Ball
Max Effective Range: 50 m
Capacity: 8 rounds
A-73
MAKAROV 9MM PISTOL
The Makarov can be recognized by the external hammer, the safety
lever on the side, and the very compact design.
Caliber: 9mm
Weight: .73kg (loaded)
Ammunition: Ball
Max Effective Range: 50 m
Capacity: 8 rounds
A-74
AK-47 ASSAULT RIFLE
The AK-47 is a gas operated, rotary bolt, magazine fed, selective fire
weapon. The Type-46 is a Chinese produced version of the AK-47, and
the Type-58 is a DPRK version of the same weapon.
Caliber:
7.62mm
Weight:
4.81kg (loaded)
Ammunition:
Ball, tracer, API
Maximum
Range:
2,500 m
Effective Range:
300 m
Cyclic Rate:
600 rpm
AK-74 ASSAULT RIFLE
The AK-74 is a gas operated, magazine fed, selective fire assault rifle.
Caliber:
5.45mm
Weight:
3.95kg (loaded)
Ammunition:
Ball, tracer, incendiary
Maximum
Range:
3,150 m
Effective Range:
450 m
Cyclic Rate:
650 rpm
A-75
GP-25 GRENADE LAUNCHER
The GP-25 is a muzzle loaded, single shot, detachable 40mm underbar-
rel grenade launcher. It can be mounted on all variations of the Kalash-
nikov assault rifles.
Caliber:
40mm
Weight:
3.95kg (loaded)
Ammunition:
HE
Maximum Range:
450 m
A-76
TYPE-68 (AKM) ASSAULT RIFLE
The Type-68 is a DPRK copy of the Russian AKM assault rifle. It does
not have the rate reducer found on the AKM.
Caliber:
7.62mm
Weight:
3.6kg (loaded)
Ammunition:
Ball
Maximum
Range:
2,500 m
Effective Range:
300 m
Cyclic Rate:
640 rpm
A-77
iTItW HAJhtiU.
TYPE-56 SEMIAUTOMATIC CARBINE (SKS)
The Type-56 (SKS) features include a permanently attached folding
bayonet, protruding 10 round internal magazine, high front sight, and a
top mounted gas cylinder. Some variants of this weapon are modified to
take a 30 round detachable magazine.
Caliber:
7.62mm
Weight:
4kg
Ammunition:
Ball
Maximum
Range:
Unknown
Effective Range:
400 m
Cyclic Rate:
900 rpm
A-78
PPSH 1943 SUBMACHINEGUN
(TYPE-50 CHINA/MODEL-49 DPRK)
The PPSh can be fired on either full or semiautomatic. It has a wood
stock and uses a 71 round drum or a 35 round curved box magazine.
However, the Type- 50 only accepts the box magazine and the Model-49
only uses the drum magazine.
Caliber:
7.62mm
Weight:
3.5kg (unloaded)
Ammunition:
Ball
Maximum
Range:
Unknown
Effective Range:
200 m
Cyclic Rate:
900 rpm
A-79
PPSM1943 SUBMACHINEGUN (TYPE-54 CHINA)
The PPS is a fully automatic weapon. It has a hinged stock which folds
up and forward.
Caliber:
7.62mm
Weight:
3kg (unloi
Ammunition:
Ball
Maximum
Range:
Unknown
Effective Range:
200 m
Cyclic Rate:
650 rpm
A-80
DRAGUNOV SNIPER RIFLE (SVD)
The Dragunov is a semiautomatic, gas operated rifle which feeds from a
10-round magazine. The SVD has a 4 power scope that has a battery
illuminated reticle and an IR detection capability for night firing.
Caliber:
7.62mm
Weight:
4.7kg (loaded)
Ammunition:
Ball
Maximum
Range:
3,500 m
Effective Range:
800 m
Cyclic Rate:
30rpm
M1891/30 SNIPER RIFLE
The Ml 890/30 sniper rifle is an Ml 89 1/30 Mosin Nagant modified for a
telescopic sight.
Caliber:
7.62mm
Weight:
5kg (loaded)
Ammunition:
Ball
Maximum
Range:
3,500 m
Effective Range:
1,400 mw/4X scope
Cyclic Rate:
lOrpm
A-81
RPK-74 LIGHT MACHINEGUN
The RPM-74 is the machinegun version of the AK-74. The RPM-74 is
equipped with a bipod and a longer magazine than the AK-74.
Caliber:
5.45mm
Weight:
5kg (loaded)
Ammunition:
Ball
Maximum
Range:
2,500 m
Effective Range:
800 m
Cyclic Rate:
600 rpm
A-82
RPK LIGHT MACHINEGUN
The RPK is a gas operated, box or drum fed light machinegun.
Caliber: 7.62mm
Weight: 5.6kg (empty)
Ammunition:
Ball, trac
Maximum
Range:
3,000 m
Effective Range:
800 m
Cyclic Rate:
600 rpm
A-83
RPD LIGHT MACHINEGUN
The RPD is a gas operated and belt fed light machingun.
Caliber:
Weight:
Ammunition:
7.62mm
7.1kg (empty)
Ball
Maximum
Range:
Effective Range:
3,000 m
800 m
Cyclic Rate:
700 rpm
A-84
RP-46 LIGHT MACHINEGUN
The RP-46 is a gas operated, air cooled, and belt fed light machinegun.
Caliber:
7.62mm
Weight:
Ammunition:
13kg (empty)
Ball
Maximum
Range:
Effective Range:
3,500 m
800 m
Cyclic Rate:
600 rpm
A-85
SMG MACHINEGUN
The SMG is an air cooled, belt fed machinegun. This machinegun can
be mounted on a tripod or wheeled mount.
Caliber:
7.62mm
Weight:
13kg (gun only)
Ammunition:
Ball
Maximum
Range:
3,500 m
Effective Range:
1,000 m
Cyclic Rate:
600-700 rpm
A-86
DSHK 38/46 HEAVY MACHINEGUN
The DShk 38/46 is a gas operated, belt fed, air cooled weapon which
fires from the open bolt position. The Chinese Type 54 heavy machine-
gun is an exact copy of the DShk 38/46. Both weapons are found in the
DPRK forces.
Caliber:
Weight:
Ammunition:
Maximum
Range:
Effective Range:
Cyclic Rate:
12.7mm
35.6kg (empty)
API, API-T
7,000 m (ground)
1,000 m AA, 2,000 m ground
540-600 rpm
A-87
-iiac^s"-
ROKS-3 FLAMETHROWER
The ROKS-3 is a typical portable flamethrower. It has a single cylindri-
cal fuel tank with a filling aperture centrally located at the top and a bat-
tlefield filler with compressed nitrogen attached to the side. A spring
loaded, pressure release valve is located beside the filling aperture. A
hose connects the ignition cartridges in an ignition cylinder that
advances automatically after a shot to bring the next unfired cartridge
into the firing position. The ROKS-3 carries 10 igniters and has a total
firing duration of 5-6 seconds.
Weight:
Fuel Capacity:
Maximum Range:
26kg full
4 gallons
35 m
AGS-17 AUTOMATIC GRENADE LAUNCHER
The AGS-17 is a belt fed, blow back operated weapon which is mounted
on a tripod. A circular extension is provided on the left hand side of the
weapon to receive an optical sight unit which allows the weapon to be
used in either the direct fire or the indirect fire mode.
Caliber:
30mm
Weight:
33kg
Ammunition:
HE Frag
Maximum
Range:
1,730 m
Effective Range:
1,200 m
Cyclic Rate:
400 rpm
A-89
LINE DIAGRAM UNAVAILABLE
60MMTYPE-31 MORTAR
The Chinese Type-31 is almost identical to the U.S. 60mm mortar. It is
believed that the rounds for the U.S. model are interchangeable with the
Chinese variant.
Caliber: 60mm
Weight: 20kg
Crew: 2
Ammunition: Unknown
Range: 200-1,630 m
Rate of Fire: 15-20 rpm
LINE DIAGRAM UNAVAILABLE
82MM M-37 MORTAR
The Soviet M-37 is a mortar with a fixed firing pin for drop firing.
Caliber: 82mm
Weight: 56kg
Crew: 5
Ammunition: Frag-HE, smoke, illuminating, incendiary
Range: 100-3,000 m
Rate of Fire: 15-25 rpm
A-90
120MMM-1 943 MORTAR
The Soviet M-1943 is a mortar that can be drop fired or trigger fired by
use of a lanyard. The Chinese variant of this mortar is the Type-53.
Caliber: 120mm
Weight: 500kg
Crew: 6
Ammunition: Frag-HE, HE, smoke, illuminating,
incendiary, possible chemical
Range: 460-5,700 m
Rate of Fire: 12-15 rpm
A-91
LINE DIAGRAM UNAVAILABLE
160MMM-43 MORTAR
The Soviet M-43 is a breech loaded mortar that is towed on a single
axle carriage.
Caliber: 160mm
Weight: 1,170kg
Crew: 7
Ammunition: Unknown
Range: 630-5,150 m
Rate of Fire: 3 rpm
A-92
F-1 FRAGMENTATION HAND GRENADE
The F-1 produced by the DPRK is a copy of the Soviet designed gre-
nade of the same designation. It is oval in shape, quite heavy, and pro-
duces a wide variety of fragmentation patterns and ranges because of the
unpredictable breakup of the body.
Grenade Case:
Cast iron
Color:
Olive drab
Fuze Type:
Striker release
Delay:
3.2-4.2 seconds
Explosive Type:
TNT
Explosive Weight:
60g
Casualty Radius:
15-20 m
A-93
RG-42 FRAGMENTATION HAND GRENADE
The RG-42 produced by the DPRK is a copy of the Soviet designed gre-
nade of the same designation. It is cyHndrical in shape. The sheet steel
body, closed with end caps in a fashion similar to a tin can, encloses a
pre-engraved steel fragmentation liner.
Grenade Case:
Sheet metal
Color:
Olive drab
Fuze Type:
Striker release
Delay:
3.2-4.2 seconds
Explosive Type:
TNT
Explosive Weight:
118g
Casualty Radius:
20 m
A-94
RGD-5 FRAGMENTATION HAND GRENADE
The RGD-5 produced by the DPRK is a copy of the Soviet designed
grenade of the same designation. It is oval in shape. The two piece sheet
steel body is joined in the center by a circumferential crimp. A two piece
serrated steel fragmentation liner is placed between the grenade body
and the explosive filler.
Grenade Case:
Sheet metal
Color:
Olive drab
Fuze Type:
Striker release
Delay:
3.2-4.2 seconds
Explosive Type:
TNT
Explosive Weight:
llOg
Casualty Radius:
20 m
A-95
'H^jtSi
UNKNOWN FRAGMENTATION HAND GRENADE
The hand grenade is produced by the DPRK for use in special opera-
tions. It is oval in shape. The cast aluminum body forms a matrix in
which preformed cast iron ball fragments are embedded. There is a pos-
sibility that this grenade has been adapted to fire from a rifle.
Grenade Case:
Aluminum
Color:
Olive drab
Fuze Type:
Striker release
Delay:
3.2-4.2 seconds
Explosive Type:
TNT
Explosive Weight:
60g
Casualty Radius:
20 m
A-96
UNKNOWN FRAGMENTATION HAND GRENADE
The hand grenade is rectangular in shape and is referred to as a "box"
grenade. The body is sheet metal. Preformed steel balls, each with a
diameter of approx. 6.3mm, are enclosed in the body for additional
fragmentation.
Grenade Case:
Sheet metal
Color:
Olive drab
Fuze Type:
Striker release
Delay:
3.2-4.2 seconds
Explosive Type:
CompB
Explosive Weight:
55g
Casualty Radius:
20 m
A-97
J-
^— H
i —^ ■ -r
:
- —
1
^ _M
h
T
.1
RDG-1 SMOKE HAND GRENADE
The RDG-1 smoke grenade is produced by the DPRK and is a copy of
the Soviet designed grenade of the same designation. It is cylindrical in
shape. The body of the grenade, made from molded cardboard, is affixed
to a wooden handle. The grenade will float and therefore can be used in
water. The primary purpose of the grenade is to provide signaling capa-
bility. Both black and white smoke grenades are produced.
Grenade Case: Cardboard
Color: Gray
Fuze Type: Pull friction
Delay: 5-10 seconds
Filler: Potassium chloride
Duration: 60-90 seconds
Dispersion: 460 sq m
A-98
RDG-2 SMOKE HAND GRENADE
The RDG-2 smoke grenade is produced by the DPRK and is a copy of
the Soviet designed grenade of the same designation. It is cylindrical in
shape. The body of the grenade is made from molded cardboard. The
primary purpose of the grenade is to provide limited concealment for
maneuvering troops. The RDG-2 is white smoke, RDG-2ch is black
smoke, and the RDG-2kh is gray smoke.
Grenade Case: Cardboard
Color: Gray
Fuze Type: Pull friction
Delay: 10-15 seconds
Filler: HC smoke
Duration: 90 seconds
Dispersion: 160 sq m
A-99
TYPE-S SMOKE HAND GRENADE
The Type-S smoke grenade is produced by the DPRK and is a copy of
the Soviet designed grenade of the same designation. It is cylindrical in
shape and has a metal clip affixed to the side for fastening the grenade
onto a belt for carrying. The body of the grenade is made from sheet
metal. The primary purpose of the grenade is to provide screening
smoke. Only white smoke is available.
Grenade Case: Sheet metal
Color: Unknown
Fuze Type: Pyrotechnic
Delay: 12-15 seconds
Filler: Potassium chloride or ammonium nitrate
Duration: 60-90 seconds
Dispersion: 15-20 m
A-100
LACRIMATORY HAND GRENADE
The grenade is a copy of a North Vietnamese model. The design follows
the typical Vietnamese construction with a wooden handle and a thin
sheet metal body. A small explosive charge is present in the grenade to
disperse the tear agent filler. The illustration is that of a Vietnamese
model, but is reportedly similar to those used by the DPRK.
Grenade Case:
Color:
Fuze Type:
Delay:
Filler:
Duration:
Dispersion:
Sheet metal
Light blue/green with red band
Pull friction
3-4 seconds
TNT/CS mixture
Unknown
10 m
A-101
RPG-43 ANTITANK HAND GRENADE
The RPG-43 hand grenade produced by North Korea is a copy of the
Soviet designed grenade of the same designation. It is cylindrical in
shape with a large wooden handle. The RPG-43 is large, bulky, and
lacks sufficient stabilization to allow it to accurately impact and func-
tion on the target. This grenade is being replaced by the RKG-3 and is
seldom encountered.
Grenade Case:
Sheet metal
Color:
Olive drab
Fuze Type:
Impact
Delay:
None
Explosive Type:
TNT
Explosive Weight:
600g
Armor Penetration:
75mm
A-102
RKG-3 ANTITANK HAND GRENADE
The RKG-3 hand grenade produced by DPRK is a copy of the Soviet
designed grenade of the same designation. It is cylindrical in shape. The
grenade employs a shaped charge warhead for armor penetration. The
size, weight, and characteristics of the grenade make it hard to throw
and difficult to accurately place on the target.
Grenade Case:
Sheet metal
Color:
Olive drab
Fuze Type:
Impact
Delay:
None
Explosive Type:
TNT
Explosive Weight:
575g
Armor Penetration:
125mm
A-103
ATM-72 ANTITANK MINE
The ATM-72 is an antitank blast mine.
Mine Case:
Metal
Color:
Olive drab
Fuze Type:
MF-2 pressure
Actuation Force:
300-600kg
Explosive Type:
TH-50
Explosive Weight:
9kg
A-104
TMD-B ANTITANK MINE
The TMD-B is an antitank blast mine.
Mine Case:
Color:
Fuze Type:
Actuation Force:
Explosive Type:
Explosive Weight:
Wood
Olive drab or natural wood
MV-5 pressure
200-500kg
Amatol
9-9.7kg
A-105
TMD-44 ANTITANK MINE
The TMD-44 is an antitank blast mine.
Mine Case:
Color:
Fuze Type:
Actuation Force:
Explosive Type:
Explosive Weight:
Wood
Olive drab or natural wood
MV-5 pressure
200-500kg
TNT or Ammonite 80
4-6.7kg
A-106
TM-46 ANDTMN-46 ANTITANK MINE
The TM-46 and TMN-46 are antitank blast mines. The difference
between the two is that the TMN-46 has a second fuze well for boo-
bytrap purposes where the TM-46 does not.
Mine Case:
Color:
Fuze Type:
Actuation Force:
Explosive Type:
Explosive Weight:
Metal
Olive drab
MV-5 and MV-46 pressure
180kg for MV-46 and 200-500 for MV-5
TNT or Amatol
5.7kg
A-107
TM-41 ANTITANK MINE
The TM-41 is an antitank blast mine.
Mine Case:
Metal
Color:
Olive drab
Fuze Type:
MV-5 pressure
Actuation Force:
160kg
Explosive Type:
TNT or Amatol
Explosive Weight:
4kg
A-108
POMZ-2 ANTIPERSONNEL MINE
The POMZ-2 is an antipersonnel fragmentation mine.
Mine Case:
Metal
Color:
Olive drab
Fuze Type:
MUV trip wire
Actuation Force:
2-5kg
Explosive Type:
TNT
Explosive Weight:
.075kg
Effective Range:
4m
A-109
PMD-6 ANTIPERSONNEL MINE
The PMD-6 is an antipersonnel blast mine.
Mine Case:
Wood
Color:
Natural wood
Fuze Type:
MUV pressure
Actuation Force:
1-lOkg
Explosive Type:
TNT
Explosive Weight:
.02kg
Effective Range:
Limited
A-110
Main
Charge
Delay
Detonator
Propelling
Charge
OZM-3 ANTIPERSONNEL MINE
The OZM-3 antipersonnel mine is a bounding fragmentation mine. The
OZM-3 also has electronic fuzing for use in controlled minefields.
Mine Case:
Cast iron
Color:
Olive drab
Fuze Type:
MUV trip wire
Actuation Force:
2-5kg
Explosive Type:
TNT
Explosive Weight:
.075kg
Effective Range:
10 m
A-111
LINE DIAGRAM UNAVAILABLE
PMR-3 MECHANICAL MINELAYING TRAILER
The PMR-3 consists of a single chute and a plow attachment. The
attachment provides the option of burying the mines or depositing them
on the surface of the ground. The mines can be spaced 4 to 5.5 meters
apart, depending on the control setting. If buried, the mines are
emplaced at a depth of 6 to 12 centimeters at a speed of 5 km/hr. The
trailer can store 200 to 300 antitank mines. The PMR-3 carries a crew of
4-5 personnel.
LINE DIAGRAM UNAVAILABLE
PT-54/55 MINE CLEARING ROLLERS
The PT-54/55 is a tank mounted mineclearing roller system with two
independent roller sets attached to arms in front of each tread on a tank.
Used at speeds of 8-12 km/hr, the PT-54/55 can clear a path .8-1. 3m
wide in front of each roller. The rollers cannot detonate most modern
mines and can only withstand about 10 antitank mine explosions.
A-112
BTM HIGH SPEED DITCHING MACHINE
The BTM is a high speed, bucket wheel ditching machine mounted on
the AT-T heavy tracked artillery tractor. The ditching wheel is mechani-
cally raised and lowered by cables or chains. The BTM can be used to
dig individual protective positions, trenches for shelter, firebreaks and
strips. Ditching speed is 300-500 m/hr in sandy loam soil.
Maximum Speed: 35 km/hr
Crew: 2
Ditch Depth: 1.5 m
Ditch Width: 1 m
A-113
BAT-M DOZER
The BAT-M dozer has a hydraulic operated, two section adjustable
dozer blade mounted on an AT-T heavy artillery tractor with a rotary
crane mounted on the bed of the vehicle. The BAT-M can move material
with its blade at a rate of 200-250 cubic meters per hour. Its crane capac-
ity is 2 metric tons. BAT-M also has an air filtration system and can
operate in contaminated areas for short periods of time.
Maximum Speed: 35 km/hr
Crew: 2
A-114
MDK-2 TRENCH DIGGING MACHINE
The MDK-2 trench digging machine is based on the chassis of the AT-T
heavy tracked artillery tractor. The circular digging machine is used for
digging weapon trenches, pits for vehicles, and other equipment.
Depending on the soil conditions, the MDK-2 can dig a maximum of
300 cubic meters per hour.
Maximum Speed: 35 km/hr
Crew: 2
Maximum Ditch Depth: 4.5 m
Maximum Ditch Width: 4 m
LINE DIAGRAM UNAVAILABLE
PMP PONTOON BRIDGE
The PMP pontoon bridge is a version of the Russian PMP pontoon
bridge. The PMP ribbon set consists of pontoons and approach ramps
constructed of a low alloy steel. Each pontoon section is launched from
a truck and automatically unfolds upon entering the water. The PMP has
a 60 ton capacity and can be constucted in rivers with a current flow or
still waters.
A-115
LINE DIAGRAM UNAVAILABLE
TPP PONTOON BRIDGE
The TPP by today's standards is an obsolete bridging system. However,
it is still well suited for use in the LOC role. A full bridge set consists of
96 steel decked pontoon sections that are connected end to end in com-
binations of two or three to form a single full pontoon. The strong points
of the TPP are high load capacity and its ability to operate in high river
velocities. However, it requires 116 2.5 ton trucks to transport the sys-
tem, lacks ramps for loading/unloading directly onto the shore, and is
manpower intensive to construct. The TPP can form a 1 8 1 m bridge with
a 70 ton capacity or a 241 m bridge with a 50 ton capacity.
GSP AMPHIBIOUS FERRY
The Russian GSP ferry consists of two tracked amphibious vehicles
which make up the left and right halves of the ferry. To make the full
ferry, the vehicles are joined together in the water and the pontoons are
lowered to the float position. There are two retractable scissor-type
ramps on each side of the full ferry for loading and unloading. The GSP
can carry up to 50 metric tons at a water speed of 7.7 km/hr. Unloaded it
can go 10.8 km/hr in water. The six-man crew (2 vehicles) can assemble
the ferry in 3 to 5 minutes. The GSP cannot operate with the river cur-
rent faster than 2 m/sec or the river bank is higher than .5 m.
A-116
BLG-60 ARMORED VEHICLE-LAUNCHED BRIDGE
The BLG-60 armored vehicle-launched bridge (AVLB) system is used
to emplace a treadway bridge over obstacles up to 19 meters wide. The
BLG-60 consists of a scissor bridge mounted on a modified T-55 hull.
The bridge is a two box treadway system. Once erected it can support
vehicles up to 50 tons.
Emplacement Time: 3 min
Treadway Width: 3.45 m
Crew: 2
Maximum Speed: 50 km/hr
A-117
MTU-20 ARMORED VEHICLE-LAUNCHED BRIDGE
The MTU-20 armored vehicle-launched bridge (AVLB) system is used to
emplace a treadway bridge over obstacles up to 18 meters wide. The
MTU-20 consists of a twin treadway superstructure mounted on a modi-
fied T-55 hull. Once erected the bridge can support vehicles up to 50 tons.
Emplacement Time: 5-7 min
Treadway Width : 3.3m
Crew: 2
Maximum Speed: 50 km/hr
A-118
MT-55 TANK-LAUNCHED BRIDGE
The MT-55 is a tank-launched bridge based on a T-55 MBT hull. The
MT-55 span is 18 meters long and can support loads up to 50 tons. The
launcher has a gap measuring device and infrared equipment for bridge
laying at night.
Emplacement Time: 3 min
Treadway Width: 3.2 m
Crew: 2
Maximum Speed: 50 km/hr
A-119
K-61 TRACKED AMPHIBIOUS VEHICLE
The K-61 is a large, unarmored tracked amphibious vehicle used exten-
sively to transport cargo, equipment and personnel in river crossing oper-
ations. It is capable of carrying light vehicles and equipment up to 5 tons
or 50 troops across water. It can carry up to 3 tons on land. The K-61 is
powered by a 4 cylinder 135 hp diesel engine and is propelled in the
water by two propellers located in the rear of the vehicle. Generally con-
sidered obsolete, it is an important and integral part of the DPRK ERC
units.
Maximum Speed: Land 36 km/hr, water 10 km/hr
A-120
GROUND TRANSPORTATION VEHICLES
The numbers of transport equipment organic to combat units in the
NKA have greatly increased since the 1950s. The numbers of motor
transportation brigades for resupply have also increased, along with
quality and performance. The NKA prefers foreign trucks over indige-
nously produced trucks. Indigenously produced trucks are usually used
in the civil sector. Most trucks imported to the DPRK are from the
former Soviet Union (FSU) and Japan. Trucks from the FSU offer the
NKA the highest performance levels while the Japanese trucks are rated
second, but with higher technology and reliability.
All NKA wheeled transport vehicles for either general transport or
weapon systems are thin-skinned vehicles. They are all vulnerable to
small arms fire, fragmentation explosives, and anything more destructive.
A-121
SELF RELIANCE 68 NA (KAENSAENG)
The Self Reliance 68 NA (KAENSAENG) is the only light utility model
vehicle the DPRK has produced since 1970. Two variants are produced,
a utility and a cargo model. The KAENSAENG is a 4x4 half ton utility
truck that appears to be an exact copy of the former soviet Union GAZ-
69. Statistics for the GAZ-69 are as follows:
Maximum Speed:
lange:
90km/hr
530 km
Maximum
Cargo Weight:
Towing Weight:
500kg
800kg
A-122
UAZ-469
The Russian designed UAZ-469 utility truck was developed to replace
the GAZ-69. The outstanding features of this vehicle include improved
cross-country performance, better gas milage, greater starting torque,
increased maximum and cruising speeds, greater load capacity, and a
better heating system than the GAZ-69. The UAZ-469 can be trans-
ported and airdropped by airplanes and helicopters. One of the DPRK
variants of this vehicle is the UAZ-469 RKh. This vehicle is used in
NBC defense units and is equipped with NBC detection equipment.
A-123
VICTORY 58 (SUNGNI)
The Victory 58 (SUNGNI) is a copy of the former Soviet Union GAZ-
51, but it has weaker springs than the GAZ-51. The engine is hard to
start, and the crudely copied carburetor, used since 1961, wastes gaso-
line badly at low speeds, accounting for the usually high fuel consump-
tion. Military usage is probably limited due to the vehicle's age.
A-124
FIGHT 66 (TUJAENG)
The Fight 66 (TUJAENG) 2.5 ton, 4x2, cargo truck was introduced
about 1976 as the replacement for the Victory 58. The major change
noted between the two designs is the new and more modern looking
cab. Today, the Fight 66 is probably the largest portion of the DPRK's
truck production.
LINE DIAGRAM UNAVAILABLE
ZIL-130
The ZIL-130 started production in late 1962 in Russia. It is a medium
truck with a rated pay load capacity of 5 tons. Its body consists of a
wooden platform with hinged, drop side boards. Its metal cab seats three.
A-125
ZIL-157
The ZIL-157 is one of the principal medium trucks of the DPRK forces.
The ZIL-157 is used to carry cargo, multiple rocket launchers, TPP pon-
toons, and other specialized equipment.
Maximum Speed: 65 km/hr
Range: 580 km
Maximum Payload: 4.5 tons
A-126
ISUZU TWD25
This 6x6 2.5 ton cargo truck is imported from Isuzu Motors of Japan.
This vehicle can transport 5,000 kg of cargo on hard surfaces and 2,500
kg of cargo in off road conditions. The Isuzu TWD25 is equiped with a
210 hp, 6 cylinder, liquid cooled diesel engine.
Maximum Speed: 85 km/hr
A-127
ISUZUHTW11
This 6x6 8 ton Japanese import is equipped with all wheel drive for
good on/off road performance. The HTWll is equipped with a 150 hp,
6 cylinder, liquid cooled diesel engine.
Maximum Speed: 82 km/hr
Maximum Payload: 4,700kg
A-128
NISSAN TZA52PP
This 6x6 30 ton Japanese import, equipped with all wheel drive and a
30,000 kg payload, makes for a dependable military vehicle. The
TZA52PP is equipped with a 300 hp, 8 cylinder, direct injection, water
cooled diesel engine.
A-129
ZIL-131
The ZIL-131 was produced by the former Soviet Union as a replace-
ment to the ZIL-157 as a basic tactical general purpose truck. ZIL-131
improvements over the ZIL-157 include increased payload, higher out-
put engine, improved power train, shorter wheelbase, power steering,
waterproof ignition, and a modified cab controlled tire inflation system.
Another unique feature of the ZIL-131 is the ability of the front axle
drive to engage automatically when first gear is engaged. Additionally,
the driver can manually engage the front axle drive in second gear.
A-130
KRAZ-260
This Russian produced vehicle was designed to replace the KRAZ-
255B. The KRAZ-260 is an improvement to the KRAZ-255B in several
areas. The power has been increased by turbocharging the engine. This
has resulted in improved highway and cross-country speeds. Pay load
has been increased by 1,500 kg. This vehicle has full time all wheel
drive and a fully bolted together frame.
Maximum Speed: 80 km/hr
A-131
INDEPENDENCE (CHAJU)
The North Koreans emphasize heavy payload vehicles to support their
heavy industry. Currently, one of these vehicles known to be in produc-
tion is the Independence (CHAJU). The Independence entered produc-
tion in 1971. It is apparently identical to the Russian KRAZ-255B. It is
an 1 1 ton dump truck with a cab behind engine design which can seat
the driver and two passengers.
A-132
INDEPENDENCE 82 (CHAJU 82)
The Independence 82, a 10 ton 4x2 dump truck prototype, was first pro-
duced in 1982 as an improvement to the older Independence. The Inde-
pendence 82 is still in production and in service with DPRK military
and civilian transportation units. It is believed to be powered by a 240
hp, 8 cylinder diesel engine and available in 2 and possibly 4 wheel
drive. Configurations include a dump truck, a standard cargo bed model,
and a truck tractor. The vehicle has a 7 cubic meter volume cargo body,
a maximum speed of 94 km/hr, and a turning radius of 9 meters.
A-133
LINE DIAGRAM UNAVAILABLE
M-65 PROTECTIVE MASK
Features prominent filter housing on left hand cheek of facepiece and
prominent voicemitter at front. Large lens eyepieces are provided and
mask is held in position by six straps. Filter has efficiency of 99.995%
and can withstand aerosol droplets down to 0.3 microns.
Weight: 0.6kg
Status: In service with DPRK forces.
LINE DIAGRAM UNAVAILABLE
MODEL SHLEM HOOD TYPE PROTECTIVE MASK
The Shlem mask consists of a facepiece (w/o voice transmitter), hose, and
filter canister, which can be changed without taking the mask off. The
valves of the Shlem tend to freeze and the hoses crack in cold weather.
LINE DIAGRAM UNAVAILABLE
L-1 LIGHTWEIGHT PROTECTIVE SUIT
Rubberized suit consisting of jacket with fitted hood, overtrousers with
integral overboots, two pair of two-fingered gloves, and carrying
satchel. Suit provides complete protection against most NBC agents
when worn with a face mask.
Weight: 3kg (approx.)
Status: In service with chemical units.
A-134
ARS-12U TRUCK-MOUNTED
DECONTAMINATION APPARATUS
The ARS-12U is mounted on a ZIL-131 or ZIL-157 truck. It can be used
to decontaminate vehicles, large weapon systems, heavy equipment, and
terrain. It is also used to refill portable decontamination equipment,
transport water, fight fires, and provide cold showers. It has a 2,500 liter
tank that can decontaminate about 25 tanks, 50-80 artillery pieces, or
500 m of road with a 5 m width before needing to resupply.
LINE DIAGRAM UNAVAILABLE
MODEL BU-4 TRUCK-MOUNTED CLOTHING
DECONTAMINATION APPARATUS
The BU-4 is a boiling apparatus that can be used to decontaminate
chemically and biologically contaminated clothing, shelters, tarpaulins,
and other items that can be laundered. The system consists of boilers
with integral furnaces, tanks to hold reserve water, a hand pump, a hand
press, and a drying tent. The BU-4 is normally carried on a GAZ-53 or
GAZ-63 truck.
A-135
MODEL RDP-4V BACKPACK
DECONTAMINATION APPARATUS
The RDP-4V is a hand operated backpack spray apparatus that is used to
decontaminate vehicles, weapons, material, buildings, and small areas
of terrain. The apparatus is composed of a metal tank with a large filling
aperture, clamp on pressure lid, shoulder/waist straps, a piston-type air
pump mounted inside the tank, a shutoff valve, a discharge hose, and a
spray pipe with control valve and nozzle.
LINE DIAGRAM UNAVAILABLE
GSP-1 DETECTOR-ALARM, AUTOMATIC
Detects G-type nerve agents in the atmosphere and nuclear radiation in
the immediate environment. The detector activates both a light and an
audible alarm when it detects either of these contaminants. The detector
is usually mounted in a reconnaissance vehicle, but may also be used at
a fixed point. The GSP- 1 can operate up to 8 hours before the batteries
need to be recharged.
Weight: 18kg (approx.)
Status: Probably in service with chemical units.
A-136
MODEL DP-62 LIGHTWEIGHT SURVEY METER
The DP-62 lightweight survey meter is used to detect and determine the
level of beta-gamma radiation in the field. It consists of a hand generator
and instrument proper. The presence of radiation is indicated by flashes
of a neon tube, viewed through a condensing lens on the upper surface
of the instrument. The celluloid window on the bottom of the instrument
permits the access of beta particles to the radiation sensitive element of
the meter. The detection range of the meter is from 10 to 500 millirads/
hour. The meter is rugged, lightweight, compact, and simple to operate.
The hand generator affords a constant source of power, making the
meter independent of batteries.
A-137
MODEL DP-1a/b AREA SURVEY METER
The Model DP- la area survey meter is a gamma detection and measur-
ing device that can be used to measure radiation intensities in four sub-
ranges from .04 to 400 rads/hour. The Model DP- lb is a battery
powered area survey meter and is used to measure gamma radiation and
to detect beta radiation. The instrument uses an ion chamber.
A-138
LCase
2. Case lid
3. Air pump
4. Packets of indicator tubes
5. Smoke filters
6. Sample jar
7. Pump attachment
8. Protective covers for pump attachment
9. Spatula
10. Tape for marking contaminated areas
11. Flashlight
12. Shoulder strap
PKHR CHEMICAL AGENT DETECTION
AND IDENTIFICATION KIT
The PKhR chemical agent detection and identification kit will identify a
wide array of chemical agents to include mustard, lewisite, hydrogen
cyanide, phosgene, choroacetophenone, adamsite, and G/V type nerve
agents.
A-139
MI-2 HOPLITE
The Mi-2 is a twin turbine light utility helicopter. Possible armament
includes up to 23mm machineguns, 57mm rockets, or the AT-3C ATGM.
The Mi-2 can carry 6-8 troops or 700 kg internal cargo or 800 kg slung
external.
Maximum Speed:
Weight:
Maximum Ceiling:
Service Ceiling:
Maximum Range:
Combat Range:
210km/hr
3,500kg (loaded)
Unknown
4 km
580 km (maximum fuel)
170 km
A-140
MI-4 HOUND
The Mi-4 is a multirole helicopter used for troop assault, armed support
and general cargo transport. Optional weapons pylons can be added to
support four 16 shot, 57mm rocket pods, or four AT-2 or AT-3 ATGMs.
Maximum Speed:
Weight:
Maximum Ceiling:
Service Ceiling:
Maximum Range:
Combat Range:
210km/hr
7,800kg (loaded)
Unknown
5.4 km
460 km (maximum fuel)
250 km
A-141
^l^^
MI-8 HIP
The Mi- 8 is a medium utility helicopter. The Mi- 8 can carry up to 24
fully equipped combat troops or 2,425 kg of cargo when the aircraft is
fully armed. The Mi-8 can carry rocketpods, ATGMs, general/special
purpose bombs (250/500kg), and a nose mounted machingun.
Maximum Speed: 250 km/hr
Weight: 12,000kg (loaded)
Maximum Ceiling: Unknown
Service Ceiling: 3.5-4.5 km
Maximum Range : 410 km (maximum fuel)
Combat Range: 200 km
A-142
MI-17HIP
The Mi- 17 has an airframe basically identical to that of the Mi- 8, but
has more powerful 1,900 shp turboshaft engines. The Mi- 17 has the
same armament options as the Mi- 8 supplemented with GSh-23 23mm
gun packs.
Maximum Speed: 250 km/hr
Weight: 1 3 ,000kg (loaded)
Maximum Ceiling: Unknown
Service Ceiling: 5 km
Maximum Range: 950 km (maximum fuel)
Combat Range: Unknown
A-143
HUGHES 500 D/E
The Hughes 500 is a multirole utility helicopter. The DPRK has at least
75 civilian D/E model helicopters. Although these aircraft were not sold
with weapons on them, it is possible that some weapons systems have
been added.
Maximum Speed:
Weight:
Maximum Ceiling:
Service Ceiling:
Maximum Range:
Combat Range:
280 km/hr
1,700kg (loaded)
Unknown
4,800 m
327 km (maximum fuel)
Unknown
A-144
F-5 (MIG-17) FRESCO A/B/C/D
The DPRK has about 100 of these in a ground attack role and about 30 air-
craft as fighters. The F-5 is a single seat aircraft with a single turbojet
engine. It has three 23nim cannons and/or four AA-1 ALKALI missiles.
There are two under- wing hardpoints for drop tanks or stores up to 500 kg.
Maximum Speed : 1,145 km/hr
Weight: 6,700kg (loaded)
Maximum Ceiling: Unknown
Service Ceiling: 16.6 km
Maximum Range: 2,250 km
Combat Range: Unknown
A-145
F-6(MIG-1 9) FARMER
The DPRK has about 160 of these aircraft. The F-6 is the Chinese version
of the MiG-19. The F-6 has six attachment points for external stores
(three on each wing). The outboard wing stations can carry a 250 kg
bomb. The outboard wing stations can also carry a 760 or 400 liter drop
tank or the CAA-lb AAM. The inboard wing stations can carry practice
bombs or rocket pods with either 8 x 57mm, 16 x 57mm, or 7 x 90mm
rockets.
Maximum Speed:
Weight:
Maximum Ceiling:
Service Ceiling:
Maximum Range:
Combat Range:
1.16 Mach
9,040kg (loaded)
Unknown
16.7 km
Unknown
Unknown
A-146
MIG-21 FISHBED D/F/J
The DPRK has about 160 of these aircraft. The FISHBED D/F is armed
with a twin barrel 23mm GSh-23 gun with 200 rounds a belly pack. The J
model carries the GSh-23 internally. All models also have four under-
wing pylons for weapons and drop tanks. The MiG-21 has a JAY BIRD/
SPIN SCAN search and track radar with a 20 km range. Typical loads for
the intercept role are two AA-2/2D ATOLLs and two radar homing AA-
2C ATOLLs; two UV- 16-57 rocket pods on the outer pylons, or two drop
tanks and two AA-2/2D or AA-2C AAMs. Typical loads for ground attack
are four UV- 16-57 rocket pods, two 500 kg and two 250 kg bombs, or
four 240mm S-24 rockets.
Maximum Speed:
Weight:
Maximum Ceiling:
Service Ceiling:
Maximum Range:
Combat Range:
2.05 Mach
9,800kg (loaded)
18 km
15.2 km
971km
593 km (with drop tanks)
A-147
LINE DIAGRAM UNAVAILABLE
F-7
The DPRK has about 40 of these aircraft. The F-7 is the Chinese version of
the FISHBED C. The F-7 is armed with two 30mm Type 30-1 belt-fed can-
nons with 60 rounds per gun. There are two hardpoints under each wing,
with the outboard ones sometimes used for drop tanks. Each inboard pylon
is capable of carrying a PL-2, PL-2A, PL-5B, AA-2 AAM; or a Type-57-2
pod withlS X 57mm rockets; or a Type-90-Ml pod with 7 x 90mm rockets;
or bombs of 50/150/250/500 kg. The outboard pylons can also carry one of
the rocket pods, a 50/150 kg bomb, or a 500 liter droptank.
Maximum Speed: 2.05 Mach
Weight: 5,240kg (loaded)
18.7 km
19.8 km
1,203 km
939 km (with drop tanks)
Maximum Ceiling:
Service Ceiling:
Maximum Range:
Combat Range:
MIG-23 FLOGGER
The DPRK has at least 46 MiG-23ML fighters. The MiG-23ML (FLOG-
GER G) is equipped with the HIGH LARK radar and can be armed with
AA-2/AT0LL, AA-7/APEX, and AA-8/APHID AAMs. It also carries a
twin barrel GSh-23 gun.
Maximum Speed:
Weight:
Maximum Ceiling:
Service Ceiling:
Maximum Range:
Combat Range:
2.35 Mach
18,900kg (loaded)
Unknown
18 km
Unknown
900-1,300 km
A-148
MIG-29 FULCRUM A/B
The DPRK has about 10 MiG-29 aircraft. The MiG-29 is a twin engine
fighter. It can carry two medium range radar homing AA-10/ALAMO and
four close range AA-11/ARCHER AAMs on three pylons under the
wings. It can also carry AA-8/APHID missiles, bombs, and 57/80/240mm
rocket pods. The MiG-29 also has one 30mm gun.
Maximum Speed: 2.3 Mach
Weight: 18,900kg (loaded)
Maximum Ceiling: Unknown
Service Ceiling: 18 km
Maximum Range: 2,900 km (ferry mission)
Combat Range: 1,500 km
A-149
SU-7B FITTER A
The DPRK has about 20 of these aircraft. The Su-7B is a single seat
ground attack aircraft. It is armed with two 30mm NR-30 guns in wing
roots, each with 70 rounds. Under- wing pylons allow two 742 kg or two
495 kg of bombs or rocket pods.
Maximum Speed: 1.6 Mach
Weight: 13,387kg (loaded)
Maximum Ceiling: Unknown
18 km
1,449 km
250-350 km (with drop tanks)
Service Ceiling:
Maximum Range:
Combat Range:
A-150
SU-25 FROGFOOT A
The DPRK has about 35 of these aircraft. The Su-25 is a single seat
ground attack aircraft. It is armed with one twin barrel 30mm gun in the
bottom of the fuselage with 250 rounds. There are 8 pylons under the
wings which can carry about 4,000 kg of air-to-ground weapons, includ-
ing 57mm to 330mm rockets. There are two small outboard pylons for
AA-2D/AT0LL or AA-8/APHID AAMs.
.8 Mach
17,600kg (loaded)
Unknown
7 km
Unknown
1,250 km (with drop tanks)
Maximum Speed:
Weight:
Maximum Ceiling:
Service Ceiling:
Maximum Range:
Combat Range:
A-151
IL-28 BEAGLE
The DPRK has about 80 of these aircraft. The 11-28 is a three seat hght
bomber. It has an internal bay for up to 3,000 kg of bombs or two air
launched torpedoes. It is also armed with two fixed 23mm cannons
mounted in the nose and two in the tail turret.
Maximum Speed:
Weight:
Maximum Ceiling:
Service Ceiling:
Maximum Range:
Combat Range:
900 km/hr
21,000kg (loaded)
Unknown
12.3 km
2,180 km (w/1, 000kg payload)
Unknown
A-152
^U!
Y-5 (AN-2 COLT)
The DPRK has about 270 of these aircraft. The Y-5 is a general purpose
biplane used mostly to insert SOF troops. It can be used to drop 100/250 kg
bombs or to spray chemicals.
Maximum Speed:
Weight:
Maximum Ceiling:
Service Ceiling:
Maximum Range:
Combat Range:
220 km/hr
5,250kg (loaded)
Unknown
3.5 km
Unknown
450 km
A-153
AN-24 COKE
The DPRK has about 6 of these aircraft. The An- 24 is a short range trans-
port aircraft.
484 km/hr
21,800kg (loaded)
Unknown
8.75 km
Unknown
Unknown
Maximum Speed:
Weight:
Maximum Ceiling:
Service Ceiling:
Maximum Range:
Combat Range:
A-154
IL-18C00T
The DPRK has 2 of these aircraft. The 11-18 is a medium transport air-
craft, which can carry up to 90 troops.
Maximum Speed: 675 km/hr
64,000kg (loaded)
Unknown
8-10 km
Unknown
3,700 km (loaded)
Weight:
Maximum Ceiling:
Service Ceiling:
Maximum Range:
Combat Range:
A-155
Type:
Freqency Band:
Maximum Range:
Associated With:
Comments:
BACK NET
EW/GCI
E
300 km
SA-5
3-6 rpm Scan
A-156
Name:
Type:
Freqency Band:
Maximum Range:
Associated With:
Comments:
BAR LOCK
P-35/37
EW
E/F
200 km
SA-5
1 mw/b power, PRE 375pps, 7 rpm Scan,
BW .7deg, PW 1.5, 4.5 us. Accuracy range
350m-AZ.14deg
A-157
FAN SONG A/B/C/E/F
A/B C/E
F
Type:
FC/TRK FC/TRK
FC/TRK
Freqency Band:
E/F G
E/F
Maximum Range:
60-120 km 70-145 km
70-145 km
Associated With:
SA-2 SA-2
SA-2
Comments:
FAN SONG A/B:
600kw power, Vert Ant BW 10 10x2deg
Hort Ant BW 2xl0deg, Scan 15.5-17HZ
FAN SONG C/E:
l.Omw power, Vert Ant BW 7.5
xl.5deg
Hort Ant BW 11.5x7.5, Scan 15.5-17HZ
PRF 828-1440 Search, 1656-2880 Trk
PW. 4- 1.2ms us, .2-.9msus
FAN SONG F:
600kw power. Vert Ant BW 10 10x2deg
Hort Ant BW 2xl0deg, Scan 15.5-17HZ
(guidance):
PRF 44pps
A-158
Name:
Type:
Freqency Band:
Maximum Range:
Associated With:
Comments:
FLAT FACE
P-15
EW/ACQ
C
200 km
SA-3, Guns
Power 380kw, BW AZ 4.3deg-ELEV 4.3 deg
PW 2us, PRF 200-700pps, 70km range at
300m alt, accuracy 650m range, 1.8 deg AZ
A-159
KNIFE REST A/B/C
A
B/C
Name:
P-8 Dolfin
P-10
Type:
EW
EW
Freqency Band:
A
A
Maximum Range:
75 km
70 km
Associated With:
SA-2
SA-2
Comments:
75kw power,
PW4-12US
A-160
r
Pi
b
^
^'7^
^7
0^
K^St =«^ R I'^^^H
a^'^y^uhLii^HiBu^^^B^
Type:
Freqency Band:
Maximum Range:
Associated With:
Comments:
FC
Trk/FC
LOW BLOW
FC Trk/FC Quid
I I D
40 km 40-85 km 29 km
SA-3 SA-3 SA-3
Power 250kw, PRF 1750-3500pps,
PW .25-5ms(us), BW 12x1.5,
Scan (trough) 16HZ
PRF 3560-3585HZ, Scan (Para) 25HZ
A-161
SIDE NET
Name:
PRV-ll
Type:
Height
Freqency Band:
E
Maximum Range:
28 km
Associated With:
SA-2/3/5
Comments:
Max altitude 32km
A-162
Name:
Type:
Freqency Band:
Maximum Range:
Associated With:
Comments:
SPOON REST A/C/D
P-12
ACQ/EW
A
200 km
SA-2/8
Power 314kw, BW 6x22.5, FRF 310-400pps,
PW 4-6us, Max Alt 32km, Scan 2-6rpm
A-163
SQUAT EYE
Name:
P-15M(2)
Type:
EW
Freqency Band:
C
Maximum Range:
128 km
Associated With:
SA-3/5
Comments:
Power 380kw
A-164
TALL KING
Name:
P-14
Type:
BW
Freqency Band:
A
Maximum Range:
605 km
Associated With:
SA-5
Comments:
Scan 2-6rpm
A-165
OTHER RADAR SYSTEMS
RADAR
Type
Freq
Band
l\/laximum
Range
Associated
With
Comments
BACK TRAP
EW/ACQ
E
410km
SA-5
Power: 2mw; Scan:6rpm
BIG BACK
EW/GCI
L
600km
SA-5
DOG EAR
ACQ
G
50km
35km
SA-9/13
ZSU-23-4
GIN SLING
(range meas)
(Msl Guidance)
FC/TRK
E/F
l/J
D
100+km
HQ-2
(MainR/T)
(Range Measurement)
ODD PAIR
Height
E
SA-5
Scan: 3-6rpm
SJ-202
FC/ACQ
115km
HQ-2
SQUARE PAIR
FC
H
255km
(160-270)
SA-5
TIN SHIELD
EW/GCI
200km
SA-2/3/5
A-166
LINE DIAGRAM UNAVAILABLE
LOA/Beam/Draft:
Missile Launchers:
Guns:
Other Weapons:
Maximum Speed:
Aircraft:
SOHO FF
242.1x50.9x12.1 ft
4xCSS-N-l single tube SSM
100mm single barrel, 2x3 7mm, 30mm, and
25mm twin barrel
4xRBU-1200; mines; d.c.
23kts
Platform for 1 medium helo
^^t3mf^^^^^< ^M^M^
^^^"^i
LOA/Beam/Draft:
Missile Launchers:
Guns:
Other Weapons:
Maximum Speed:
Aircraft:
NAJIN FFL
335x33x10 ft
2xCSS-N-l single tube SSM
2x1 00mm single barrel
2x57mm, 30mm, and 25mm twin barrel
4x1 4.5mm quad barrel
4xRBU-1200; mines; d.c.
24.3kts
None
A-167
14.5mm
(staggered
pt, stbd)
CHONGJIN PB
LOA/Beam/Draft:
85.3x19x6.6 ft
Missile Launchers:
None
Guns:
85mm single barrel tank turret
2x1 4.5mm twin barrel
Other Weapons:
None
Maximum Speed:
40kts
Aircraft:
None
A-168
Radar stop
latticed mast
Wheelhouse
LOA/Beam/Draft:
Missile Launchers:
Guns:
Other Weapons:
Maximum Speed:
Aircraft:
P-6 PB/PT
83.7x20.3x5.9 ft
None
2x25mm twin barrel or
2x1 4.5mm twin barrel
2x5 3cm single torpedo tubes (PT)
43kts
None
A-169
Tripod
mast
SHANTOU PB
LOA/Beam/Draft:
82x17.4x6.9 ft
Missile Launchers:
None
Guns:
2x3 7mm twin barrel or
2x3 7mm single barrel and
2x25mm twin barrel
Other Weapons:
None
Maximum Speed:
24kts
Aircraft:
None
A-170
LOA/Beam/Draft:
Missile Launchers:
Guns:
Other Weapons:
Maximum Speed:
Aircraft:
CHAHO PB
85.3x19x6.6 ft
None
2x1 4.5mm twin barrel
122mm (BM-21) MRL
40kts
None
A-171
Pylon
mast
14.5mm
\r^ T^n
LOA/Beam/Draft:
Missile Launchers:
Guns:
Other Weapons:
Maximum Speed:
Aircraft:
CHODO PC
140.1x19x6.2 ft
None
85mm single barrel
2x3 7mm single barrel and
14.5mm quad barrel
Mines
20kts
None
A-172
Ammo housing/
loading ramp
forlVIRL
Latticed
mast
14.5mm CHONGJU Class PTG
(pt, stbd)
\ 85mm
CHONGJU PC/PT/PTG/WPC
LOA/Beam/Draft:
Missile Launchers:
Guns:
Other Weapons:
Maximum Speed:
Aircraft:
139.8x24x6.6 ft
4xCSS-N-l single tube (PTG)
85mm, 2x37mm, 25mm, and
14.5mm (PCAVPC)
2x30mm (PT/PTG)
2 possible RBU-1200 (PC/WPC) and
at least 2 torpedoes (PT)
22.5kts
None
A-173
Tripod
mast
LOA/Beam/Draft:
Missile Launchers:
Guns:
Other Weapons:
Maximum Speed:
Aircraft:
HAINAN PC
192.9x23.6x14.1 ft
None
2x5 7mm and 25mm twin barrel
4xRBU-1200 5 tube launcher, mines, d.c.
30.5kts
None
A-174
37mm
Pole
mast _ ...
\ Folding
mast
MGs
37mm (pt, stbd)
1 ^ N.^
affJSi
K-48 PC
LOA/Beam/Draft:
125x18x5.6 ft
Missile Launchers:
None
Guns:
76mm and 3x3 7mm single barrel
2x1 4.5mm twin barrel
Other Weapons:
Mines
Maximum Speed:
18kts
Aircraft:
None
A-175
25mm 1 4.5mm
position 25mm
^aA^
S.0. 1 PC
LOA/Beam/Draft:
137.8x20x7.9 ft
Missile Launchers:
None
Guns:
100mm (one unit)
76mm single barrel
3x25mm twin barrel
14.5mm quad mount
Other Weapons:
4xRBU-1200, mines, d.c
Maximum Speed:
28.5kts
Aircraft:
None
A-176
Latticed
tripod mast
25mm
(pt, stbd)
t:
37mm
^. rirO-^,
^AMbhiiSbiliLJ^W^
SHANGHAI II PC
LOA/Beam/Draft:
127.3x17.7x5.3 ft
Missile Launchers:
None
Guns:
2x3 7mm and 25mm twin barrel
At least one 82mm RR (on some)
Other Weapons:
Mines, d.c.
Maximum Speed:
30kts
Aircraft:
None
A-177
25mm
(pt, stbd)
Crow's nest
pylon mast
57mm
d.c.
\
^^^^.^rJ^QS-Jtn
RBU-1200
(pt, stbd)
TAECHONG l/ll PC
Taechong I
Taechong II
LOA/Beam/Draft:
197.5x23.6x6.6 ft
199.5x23.6x6.6 ft
Missile Launchers:
None
None
Guns:
100mm or 85mm
100mm or 85mm
single barrel
single barrel
25mm twin barrel
57mm twin barrel
57mm twin barrel
2x30mm twin barrel
14.5mm twin barrel
14.5mm twin barrel
Other Weapons:
2xRBU-1200,
mines, d.c.
d.c.
Maximum Speed:
30kts
30kts
Aircraft:
None
None
A-178
LINE DIAGRAM UNAVAILABLE
MAYANG PG
LOA/Beam/Draft:
Missile Launchers:
Guns:
Other Weapons:
Maximum Speed:
Aircraft:
196.9x32.8x9.8 ft
None
85mm single barrel
57mm and 4x1 4.5mm twin barrel
None
16kts
None
r
^^IS
LOA/Beam/Draft:
Missile Launchers:
Guns:
Other Weapons:
Maximum Speed:
Aircraft:
SARIWON PG
201.8x24.6x7.9 ft
None
85mm single barrel
1 or 2x57mm twin barrel
2x3 7mm twin barrel
4x1 4.5mm quad barrel
RBU- 1200, mines
18kts
None
A-179
" -"^ ^| ^*^^!lEZ5SS
LOA/Beam/Draft:
Missile Launchers:
Guns:
Other Weapons:
Maximum Speed:
Aircraft:
T CLASS PG
203.4x23.6x7.9 ft
None
85mm single barrel
2x3 7mm twin barrel
4x1 4.5mm quad barrel
Mines
18kts
None
A-180
Folding
mast
14.5mm
\ 4-
i
Wheelhouse
{ifffl f „^\ rTf^4+y:i:^:Eii:^4
LOA/Beam/Draft:
Missile Launchers:
Guns:
Other Weapons:
Maximum Speed:
P-4PT
63.3x12.1x3.3 ft
None
2x1 4.5mm twin barrel
2x45cm single topedo tubes
55kts
A-181
Latticed
tripod mast
LOA/Beam/Draft:
Missile Launchers:
Guns:
Other Weapons:
Maximum Speed:
Aircraft:
SHERSHEN PT
113.8x22x6.6 ft
None
2x3 0mm twin barrel
4x5 3cm single topedo tubes
45kts
None
A-182
14.5mm
\
Folding
mast
Wheelhouse
jffd^S P^
,5mm
£
53cm TT
(pt, stbd)
SINHUNG PT/PTH/WPB/WPBH
LOA/Beam/Draft: 75.5x16.1x4.9 ft
None
2x1 4.5mm twin barrel
2x5 3cm single topedo tubes (PT/PTH)
52kts (57kts PTH)
None
Missile Launchers
Guns:
Other Weapons:
Maximum Speed:
Aircraft:
A-183
Wheelhouse
^-^
53cm TT
(pt, stbd)
LOA/Beam/Draft:
Missile Launchers:
Guns:
Other Weapons:
Maximum Speed:
Aircraft:
SINNAM PT
81.4x20x5.9 ft
None
2x1 4.5mm twin barrel
2x5 3cm single topedo tubes, deck rails
43kts
None
A-184
Latticed
tripod mast
KOMAR PTG
LOA/Beam/Draft:
83.7x23x6.6 ft
Missile Launchers:
2xCSS-N-l single tube SSM
Guns:
25mm twin barrel
Other Weapons:
None
Maximum Speed:
40.5kts
Aircraft:
None
A-185
Pylon mast
Wheelhouse
LOA/Beam/Draft:
Missile Launchers:
Guns:
Other Weapons:
Maximum Speed:
Aircraft:
OSA I PTG
126.6x24.9x8.9 ft
4xSS-N-2 or CSS-N-1 single tube SSM
2x3 0mm or 25mm twin barrel
None
35kts
None
A-186
Tripod
mast
SSM
(pt, stbd)
LOA/Beam/Draft:
Missile Launchers:
Guns:
Other Weapons:
Maximum Speed:
Aircraft:
SOHUNG PTG
84x24x6.6 ft
2xCSS-N-l single tube SSM
14.5mm or 25mm twin barrel
None
40kts
None
A-187
LOA/Beam/Draft:
Missile Launchers:
Guns:
Other Weapons:
Maximum Speed:
Aircraft:
SOJU PTG
138.1x25.6x9.8 ft
4xCSS-N-l single tube SSM
2x3 0mm twin barrel
None
33kts
None
LINE DIAGRAM UNAVAILABLE
LOA/Beam/Draft:
Missile Launchers:
Guns:
Other Weapons:
Maximum Speed:
Aircraft:
HUNGNAM LCM
55.8x14.1x3.9 ft
None
2x1 4.5mm twin barrel
None
9kts
None
A-188
14.5mm
(to stbd)
7?
1
Latticed
mast
^
Wheelhouse
14.5mm
(to port)
/
Bow
door
^
NAMPO LCP
LOA/Beam/Draft:
85.3x19x6.6 ft
Missile Launchers:
None
Guns:
2xl4.5mm twin barrel
Other Weapons:
None
Maximum Speed:
40kts
Aircraft:
None
LINE DIAGRAM UNAVAILABLE
KONG BANG l/ll/lll LCPA
Kong Bang I Kong Bang II Kong Bang III
LOA/Beam/Draft: 75.5x29.5 ft 68.9x26.2 ft 60.7x23 ft
Missile Launchers: None None None
Guns: None None None
Other Weapons: None None None
Maximum Speed: 52kts 52kts 50kts
Aircraft: None None None
A-189
LINE DIAGRAM UNAVAILABLE
LOA/Beam/Draft:
Missile Launchers:
Guns:
Other Weapons:
Maximum Speed:
Aircraft:
KOWAN ASR
275.6x46.3x13.1 ft
None
6x1 4.5mm twin barrel
None
20kts
None
LINE DIAGRAM UNAVAILABLE
LOA/Beam/Draft:
Missile Launchers:
Guns:
Other Weapons:
Maximum Speed:
Aircraft:
KIMJINWPB
59.1x9.8x4.9 ft
None
2x1 4.5mm twin barrel
None
46kts
None
LINE DIAGRAM UNAVAILABLE
LOA/Beam/Draft:
Missile Launchers:
Guns:
Other Weapons:
Maximum Speed:
Aircraft:
YONGDOWPB
53.5x14.4x2.3 ft
None
14.5mm twin barrel
None
25kts
None
A-190
LINE DIAGRAM UNAVAILABLE
LOA/Beam/Draft:
Missile Launchers:
Guns:
Other Weapons:
Maximum Speed:
Aircraft:
37mm or
25mm
HANTAE LCU
154.2x21.3x5.6 ft
None
4x25mm twin barrel
None
22.5kts
None
Pole
mast
Wheelhouse
14.5mm
/
^ r^n^nn r^H-°^^^
YUKTO l/ll MSI
Yukto I
Yukto II
LOA/Beam/Draft:
78.7x13.1x5.6 ft
69x13.1x5.6 ft
Missile Launchers:
None
None
Guns:
14.5mm twin barrel
37mm single barrel or
25mm twin barrel
14.5mm twin barrel
Other Weapons:
Mines
Mines
Maximum Speed:
18kts
ISkts
Aircraft:
None
None
A-191
LINE DIAGRAM UNAVAILABLE
NAMPO A/B LCPA
LOA/Beam/Draft:
55.8x22.6x- ft
Missile Launchers:
None
Guns:
Unknown
Other Weapons:
None
Maximum Speed:
52kts
Aircraft:
None
i
ujSl^
h
F f \ \ \ f f f i ^^tt
:/
f^^
-CD
4Z
HANCHON LCU
LOA/Beam/Draft:
117.1x25.9x3.9 ft
Missile Launchers:
None
Guns:
14.5mm
Other Weapons:
None
Maximum Speed:
lOkts
Aircraft:
None
A-192
ai
ROMEO SS
LOA/Beam/Draft: 252x23x20 ft
Propulsion: Diesel electric; 2 shafts
Missile Launchers: None
Torpedoes: 53cm; 8 tubes (6 bow, 2 stern)
Maximum Speed: 16kts surfaced; 13kts submerged
A-193
LOA/Beam/Draft:
Propulsion:
Missile Launchers:
Torpedoes:
Maximum Speed:
WHISKEY SS
249x21x16 ft
Diesel electric; 2 shafts
None
53cm; 6 tubes (4 bow, 2 stern)
17kts surfaced; 13kts submerged
LINE DIAGRAM UNAVAILABLE
YUGO SSM
LOA/Beam/Draft:
Propulsion:
Missile Launchers:
Torpedoes:
Maximum Speed:
66x9. 8x-- ft
Diesel electric
None
No known capability
llkts surfaced; 8kts submerged
A-194
THE NAVAL MINE THREAT TO
AMPHIBIOUS OPERATIONS
Naval mines include the following types:
Deep Water: +200 ft; rising mines, moored mines, and
some bottom mines.
Shallow Water: 200 to 40 ft; bottom mines, moored mines, and
rising mines.
Very Shallow Water: 40 to 10 ft; bottom mines, moored mines,
controlled mines, and buried mines.
Surf Zone: 10 ft to high water mark; anti-invasion mines,
controlled mines.
Craft Landing Zone: Beach; buried mines, obstacles.
A-195
ALCM-82 SHALLOW WATER MINE
The ALCM-82 is a shallow water blast mine.
Mine Case:
Steel
Color:
Olive drab
Fuze Type:
Unknown tilt rod
Actuation Force:
15-20kg
Explosive Type:
Unknown
Explosive Weight:
14.5kg
A-196
PDM-1M SHALLOW WATER MINE
The PDM-IM is a shallow water blast mine.
Mine Case:
Steel
Color:
Olive drab
Fuze Type:
VPDM-IM tilt rod
Actuation Force:
18-26kg
Explosive Type:
TNT
Explosive Weight:
10kg
A-197
PDM-2 SHALLOW WATER MINE
The PDM-2 is a shallow water blast mine.
Mine Case:
Steel
Color:
Olive drab
Fuze Type:
VPDM-2 tilt rod
Actuation Force:
40-50kg
Explosive Type:
TNT
Explosive Weight:
15kg
A-198
^
E^
CSS-N-1 SCRUBBRUSH
The CSS-N-1 is the Chinese version of the Russian-manufactured SS-N-2a
STYX naval antiship cruise missile.
Max Speed:
0.9 Mach
Cruise Altitude:
330, 660, or 1,000 ft
Maximum
Effective Range:
25 nm
Warhead:
HE 1,130 lbs
Fuze:
Impact
Propulsion:
Liquid rocket sustainer with expendable solid
rocket booster
A-199
-^<m
^^
CSSC-2 SILKWORM
The CSSC-2 is a Chinese land-based coastal defense antiship cruise missile.
It is fired from a truck-towed launcher or tracked TEL.
Max Speed:
Cruise Altitude:
Maximum
Effective Range:
Warhead:
Fuze:
Propulsion:
0.9 Mach
330, 660, or 1,000 ft
45 nm
HE 1,130 lbs
Impact
Liquid rocket sustainer with expendable solid
rocket booster
A-200
CSSC-3 SEERSUCKER
The Chinese SEERSUCKER is an extended-range version of the
SILKWORM coastal defense antiship cruise missile. It is fired from a
truck- to wed launcher or tracked TEL.
Max Speed:
Cruise Altitude:
Maximum
Effective Range:
Warhead:
Fuze:
Propulsion:
0.9 Mach
330, 660, or 1,000 ft
45 nm
HE 1,130 lbs
Impact
Liquid rocket sustainer with expendable solid
rocket booster
A-201
APPENDIX B:
International Time Zones
B-1
APPENDIX C:
Conversion Charts
When You Know
Units of Length
Multiply by
To find
Millimeters
0.04
Inches
Centimeters
0.39
Inches
Meters
3.28
Feet
Meters
1.09
Yards
Kilometers
0.62
Miles
Inches
25.40
Millimeters
Inches
2.54
Centimeters
Feet
30.48
Centimeters
Yards
0.91
Meters
Miles
1.61
Kilometers
Units of Area
Sq. Centimeters
0.16
Sq. Inches
Sq. Meters
1.20
Sq. Yards
Sq. Kilometers
0.39
Sq. Miles
Hectares
2.47
Acres
Sq. Inches
6.45
Sq. Cm
Sq. Feet
0.09
Sq. Meters
Sq. Yards
0.84
Sq. Meters
Sq. Miles
2.60
Sq. Km
Acres
0.40
Hectares
Units of Mass and Weight
Grams
0.035
Ounces
Kilograms
2.21
Pounds
Tons (100kg)
1.10
Short Tons
Ounces
28.35
Grams
Pounds
0.45
Kilograms
Short Tons
2.12
Tons
C-1
Units of Volume
Multiply by
To find
Milliliters
0.20
Teaspoons
Milliliters
0.06
Tablespoons
Milliliters
0.03
Fluid Ounces
Liters
4.23
Cups
Liters
2.12
Pints
Liters
1.06
Quarts
Liters
0.26
Gallons
Cubic Meters
35.32
Cubic Feet
Cubic Meters
1.35
Cubic Yards
Teaspoons
4.93
Milliliters
Tablespoons
14.78
Milliliters
Fluid Ounces
29.57
Milliliters
Cups
0.24
Liters
Pints
0.47
Liters
Quarts
0.95
Liters
Gallons
3.79
Liters
Cubic Feet
0.03
Cubic Meters
Cubic Yards
0.76
Cubic Meters
Units of Speed
Miles per Hour
1.61
Km per Hour
Km per Hour
0.62
Miles per Hour
C-2
Celsius FahrBnheit
°c
r
>^
°F
100
—
—
212
4—
Boiling Point ofWater
Heatwave -► ,„
—
-^
105
98.6
4—
Normal BodyTemperature
36.9
—
^
35
E"
-^
90
AHotSummerDay -► 30
E-
J
80
25
=
5
70
^
AMild Spring Day
20
E-
-=
=
^
60
15
=-
_^
AWarmWinterDay -► 10
E-
1
50
5
i
1
32
30
4—
Freezing Point OfWater
—5
E-
-i
20
—10
E"
3
10
— 15
^
-1
— 20
Temperature Conversions
To convert Celsius to degrees Fahrenheit, multiply by 1.8 and add 32.
To convert Fahrenheit to degrees Celsius, subtract 32 and divide by 1.8.
C-3
APPENDIX D:
Korean Language
Pronunciation Guide
Consonants
-1
k-keep <or> g-go
u
n-night
c
d-due <or> t-tone <or> t-cot
e
r-red <or> 1- spell
□
m-mother
u
b-boy <or> m-calm
^
s-sue <or> sh-she <or> t-cot
a
silent before a vowel <or> like ng-ring after a vowel
^
j-jim <or> t-cot
^
ch-chip <or> t-cot
^
k-kilometer
m
t-top <or> t-cot
s
p-pa
*
h-hope
Note
: c , -^ , K , rP^ , E all may make a t-cot sound. This occurs when
they appear as the last consonant in a syllable. For example:
^ goat = PLACE
^ goat = IMMEDIATELY
^ goat = FLOWER
If the next syllable begins with a vowel you will hear the normal
consonant sound there.
D-1
Vowels
01
a-father = a
Of
a-had = ae
c^^
ya-yacht = ya
Of
u-up =
flfl
a-hate = e
Oi
yu-yup = yo
s
o-go =
s.
yo-yoyo = yo
^
u-blue = 00
#
u-you = yoo
o
o-good = u
0]
e-be = ee <or> i-bid
?<
wo-woe = wo
S}
wa-wad = wa
NOTE: You must aquaint yourself with this guide or the book will be
useless. The words which sound like goat will be spelled "got." A word
sounding like gut will also be spelled "got." A word sounding like take
will be spelled "tek." Practice as much as possible!
Hostile Situations
Confrontation
Stop.
AM
Stop action.
Mn
Don't shoot.
a^nm
Don't move.
9^6\7im
Don't approach.
a^flf^o^
Don't make a sound.
±H UJ3D^
Drop your weapons.
??l LIE^H
Hands up.
^ 5(H
Come out.
USiil
Come forward.
St£S MSt
Come here.
Q|E{fit
Surrender.
»54Sl?t
mom-cho-ee
jong-jee
so-jee-ma
oom-j eek-ee-j ee-ma
jop-goon-ha-jee-ma
so-ree-nae-jee-ma
moo-gee nae-ryo-no-wa
son-du-ro
na-o-ra
a-pu-ro na-wa
ee-dee-wa
hang-bok-ha-ra
D-2
Turn around.
?lS£flf
twee-ro-do-ra
Lie face down.
Slfiel
op-du-ryo
Hands behind your back.
^S ^^
son-ul twee-ro
Obey orders.
aS^J^ ftf«
myong-ryong-dae-ro ha-ra
Do not resist.
SL^aBf7JD|
ban-hang-ha-jee-ma
You won't be harmed.
!<S|;^t^J101
hae-chee-jee-an-gey-so
You are a prisoner.
^U\^ S^DlOf
ja-nae-nun po-ro-ee-ya
Commands
Do it now.
?yS 31
chee-goom-hae
Follow orders.
^^s ^^\
myong-ryong-ul da-ra
Stand in line.
a MAI
joo-lo-so
Submit to search.
&^c4|S«i|
tam-saek-e-ung-hae
Quickly.
»^
bal-loo
Don't talk.
WSf^lOf
mal-ha-jee-ma
Be still.
:'fi*s| no\
ga-man-hee ee-so
Give me . . .
-^
. . . joo-o
Give me ID.
i.iS5 fl(
shin-boon-chung joo-o
Give me papers.
M^ fl
so-ryo joo-o
Give me your things.
:^nm fl
so-jee-poom joo-o
Empty your pockets.
JI^CHLJ SJ0fi4
ho-joo-mo-nee to-ro-na
Move.
S^OIEJ
oom-jeek-yo-ra
Get out of my way.
«l?|24
pee-kyo-ra
Come here.
g|?-i^
ee-dee-wa
Stay here.
o^?\ W01
yo-gee ee-so
Stay there.
Jl?l Elot
ko-gee ee-so
Lie down.
¥«
noo-wo
Sit down.
fttqf
an-ja
Eat this.
Q|?l ftiOl
ee-go mo-go
Be quiet.
^S^
cho-yong-hae
Get up.
ffltHLf
ee-ro-na
Follow me.
il^sdt
da-ra-wa
D-3
Questions
What is your name?
What is your rank?
What is your specialty?
What is your mission?
Where is your unit?
Who is in charge?
What size unit?
What weapons?
Where is/are the . . .?
Weapons
AAA
SAMs
Rocket launchers
Radar sites
Aircraft
Tanks
Mine fields
Show me on the map.
Draw a sketch map.
Give me the information.
Friendly Situations
Meet/Approach
Hello.
Nice to meet you.
See you again.
Thank you.
Good bye.
Don't worry.
Speak slowly.
Say/do again.
as}
ee-rum moo-o-ya?
kye-goop moo-o-ya?
tuk-gee-ga moo-o-ya?
im-moo-ga moo-o-ya?
boo-dae o-dee ee-so?
chee-we-gwan
noo-goo-jee-o?
boo-dae gyoo-mo?
moo-sun moo-gee?
. . . o-dee-ee-so-yo?
moo-gee
go-sa-po
chee-dae-kong-yoo-do-tan
ra-kaet bal-sa-gee
bang-yang-tam-je-gee
bee-haeng-gee
jon-cha
chee-rey chee-dae
chee-do-sang-e-so
bo-yo-joo-se-yo
yak-do gu-ryo-joo-se-yo
jong-bo joo-o
an-nyong-ha-se-yo
ban-gap-sum-nee-da
ta-shoe bop-shee-da
kam-sa-ham-nee-da
an-nyong-hee ka-se-yo
kok-jong-ha-jee-ma-se-yo
chon-chon-hee mal-ha-se-yo
da-shee han-bon
D-4
Request Help
Can you help me?
Does anyone speak
English?
Have you seen
NK soldiers?
Have you seen communists?
How many people?
Where did they go?
Where did you come from?
Did you see any ...?
Where is/are the ...?
Can you guide me?
Please give me a ride.
Please give me a map.
Show me on the map.
Draw a sketch map.
Can you describe?
Is he tall?
Is he short?
Is he fat?
How old?
Is it heavy?
Is it light?
Is it big?
Is it small?
Do you have food?
Is there water?
Can you give me shelter?
Can we hide here?
Can we camp here?
Do you have blankets?
I need medical care.
SAia
siQia
do-wa-jool-soo-ee-so-yo?
yong-o ha-nun sa-ram
ee-so-yo?
in-min-goon bwa-so-yo?
kong-san-goon bwa-so-yo?
myot-sa-ram?
o-dee-ro ka-so-yo?
o-dee-so wa-so-yo?
... bwa-so-yo?
... o-dee ee-so-yo?
a-nae-hal-soo-ee-so-yo?
cha tae-wo-joo-se-yo
chee-do joo-se-yo
chee-do-sang-e-so
bo-yo-joo-se-yo
yak-do gu-ree-se-yo
myo-sa hal-soo-ee-so-yo?
kee-ga ko-yo?
kee-gajak-a-yo?
doong-doong-hae-yo ?
myot-sal-ee-e-yo?
moo-go- wo-yo?
ka-byo-wo-yo?
ko-yo?
jak-a-yo?
um-sheek ee-so-yo?
mool-ee-so-yo?
sook-so jool-soo-ee-so-yo?
yo-gee-so soom-ul-soo-
ee-so-yo?
yo-gee-so ya-yong-hal-
soo-ee-so-yo?
dam-yo ee-so-yo?
chee-ryo pee-lee-o-hae-yo?
D-5
Do you have weapons?
?7| 5J^H
moo-gee ee-so-yo?
Please give us ammo.
^ejF 4.MI2
tan-yak jo-se-yo
Is there POL?
^^ W^fi
yon-yoo ee-so-yo?
My vehicle broke down.
KlJf Ji^yofs
cha-ga go-jang-na-so-yo
Provide Help
We came to help.
Eit ^Biaqa
do-wa joo-ro-wa-so-yo
We won't harm you.
5i^i:iJBta<Ha
hae-chee-jee-an-ge-so-yo
Please come in.
^D^.S.MS.
tu-ro-o-se-yo
Please come out.
MiAija
na-o-se-yo
Come this way.
fl|y S^il
ee-ree o-se-yo
Don't worry.
^3?Fflai^fi
kok-jong-ha-jee-ma-se-yo
You are safe here.
i>i5i^ ^s«a
yo-gee an-jon-hae-yo
We have plenty of food.
sA|s ^^^s.
um-sheek nok-hae-yo
We have potable water.
^t a*i2i
sheek-soo ee-so-yo
Are you sick?
ofiqa
a-pa-yo?
Does anyone need
:^mssBf^
chee-ryo pee-lee-o-hae-yo?
treatment?
Aia^&lfi
We can treat you.
;*i&a4^HJoifl
chee-ryo-hal-soo-ee-so-yo
We can give you shelter.
sook-so jool-soo-ee-so-yo
Be still.
Jfsjal 9i<H
ga-man-hee ee-so
Form a line.
S Ai^fi
jool-so-se-yo
It's too dangerous here.
^^\?l M¥
yo-gee-ga no-moo
flS^5l
wee-hom-hae-yo
You must keep moving.
n^
kye-sok oom-jeek-ee-o-
s^oiof^ja
ya-hae-yo
We will give you a ride.
^ aw^a^a
cha tae-wo-joo-ge-so-yo
We can't give you a ride.
^ MWS
cha tae-wo-jool-soo-
^acHa
op-so-yo
Please go . . .
... ^f^a
. . . ka-se-yo
North
^m^^
book-jok-u-ro
South
y*ss
nam-jok-u-ro
East
«^^3
dong-jok-u-ro
West
W^°iS
so-jok-u-ro
D-6
Ordinary Situations
Time
What time is it?
At what time?
When?
What day?
What date?
How long ago?
How many minutes?
How many hours?
How many days?
How many weeks?
Directions
Where is ...?
Is it nearby?
Can I walk there?
How far is it?
Can you guide me?
Is the road paved?
How is the road?
Where is this . . . ?
train going
bus going
Where are you going?
Please load.
Please unload.
Please get on.
Please get off.
It's too big.
It's too heavy.
S ■*■! ^ S myot-shee-e-yo?
SN*! myot-shee-e?
Elfl on-je?
^^S ^ moo-sun-yo-il?
y^t nal-ja?
UQF^ ^El Sol ol-ma-na o-re-jon-e?
S! ¥ myot-boon?
S^tZi myot-shee-gan?
Sftf myot-chill?
S ^U myot-joo-il?
... o-dee-ee-so-yo?
ka-ka-wo-yo?
ko-gee-ka-jee ko-ro-kal-
soo-ee-so-yo?
ol-ma-na mo-ro-yo?
a-nae-hal-soo-ee-so-yo?
do-ro-ga po-jang-two-
o-so-yo?
do-ro-ga o-te-yo?
. . . o-dee-ga-jee ka-yo?
ee-kee-cha
ee-bo-su
o-dee ka-se-yo?
jim-shil-ru-se-yo
jim-nae-ree-se-yo
ta-se-yo
nae-re-se-yo
no-moo ko-yo
no-moo moo-go-wo-yo
D-7
Food/Shelter
What food is there?
^fes^ saoiH
moo-sun um-sheek ee-so-yo?
Menu please?
m^ ^HK
me-nyoo-joo-se-yo?
What do you have to
?^ S^B
moo-sun um-ryo-mool
drink?
2J0{£
ee-so-yo?
How much is this ...?
0\7] tlDl^
... ee-go ol-ma-yo?
Is it ready?
5b| U SSDIS
choon-bee ta tae-so-yo?
How long is the wait?
^um ?m^^
ol-ma-na kee-ta-ryo-yo?
Can we eat here?
ft|J[Ai
yo-gee-so mok-ul-soo-
fl^a^SioiiL
ee-so-yo?
We will take it with us.
;^:M5Jlao^s
ka-jee-go-ka-ge-so-yo
Where can we stay?
4HCIA1
o-dee-so soo-bak-hal-
^ttt^ifSjoffi
soo-ee-so-yo?
Do you have a room?
^ acHa
bang ee-so-yo?
Signs
Stop
sn
jong-jee
Stop
B£
mom-choom
Checkpoint
^«±
gom-moon-so
MPs
««
hon-byong
Danger
^^
we-hom
Restricted area
fliy^^
je-han-goo-yok
Warning
gs
kyong-bo
Watchout
^Aiffl^i
joo-shee-hal-got
No smoking
^^
kum-yon
Slow down
^^^^A|S
sok-do na-choo-se-yo
Emergency exit
biy?
bee-sang-goo
Lifeboat
^sa
koo-myong-jong
Detour
¥51
oo-hwe
Mine field
WH^cl
chee-re chee-dae
Poison
ft^l
yoo-dok-mool
Military zone
SAf^fi)
goon-sa chee-ok
Keep out
ftU ^I^
choo-rip koom-jee
Don't go beyond
fliid
ee-son ee-sang-ga-gee-
0|-y^|J|DEJ^5S
ma-se-yo
Do not enter
^cr{;fX|Dt^2
tu-ro-ka-jee-ma-se-yo
D-8
Pictures forbidden
aa 3fl
chwall-yong koom-jee
Unpaved road
yisasts
bee-po-j ang-do-ro
Medical
I am a medic.
91333 1UMP
wee-saeng-byong im-nee-da
I will treat you here.
^JM1
yo-gee-so chee-ryo-hae-
^ISfl^iJDHfi
joo-ge-so-yo
I'll take you to
Sf^ol
byong-won-e de-ree-go-
the hospital.
tfl£^:i7maiH
ka-ge-so-yo
I am a doctor.
si/s| 2}^ti
wee-sa im-nee-da
Are you sick?
g^p^H
a-pa-yo?
Do you have a disease?
SI SaCifl
chill-byong ee-so-yo?
Where is your injury?
(^^ qsiQifi
o-dee da-cho-so-yo?
Where does it hurt?
(HQ7\ OlJys
o-dee-ga a-pa-yo?
Can you get up?
aJtHW^^OI^
e-ro-nal-soo-ee-so-yo?
Can you walk?
aS^El^S
ko-rul-soo-ee-so-yo?
I must give you a shot.
joo-sa no-a-joo-o-ya-dae-yo
I will bandage the wound.
y^lol KC«
sang-cho-e boong-dae
miB^no^s.
gam-a-du-ree-ge-so-yo
The bone is broken.
^^\ goiHQHa
byo-ga boo-ro-cho-so-yo
I must stop the bleeding.
^atiotsfa
jee-hyol-hae-ya-de-yo
What caused the injury?
n ¥-ysj!Oifi
we boo-sang-dang-
hae-so-yo?
Don't tense up.
fl^3f^(3fHlH
kin-jang-ha-jee-ma-se-yo
It'll be okay.
i^^^s.
kwaen-chan-ge-so-yo
Glossary
AAA
::iA)S
go-sa-po
AAA sites
[1S2£ IIM
dae-kong-po jin-jee
Above
m^
we-e
Afternoon
2*
o-hoo
Aircraft
ttlHJI
bee-haeng-gee
Aircraft carrier
^^S.^
hang-kong-mo-ham
Airfield (civilian)
€S
kong-hang
Airfield (military)
blff^
bee-haeng-jang
D-9
Air Force
S?
kong-goon
Alley
■ ^
gol-mok
Allies
oti
a-goon
American
n(^^
mee-gook-in
Ammo dump
&^::i
tan-yak-go
Ammunition
1*^
tan-yak
Anti-communist
Sl^d^fi|J5
ban-kong-san-joo-we-ja
Anti-government
^jg^Mt
ban-jong-bu-pa
Antibiotics
&y^
hang-saeng-je
Approach
as
jop-gun
Area
^01
chee-dae
Army
^5
yook-koon
Army group
sy^
jip-dan-goon
Arrive
SJfals
do-chak-hae-yo
Artillery
m.^
po-byong
Asian person
6^ A^H
dong-yang sa-ram
At/In/On/To
^
e
Bad
^^^
na-pa-yo
Bad water
^%m
o-yum-mool
Bandages
«t«
boong-dae
Base
?l^
kee-jee
Bathroom
S^^IA
wa-jang-shil
Battalion
P|[fl
dae-dae
Beef
±:aj[
so-go-gee
Before
El Ml
jon-e
Behind
?|D|
twee-e
Belly
M
bae
Below
DIM
a-rae
Black person
flSJ
hook-in
BHster
9JI
jong-gee
Blood
jq
pee
Boat
lil
bae
Bomber
^^:?\
pok-kyok-kee
Border
a^d
kyong-gye-son
Boulder
Ht*(
ba-wee
Bowl
-E*
ku-root
D-10
Bread
K
bang
Bridge
£|£J
ta-ree
Brigade
wy
yo-dan
Bring
aCl^^H
kat-da-joo-se-yo
Building
ai
gun-mool
Bulgogi
1:^71
bool-go-gee
Bum
wy
hwa-sang
Butt
3^01
ong-dong-ee
Camouflage
flg
wee-jang
Camp
ga
byong-yong
Can
sm
gang-tong
Car
n
cha
Cave
§^
dang-gool
Checkpoint
asi
gom-moon-so
Checkpoint (NK)
^t^il
cha-dan-so
Chest
Jie
ka-sum
Chicken
ttl^Jl
dak-go-gee
Child
m\
a-ee
Cigarette
^u|
tam-bae
City
£Ai
do-shee
Civilian
yy^
min-gan-in
Clean
.«S£t
kae-kut-han
Cliff
a^
jol-byok
Clothes
«
ot
Coast
biS^:'^
ba-dat-ga
Coastline
si?i^
hae-an-son
Coffee
?1^
ko-pee
CoUision
SS5IH
choong-dol-hae-yo
Come
S^H
o-se-yo
Come back
saijeiufi
to-ra-o-se-yo
Commander
jq«s
chee-we-gwan
Communists
*y2
kong-san-goon
Company
9C|
joong-dae
Corps
^y
goon-dan
Countryside
^1^
shee-qol
Courier
^9 Ejs
tuk-byoljon-ryong
D-11
Crash (aircraft)
^=trt£
choo-rak-hae-yo
Cup
^
jan
Danger
fifl
wee-hom
Date
^^
nal-cha
Dawn
A|3)
sae-byok
Day
W
ill
Daytime
^^
na-je
Dead guy
A^^^^
sa-mang-ja
Depart
SSUEl^
chool-bal-hae-yo
Depot
an
chang-go
Diarrhea
41 Af
sol-sa
Diesel
as
dee-jael
Direction
^a
bang-yang
Dirt road
fi£J
hook-kil
Dirty
q^l^H
do-ro-wo-yo
Division
M^
sa-dan
DMZ
Hi^a Jim
bee-moo-jang chee-dae
Doctor
^M
wee-sa
Document
^w
so-ryu
Downtown
^^
shee-nae
Drink
□ fAEfi
ma-shee-o
Driver
sa^f
oon-jon-sa
During
sy
dong-an
East
s^
dong-chok
Eat
^OHS
mo-go-yo
End
«
kut
Enemy
^S
jok-koon
EngHsh
a&i
yong-o
EnHsted
Afl
sa-byong
Enter
Soi:?l£i
tu-ro-ka-yo
Equipment
Stfi
jang-bee
Evening
^m
cho-nyok
Exit
tii^^
bee-sang-goo
Explosive
^^
pok-yak
Eye
fef
noon
D-12
Face
^^
o-gool
Facility
A|a
shee-sol
Factory
dS
kong-jang
Family
7m
ka-jok
Farmland
^n
nong-jee
Fast
»55
bal-lee
Fat
SgBl
doong-doong-hae
FEBA
a^J^aiHa
jon-too chee-ok jon-dan
Fighter plane
S^JI
jon-tu-gee
Finished
#yiois
kut-nae-so-yo
Fire
vm
bool/hwa
Fish
S:aj|
mool-go-gee
Flower
sj;f^
mil-ga-roo
Food
«^
um-sheek
Foot
w
bal
Friend
^r^
chin-goo
Fright
5S
kong-po
Front
aei
a-pe
Front line
aa
jon-son
Fruit
jifv
kwa-il
Fuel
«!*
yon-yoo
Garrison
^ff^i
ju-dun-jee
Gasoline
w&s^
hwe-bal-yoo
Get off
t|9|
nae-ryo
Give
^^a
jo-se-yo
Go
J^a
ka-yo
Go back
S&f:?!^
to-ra-ka-yo
Good
«Of:ei
cho-a-yo
Grenade
-^SEI
soo-ryoo-tan
Ground
S/A14t
dang/chee-sang
Group
^/ti
jo/dan
Guard
^^^
bo-cho-byong
Gully
^^n
gol-ja-gee
Hand
^
son
Head
CH^
mo-ree
Heavy
^^aiS
moo-go-wo-yo
D-13
Height
lEDI
no-pee
Help
ES
do-oom
Here
^?\
yo-gee
Highway
I^^Sii
go-sok-do-ro
Hill
^^
go-jee
Hospital
W^
byong-won
Hour
A|y
shee-gan
House
a
chip
How
oi*n
o-to-ke
ID
t!5e
shin-boon-chung
If
^ii
man-il
Industrial area
t^afld
san-op-chee-dae
Infantry
aa
bo-byong
Infection
sfl
o-yum
Inside
EILI
an-nae
Inside the city
i^lLI
shee-nae
Jeep
e
jeep
Job
3ia
jeek-op
JP4
iiS
hang-kong yol-yo
Kerosene
^^
sok-yoo
Kilometers
u^
kee-lo
Kimchee
sn
kim-chee
Knife
^
kal
Know
S^OIfi
a-ra-yo
Korean Language
*!^G|
han-gook-o
Lake
5:^
ho-soo
Large
ms.
ko-yo
Later
^^
hoo-e
Latrine
^±
byon-so
Leader
fl*l^
chee-huee-ja
Left
^s;
waen-chok
Leg
U^
ta-ree
Length
?|2|
kee-ree
Less
ei
dol
Lift
SOiS
du-ro-yu
D-14
Light
?1tf)flfi
ka-byo-wo-yo
Light
fl7f*
jon-gee-bool
Location
flS|
wee-chee
Look
^Hs.
bo-se-yo
Look for
«DF^^2
cha-ja-bo-se-yo
Lost the way
if aoii^aoiH
kil ee-ro-bo-ryo-so-yo
Machine gun
^m^
kee-gwan-chong
Maintenance facihty
gti|±
jong-bee-so
Malnutrition
?a?jiii
yong-yang-shil-jo
Man
y^f
nam-ja
Mandu
Et¥
man-doo
Many
BTftl
man-ee
Marines
319^
hae-byong-dae
Market
^9
shee-jang
Meat
:^7i
go-gee
Mechanic
Stfl*!
jong-bee-won
Medic
flys
wee-saeng-byong
Medicine
^
yak
Medium
s«
joong-hyong
Meeting
^e\
hwe-wee
MiHtary
SOI
koon-dae
Milk
^»
oo-yoo
Mine
^H
chee-rey
Mine field
?^«xim
chee-rey-chee-dae
Minute
«
boon
Missile
OfAfSJ
mee-sa-il
Mission
ti?
im-moo
Month
vm
wol/dal
More
ci a}D|
do man-ee
Morning
5:3wa
o-jon/a-chim
Motor pool
^SY
soo-song-boo
Mountain
^
san
Move
s^oia
oom-jeek-ee-o-yo
MP
&]^
hon-byong
My
stlr^^J
che/oo-ree
D-15
Name
015
ee-mm
Navy
fflS
hae-goon
NCO
*IMa
ha-sa-gwan
Night
n
bam
No
flfMla
a-nee-o
Noodles
^^
gook-soo
North
^^
buk-chok
North Korea
a|^
ee-book
North Korean soldiers
^^^
book-kwe-goon
Not know
^^S.
mo-la-yo
Now
Ma
chee-goom
Ocean
ulcl
ba-da
Officer
g^
chang-gyo
Oil
>|S
kee-rum
Old person
*ts ^^a
nulk-un sa-ram
Old thing
vr^ 5j
nalk-un got
Orders
fl^
myong-ryong
Outside the city
J^S\
shee-we
Over there
M:?\
cho-gee
Pants
HIM
ba-jee
Pass
^7|B
ho-ga-chung
Paved road
isa£i£
po-jang-toen do-ro
Person
Aft*
sa-ram
Pillbox
^ais
tuk-hwa-jom
Pilot
^SAI
jo-jong-sa
Pistol
ijfi
goo-won-chong
Place
a^
jang-so
Plain
HDt
pyong-ya
Plate
QAI
jop-she
Platoon
id
so-dae
Poison
54fl»
dok-yak
Pork
5|^
twe-gee
Position
«^
wee-chee
Potable water
t|^
shik-soo
Powdered milk
ffft
boon-yoo
Power plant
Sf3i:
bal-jon-so
D-16
Preparation
sw
choon-bee
Pro-communist
aetj^ejjq
chin-kong-san-choo-we-ja
Pro-government
a^*iii
chin-jong-boo-pa
Protection
«^
bang-o
Putin
a^Alfi
not-u-se-yo
Put on
«±A|fi
no-u-se-yo
Question
3S
chil-moon
Railroad yard/station
a^q
chol-do-yok
Rear area
^^^^
hoo-bang-chee-ok
Refugee
flysj
pee-nan-min
Regiment
atj
yon-dae
Relative
il^
chin-chok
Repeat
^^^^s.
ban-bok-ha-se-yo
Rice
&
bap
Rice cake
^
dok
Rice paddy
fe
non
Ride
^s.
ta-yo
Ridge
^a
nung-son
Rifle
iS
so-chong
Right
^^^
o-run-chok
River
a
kang
Road
a^s^
kil/do-ro
Rocket
a?f^
ra-ke-tu
RTB
^dtia
kwee-dae-hae-yo
SAMs
Wi«3ft£a
chee-dae-kong yoo-do-tan
SAM sites
J^t|5SEt>flJ| chee-dae-kong yoo-do-tan
jin-jee
Seaport
«E.^
hang-man
Send
^i|a
bo-nae-yo
Shelter
*f±
sook-so
Shoes
tlil
shin-bal
Shoot
&a\^n
sowat/sa-kyok-hae
Short
?|7I^S
kee-ga chak-un
Shortage
¥3^
boo-jok
Show
!i<?f^^H
bo-yo-joo-se-yo
D-17
Sign
3SW / y^
pyo-jee/gan-pan
Sink
SSfls
chim-mol-hae-yo
Slow
sa^
chon-chon-hee
Small
qe
chak-un
Soldiers
S£!
koon-in
Sorry
oisiifMHf
mee-an-ham-nee-da
Soup
^
gook
South
M^
nam-chok
South Korea
d|y
ee-nam
Spy
urn
gan-chop
Squad
»C|
boon-dae
Start
^1^
shee-jak
Stone
B
dol
Stop
S^
jong-jee
Story
orot^i
ee-ya-gee
Stronghold
71^
go-jom
Submarine
y^w
cham-soo-ham
Supplies
ass
bo-gup-poom
Supply base
Ma±
bo-gup-so
Supply route
sag
bo-gup-no
Tall
5171^
kee-ga-kun
Tank
a^
jon-cha
Tea
^
cha
Tent
fjQj
chon-mak
Thank you
itAfSlMa
kam-sa-ham-nee-da
There
n^\
ko-gee
They
ZE^[a&
ku-sa-ram-dul
Thin
DIS
ma-run
Thing
^'?|J?I
got/go/ge
Throw out
Wi^^S
bo-ryo-yo
Time
A|y
shee-gan
Today
sta
o-nool
Tomorrow
i|V
ne-il
Trail
ffiii
o-sol-kil
Train track
31^
chol-do
Transformer station
«s±
byon-jon-so
D-18
Transport
^SfflS
soo-song-hae-yo
Transport plane
^«J1
soo-song-gee
Travel permit
sas
choo-rip-jung
Treatment
ASM
chee-ryo
Tree
^^
na-moo
Troop concentration
fflBliJH^q
byong-ryok-jip-kyol-jee
Troop strength
^^
byong-ryok
Truck
MSf
tu-rok
Tuberculosis
34
kyol-haek
Tunnel
as
gaeng-do
Underground
XI 81
chee-ha
Underground faction
?:|aii^F|
chee-ha-jo-jeek-pa
Understand
omq^
ee-hae-hae-yo
Uniform
^M
koon-bok
Unit
¥CH
boo-dae
Unleaded
«iy as
bee-nap yol-ryo
Valley
Ji^
kye-gok
Vegetable
om
ya-chae
Vehicle
na
cha-ryang
Vessel (civiHan)
^^i
son-bak
Vessel (military)
^a
goon-ham
Village
o\m
ma-ul
Vitamins
BtE^y
bee-ta-min
Walk
aoi;Fa
ko-ro-ka-yo
Water
s
mool
We
^EJ
oo-ree
Weapon
^?\
moo-gee
Week
^V
joo-il
West
M^
so-chok
Westerner
Aia AUt
so-yang sa-ram
What
m
moo-o
When
HM
on-je
Where
Oiq
o-dee
White person
^^
paek-in
Who
¥^
noo-goo
D-19
Why
^
we
Width
UOI
nol-bee
Woman
Oj^f
yo-ja
Yankee (racial slur)
y^i
yang-kee
Yes
14
ne
Yesterday
^^
o-je
You
M 1 ytj
no/tang-shin
Young
SLi^
o-rin
Colors
Black
fl£!
ga-man
Blue
m&
pa-ran
Gray
n^
hwe-saek
Green
Jn^^
pa-ran-saek
Red
M^
bal-gan
White
«fa
ha-yan
Yellow
^5?
no-ran
Days of the Week
Monday
ti2^
wol-yo-il
Tuesday
«H^
hwa-yo-il
Wednesday
*fl^
soo-yo-il
Thursday
^2U
mok-yo-il
Friday
^ilSf
kum-yo-il
Saturday
^£11
to-yo-il
Sunday
ua^
ee-ryo-il
D-20
Numbers
1
'Ut^^
il/hana
2
Wi
ee/dul
3
iit^i
sam/saet
4
Mt^
sa/naet
5
SJQiii
o/da-sot
6
^KH^
yook/yo-sot
7
^ma
chil/il-gop
8
if/041(j
pal/yo-dull
9
=?ms
koo/a-hop
10
iii'H
ship/yull
11
iiw%t\^
ship-il/yull-ha-na
12
±JQ|;0»
ship-ee/yull-dool
20
ttjiif^m
ee-ship/soo-mool
30
^■a/Ai E
sam-ship/so-roon
40
Afy/Dffi
sa-ship/ma-hun
50
Siiim
o-ship/shwee-un
60
^£J/o<£
yook-ship/ye-sun
70
»^^D|&
chil-ship/ee-mn
80
a ^^01^
pal-ship/yo-dun
90
?tl'0|S
koo-ship/a-hun
100
B|
paek
1,000
£1
chon
10,000
Dl
man
D-21
APPENDIX E:
Individual Protective Measures
Individual protective measures are the conscious actions which people
take to guard themselves against physical harm. These measures can
involve simple acts, such as locking your car and avoiding areas where
crime is rampant. When physical protection measures are combined,
they form a personal security program, the object of which is to make
yourself a harder target. The following checklists contain basic individ-
ual protective measures that, if understood and followed, may signifi-
cantly reduce your vulnerability towards the security threats overseas
(foreign intelligence, security services, and terrorist organizations). If
you are detained or taken hostage, following the measures listed in these
checklists may influence and improve your treatment.
Protective Measures Against Foreign Inteiiigence
and Security Services
■ Avoid any actions or activities that are illegal, improper, or indiscreet.
■ Guard your conversation, and keep sensitive papers in your custody
at all times.
■ Take it for granted that you are under surveillance by both technical
and physical means, including:
□ Communications monitoring (telephone, telex, mail, and radio)
□ Photography
□ Search
□ Eavesdropping in hotels, offices, and apartments
■ Do not discuss sensitive matters:
□ On the telephone
□ In your room
□ In a car, particularly in front of an assigned driver
E-1
■ Do not leave sensitive personal or business papers:
□ In your room
□ In the hotel safe
□ In a locked suitcase or briefcase
□ In unattended cars, offices, trains, or planes
□ Open to photography from the ceiling
□ In wastebaskets as drafts or doodles
■ Do not try to defeat surveillance by trying to slip away from follow-
ers or by trying to locate "bugs" in your room. These actions will
only generate more interest in you. If you feel you are under surveil-
lance, act as natural as possible, get to the safest location possible
(your office, hotel, U.S. Embassy), and contact your superior.
■ Avoid offers of sexual companionship. They may lead to a room raid,
photography, and blackmail. Prostitutes in many countries report to
the police, work for a criminal organization, or are sympathetic to
insurgent or terrorist organizations; in other words, anti-U.S. Others
may be employed by an intelligence service.
■ Be suspicious of casual acquaintances and quick friendships with
local citizens in intelligence/terrorist threat countries. In many coun-
tries, people tend to stay away from foreigners and do not readily or
easily make contact. Many who actively seek out friendships with
Americans may do so as a result of government orders, or at the least,
for personal gain.
In your personal contacts, follow these guidelines:
■ Do not attempt to keep up with your hosts in social drinking.
■ Do not engage in black market activity for money or goods.
■ Do not sell your possessions.
■ Do not bring in or purchase illegal drugs.
E-2
Do not bring in pornography.
Do not bring in religious literature for distribution. (You may bring
one Bible, Koran or other religious material for your own personal
use.)
Do not seek out religious or political dissidents.
Do not take ashtrays, towels, menus, glasses, or other mementos
from hotels or restaurants.
Do not accept packages, letters, etc., from local citizens for delivery
to the U.S.
Do not make political comments or engage in political activity.
Do not be lured into clandestine meetings with would-be informants
or defectors.
Be careful about taking pictures. In some countries it is unwise to
take photographs of scenes that could be used to make unfavorable
comparisons between U.S. and Latin standards of living or other cul-
tural differences. Avoid taking any photographs from moving buses,
trains, or aircraft.
The following picture subjects are clearly prohibited in most coun-
tries where an intelligence or terrorist/insurgent threat is evident:
□ Police or military installations and personnel
□ Bridges
□ Fortifications
□ Railroad facilities
□ Tunnels
□ Elevated trains
□ Border areas
□ Industrial complexes
□ Port complexes
□ Airports
E-3
What To Do If You Are Detained,
Most intelligence and security services in threat countries detain persons
for a wide range of real or imagined wrongs. The best advice, of course,
is to do nothing that would give a foreign service the least reason to pick
you up. If you are arrested or detained by host nation intelligence or
security, however, remember the following:
■ Always ask to contact the U.S. Embassy. You are entitled to do so
under international diplomatic and consular agreements, to which
most countries are signatories.
■ Phrase your request appropriately. In Third World countries, how-
ever, making demands could lead to physical abuse.
■ Do not admit to wrongdoing or sign anything. Part of the detention
ritual in some threat countries is a written report you will be asked or
told to sign. Decline to do so, and continue demanding to contact the
embassy or consulate.
■ Do not agree to "help" your detainer. The foreign intelligence or secu-
rity service may offer you the opportunity to "help" them in return for
releasing you, foregoing prosecution, or not informing your employer
or spouse of your indiscretion. If they will not take a simple "no," delay
a firm commitment by saying that you have to think it over.
■ Report to your supervisor immediately. Once your supervisor is
informed, the embassy or consulate security officer needs to be
informed. Depending on the circumstances and your status, the
embassy or consulate may have to provide you assistance in depart-
ing the country expeditiously.
■ Report to your unit's security officer and your service's criminal inves-
tigative branch upon returning to the U.S. This is especially important
if you were unable to report to the embassy or consulate in country.
Remember, you will not be able to outwit a foreign intelligence organi-
zation. Do not compound your error by betraying your country.
E-4
Protective Measures Against ttie Foreign Terrorist Tlireai
Terrorism may seem like mindless violence committed without logic or
purpose, but it isn't. Terrorists attack soft and undefended targets, both
people and facilities, to gain political objectives they see as out of reach
by less violent means. Many of today's terrorists view no one as inno-
cent. Thus, injury and loss of life are justified as acceptable means to
gain the notoriety generated by a violent act in order to support their
cause.
Because of their distinctive dress, speech patterns, and outgoing person-
alities, Americans are often highly visible and easily recognized when
they are abroad. The obvious association of U.S. military personnel with
their government enhances their potential media and political worth as
casualties or hostages. Other U.S. citizens are also at risk, including
political figures, police, intelligence personnel, and VIPs (such as busi-
nessmen and celebrities).
Therefore, you must develop a comprehensive personal security pro-
gram to safeguard yourself while traveling abroad. An awareness of the
threat and the practice of security procedures like those advocated in
"Crime Prevention" programs are adequate precautions for the majority
of people. While total protection is impossible, basic common sense
precautions such as an awareness of any local threat, elimination of pre-
dictable travel and lifestyle routines, and security consciousness at your
quarters or work locations significantly reduce the probability of success
of terrorist attacks.
To realistically evaluat e your individual security program, you must
understand how terrorists select and identify their victims. Terrorists
generally classify targets in terms of accessibility, vulnerability, and
political worth (symbolic nature). These perceptions may not be based
on the person's actual position, but rather the image of wealth or impor-
tance they represent to the public. For each potential target, a risk ver-
sus gain assessment is conducted to determine if a terrorist can victimize
E-5
a target without ramifications to the terrorist organization. It is during
this phase that the terrorist determines if a target is "hard or soft." A
hard target is someone who is aware of the threat of terrorism and
adjusts his personal habits accordingly. Soft targets are oblivious to the
threat and their surroundings, making an easy target.
Identification by name is another targeting method gathered from air-
craft manifests, unit/duty rosters, public documents (Who's Who or the
Social Register), personnel files, discarded mail, or personal papers in
trash. Many targets are selected based upon their easily identifiable sym-
bols or trademarks, such as uniforms, luggage (seabags or duffle bags),
blatant national symbols (currency, tatoos, and clothing), and decals and
bumper stickers.
Security While Traveiing
Travel on temporary duty (TAD/TDY) abroad may require you to stay in
commercial hotels. Being away from your home duty station requires
increasing your security planning and awareness; this is especially
important when choosing and checking into a hotel and during your res-
idence there.
The recent experiences with airport bombings and airplane hijacking
suggest some simple precautions:
■ You should not travel on commercial aircraft outside the continental
U.S. in uniform.
■ Prior to traveling by commercial aircraft, you should screen your
wallet and other personal items, removing any documents (that is,
credit cards, club membership cards, etc.) which would reveal your
military affiliation.
NOTE: Current USMC policy requires service members to wear two
I.D. tags with metal necklaces when on official business. Also, the
E-6
current I.D. card must be in possession at all times. These require-
ments include travel to or through terrorist areas. In view of these
requirements, the service member must be prepared to remove and
conceal these, and any other items which would identify them as mil-
itary personnel, in the event of a skyjacking.
You should stay alert to any suspicious activity when traveling and
keep in mind that the less time you spend in waiting areas and lob-
bies, the better. This means adjusting your schedule to reduce your
wait at these locations.
You should not discuss your military affiliation with anyone during
your travels because it increases your chances of being singled out as
a symbolic victim.
In case of an incident, you should not confront a terrorist or present a
threatening image. The lower profile you present, the less likely you
will become a victim or bargaining chip for the terrorists, and your
survivability increases.
Surviving a Hostage Situation
The probability of anyone becoming a hostage is very remote. However,
as a member of the Armed Forces, you should always consider yourself
a potential hostage or terrorist victim and reflect this in planning your
affairs, both personal and professional. You should have an up-to-date
will, provide next of kin with an appropriate powers-of-attorney, and
take measures to ensure your dependents financial security if necessary.
Experience has shown that concern for the welfare of family members is
a source of great stress to kidnap victims.
Do not be depressed if negotiation efforts appear to be taking a long
time. Remember, chance of survival actually increases with time. The
physical and psychological stress while a hostage could seem overpow-
ering, but the key to your well-being is to approach captivity as a mis-
E-7
sion. Maintaining emotional control, alertness, and introducing order
into each day of captivity will ensure your success and survival with
honor.
During interaction with captors, maintaining self-respect and dignity
can be keys to retaining status as a human being in the captor's eyes.
Complying with instructions, avoiding provocative conversations (polit-
ical, religious, etc.), and establishing a positive relationship will
increase survivability. Being polite and freely discussing insignificant
and nonessential matters can reinforce this relationship. Under no cir-
cumstance should classified information be divulged. If forced to
present terrorist demands to the media, make it clear that the demands
are those of the captors and that the plea is not made on your own
behalf. You must remember that you are an American service member;
conduct yourself with dignity and honor while maintaining your
bearing.
Hostages sometimes are killed during rescue attempts; consequently,
you should take measures to protect yourself during such an action.
Drop to the floor immediately, remaining still and avoiding any sudden
movement; select a safe corner if it offers more security than the floor.
Do not attempt to assist the rescuing forces, but wait for instructions.
After the rescue, do not make any comment to the media until you have
been debriefed by appropriate U.S. authorities.
E-8
APPENDIX F:
FIRST AID/HOT AND COLD WEATHER SURVIVAL
FIRST AID
First aid is the immediate treatment administered to a casualty before
they can reach medical assistance. Prompt and correct first aid for
wounds will not only speed healing, but will often save a life — and that
life may be yours ! The most important points are to remain calm and
use common sense. This short guide is intended as an emergency refer-
ence. The tactical situation and the expertise of the personnel present
may influence treatment decisions.
The four priority life-saving steps in first aid are:
Restore breathing and pulse.
Stop bleeding.
Protect the wound.
Prevent or treat shock.
VITAL SIGNS
To Feel for a Pulse
1. Place the tips of index and middle fingers on the thumb side of the
casualty's wrist to feel for a pulse. Do not use your thumb as this will
confuse the casualty's pulse with your own.
2. If a pulse cannot be felt at the wrist, check the carotid pulse gently
with your fingertips (it is located in a groove next to the windpipe, deep
in the neck) or the femoral pulse (deep in the groin).
3. Once a pulse has been located, count the number of beats in 15 sec-
onds and multiply by 4 or if the pulse is very slow or irregular, count for
60 seconds. A pulse rate may vary depending on the casualty's
condition.
F-1
The normal adult male heart rate is between 70 to 80 beats/ minute, for a
female the rate is 75 to 80, and for a young child 82 to 180. However,
excitement, exercise, or fever may increase the rate. Be sure to note
whether the pulse is weak, full, bounding, or irregular.
Look and Listen for Breathing
Look for the rise and fall of the chest. If it is cold, there may be frost on
the casualty's breath.
Place your ear near their mouth and listen for breathing. Note whether
the breathing is regular, rapid, shallow, or shows signs of difficulty.
Check airway for obstructions.
C/7ec/c for Wounds and Injuries
Look at the casualty from head to foot checking for bleeding, open
wounds, external signs of internal injuries and other problems. Remem-
ber that many wounds, particularly bullet wounds, have both an entrance
and exit hole; check for both.
CPR
Artificial Respiration
If the casualty is not breathing check airway and remove any obstruc-
tions using hooked fingers.
Mouth-to-Mouth Method. With patient lying on back, hold jaw well
open while bending head back to prevent tongue from falling and block-
ing airway. Hold nostrils closed with other hand. Place mouth over
patient's mouth and exhale. Watch for chest to rise as you blow gently
into patient's lungs. If chest does not rise, perform an abdominal thrust
to remove any obstruction (the Heimlich maneuver). Take a breath
while watching for fall of casualty's exhale.
For a child: Do not blow. Exhale normally, or in the case of a baby, in
gentle puffs. Blowing forcefully into a child's mouth can damage deli-
cate lungs.
F-2
Arm-Lift Method. If mouth to mouth technique is not possible due to
facial injury or NBC contamination, use the arm-lift method. With
casualty on back, check airway for obstructions and kneel behind the
casualty's head. Grasp the casualty's hands and place them on the lower
ribs, rock forward, pressing downward and forcing air out of the casu-
alty's lungs. When you meet firm resistance lift the arms upward and
backward as far as possible. This process of lifting and stretching the
arms increases the size of the chest cavity and draws air into the lungs.
Repeat cycle of Press-Lift-Stretch.
REPEAT either method, as quickly as possible for first six inflations,
then at 12 repetitions per minute until normal breathing is reestablished.
DON'T GIVE UP!
If no pulse, start alternating cardiac resuscitation and artificial respira-
tion. Give 2 full breaths for each cycle of 15 compressions in single res-
cuer CPR.
Cardiac Resuscitation
Regardless of the method of artificial respiration, if there is no pulse
and, after 10 to 15 seconds, there is no apparent improvement in the
casualty's condition, cardiac resuscitation (external heart massage)
should be started. There is no time to lose! If the rescuer can't feel a
pulse he is going to have to circulate the blood as well as breathe for the
casualty.
External Chest Compression. The casualty must be always in the hor-
izontal and supine (lying on their back) position when external chest
compression is performed. During cardiac arrest, even during properly
performed chest compression, inadequate blood flow to the brain may
exist when the body is in an upright position.
1 . With the middle and index fingers of the lower hand, locate the lower
margin of the casualty's rib cage on the side next to the rescuer.
2. Run the fingers along the rib cage to the notch where the ribs meet
the sternum in the center of the lower chest.
F-3
3. With the middle finger on the notch, place the index finger next to the
middle finger on the lower end of the sternum.
4. Place the heel of the other hand (which had been used on the fore-
head to maintain head position) on the lower half of the sternum, and
just next to the index finger which is next to the middle finger that
located the notch. The long axis of the heel of your hand should be
placed on the long axis of the breastbone. This will keep the main line
of force of compression on the breastbone and decrease the chance of
rib fracture.
5. Remove the first hand from the notch, and place it on top of the hand
on the sternum so that hands are parallel and directed straight away from
the rescuer.
6. The fingers may be either extended or interlaced but must be kept off
the chest.
7. Straighten the elbows by locking them, and position your shoulders
directly over your hands so that the thrust for external chest compres-
sion is straight down. If the thrust is other than straight down, the torso
has a tendency to roll, part of the effort is lost, and the chest compres-
sion is less effective and requires an inefficient amount of effort.
8. To compress the sternum of a normal-size adult you must push with
enough force to depress the breastbone 1 1/2 to 2 inches. With each
compression you want to squeeze the heart or increase the pressure
within the chest so that blood moves through the body. You must com-
press at a rate of 80 to 100 times per minute.
9. If you use the weight of your body, you do not depend on the strength
of your arms and shoulders as much. Instead of having to push from
your shoulders, you let the natural weight of your body falling forward
provide the force to depress the casualty's sternum. Keep arms straight.
10. Do not lift your hands off the chest, or change their position in any
way, because correct hand position may be lost. Bouncing compres-
sions must be avoided since they are less effective and are more likely to
cause injury and additional problems.
F-4
BLEEDING
External bleeding falls into the following classifications:
Arterial. Blood vessels called arteries carry blood away from the heart
and through the body. A cut artery issues bright red blood from the
wound in distinct spurts or pulses. This is the most serious type of
bleeding and needs to be controlled promptly.
Venous. Venous blood is blood that is returning to the heart through
blood vessels called veins. A steady flow of dark red, maroon, or bluish
blood characterizes bleeding from a vein.
Capillary. The capillaries are extremely small vessels that connect the
arteries with the veins. Capillary bleeding most commonly occurs in
minor cuts and scrapes.
Some methods for bleeding control are direct pressure, elevation, or
tourniquet.
Direct Pressure. The most effective way to control external bleeding is
by applying pressure directly over the wound. It has to be both firm
enough to stop the bleeding and maintained long enough to "seal off
the damaged surface. If bleeding continues after having applied direct
pressure for 30 minutes, apply a pressure dressing (a thick dressing of
gauze or other suitable material applied directly over the wound and
held in place with a tightly wrapped bandage).
Elevation. Raising an injured extremity as high as possible above the
heart's level slows blood loss by aiding the return of the blood to the
heart and lowering the blood pressure at the wound. However, elevation
alone will not control bleeding entirely; you must also apply direct pres-
sure over the wound.
Tourniquet. Use a tourniquet only when direct pressure over the bleed-
ing point and all other methods failed to control the bleeding. If you
leave a tourniquet in place too long, the damage to the tissues can lead to
gangrene and loss of the limb later. An improperly applied tourniquet
can also cause permanent damage to the nerves and other tissues at the
site on the constriction.
F-5
If you must use a tourniquet, place it around the extremity between the
wound and the heart, 5 to 10 cms about the wound site. Never place it
directly over the wound or fracture. Use a stick as a handle to tighten it
only enough to stop the blood flow. When you have tightened the tour-
niquet, bind the free end of the stick to the limb to prevent unwinding.
After you secure the tourniquet, clean and bandage the wound.
SUCKING CHEST WOUND
1. Examine casualty and expose a large area around the wound.
Remember to check for exit wound on opposite side. Cut away cloth-
ing, if necessary.
2. All penetrating chest wounds will be treated as sucking chest
wounds.
NOTE: The characteristic hissing, sucking, and fluttering noise that is
produced as the patient breathes may not be present.
3. A sucking chest wound must be closed immediately by any means
available. Use the palm of your hand initially to seal the wound and
prevent additional air from entering the chest (thoracic) cavity. The
wound should be sealed after the patient forcibly exhales. Treatment
should not be delayed to prepare dressings.
4. Prepare an air tight (occlusive) dressing of plastic. Sterility should
be maintained to prevent further wound contamination. The rescuer
might consider using the inside of the plastic wrappers from trauma
pads, IV bags, or other medical supplies as these are relatively sterile.
The occlusive dressing should be at least 2 inches wider than the diame-
ter of the wound.
5. Cut plastic to required size. Place in palm of hand (clean side up)
and apply directly to the wound. Secure three sides of the plastic to the
patient with 3 -inch adhesive tape. Have the patient forcibly exhale. At
the end of the exhalation, seal the remaining side with adhesive tape.
When sweating prevents maintaining a seal (i.e., tape does not stick to
the patient) or if the wound is massive, trauma pads should be placed
with cravats.
F-6
6. Have the casualty lie on the injured side to allow the lung on the
uninjured side to expand more freely. Treat for shock and evacuate.
7. Reassess patient's vital signs frequently (respiration rate and quality,
breath sounds, blood pressure, and pulse).
8. Should the patient develop increasing respiratory difficulty and
extreme restlessness and anxiety, air trapped in the chest cavity (tension
pneumothorax) must be suspected. The signs of tension pneumothorax
are:
a. Blueness of skin (cyanosis)
b. Tracheal deviation
c. Weak, rapid pulse
d. Decreased or lowered blood pressure (hypotension)
If tension pneumothorax is suspected, immediately lift on corner of the
occlusive dressing to break the seal and allow the release of excessive
air pressure from the thoracic cavity. The patient's condition should
improve as the pressure is released. The occlusive dressing should then
be resealed after the patient forcibly exhales.
OTHER WOUNDS
Head. Elevate head. Clean the airway and protect wounded. Position
head to allow drainage from mouth. Do not give morphine.
Jaw. Clean and maintain airway, stop bleeding with direct pressure, do
not bandage mouth shut, support jaw, position head to allow drainage
from mouth.
Belly. Do not touch or replace organs. Use loose, dry sterile dressing.
Give no food or liquids.
SHOCK
Signs/Symptoms. Pale, clammy weak skin, nervousness and thirst.
They may pass out.
F-7
First Aid
1. Lay patient on back, elevate feet, loosen clothing, keep warm.
2. Feed hot liquids if conscious.
3. Turn head to side if unconscious. Remember, shock can kill.
SPRAINS, FRACTURES, AND DISLOCATIONS
Signs/Symptoms. Localized pain and swelling possibly accompanied
by discoloration. If a fractured bone protrudes through the surface of
the skin, it is considered a compound fracture and the wound should be
treated accordingly. Dislocations and fractures may exhibit obvious
deformity.
First Aid
1. Remove clothing around the site of the affected area or dislocation. If
necessary, cut clothing rather than causing further injury or discomfort.
2. Prior to and following splinting, check blood circulation and for
feeling.
3. Splint all fractures in a manner which immobilizes both the joint
above and the joint below the fracture site.
4. Fracture joints should gently be returned to splinting position if this
can be accomplished without using excessive force or causing the
patient to experience extreme pain.
5. Joints that cannot be gently returned to splinting position should be
splinted in their current position.
6. Straighten fracture of a long bone with gentle traction prior to
splinting.
7. Cover all open wounds with sterile dressings prior to application of a
splint.
8. Pad all splints to prevent excessive pressure.
9. Immobilize fractures prior to evacuating.
F-8
10. Splint fractures of the lower arm with the hand in position of func-
tion.
11. Apply gentle traction while splinting.
12. Leave fingers and toes exposed if possible.
13. Splint should not impair circulation.
14. Elevate the extremity following immobilization, where possible.
15. Elevate the injury, and for sprains apply ice to the affected area peri-
odically for approximately 24 to 48 hours following the injury.
16. For dislocations immobilize and apply ice to the affected area peri-
odically for approximately 24 to 48 hours following the injury.
HOT WEATHER SURVIVAL
A key factor in hot weather survival is understanding the relationship
between physical activity, air temperature, and water consumption. Your
body's normal temperature is 36.9 °C (98.6 °F). Your body gets rid of
excess heat (cools off) by sweating, the principle cause of water loss. If
a person stops sweating during periods of high air temperature and
heavy work or exercise, he will quickly develop heat stroke. This is a
medical emergency that requires immediate medical attention. The fig-
ure on page F-10 shows daily water requirements for various work
levels.
Understanding how the air temperature and your physical activity affect
your water requirements allows you to take measures to get the most
from your water supply. These measures are —
■ Find shade. Get out of the sun.
■ Place something between you and the hot ground.
■ Limit your movements.
■ Conserve your sweat. Wear your complete uniform, to include your
T-shirt. Your clothing will absorb your sweat, keeping it against your
skin so that you gain its cooling effect.
F-9
30
25
20
15
10
^,1
z-::/:/'^
^^^
15 20 25 30 35 40 45
DAILY MEAN AIR TEMPERATURE, DEGREES C
50
A: Hard work in sun (creeping and crawling witli equipment on).
B: IModerate worl< in tlie sun (cleaning weapons and equipment).
C: Rest in shade.
This graph shows water needs, in liters per day, for men at three activity levels in
relation to the daily mean air temperature. For example, if one is doing eight hours of
hard work in the sun (curve A) when the average temperature for the day is 50
degrees C (horizontal scale) one's water requirement for the day will be
approximately 25 liters (vertical scale).
F-10
■ Do not allow your thirst to be a guide for your need for water. You
are already 2 percent dehydrated by the time you crave fluids. Drink-
ing water at regular intervals helps your body remain cool and
decreases sweating. Conserve your fluids by reducing activity during
the heat of the day.
HEAT INJURIES
Dehydration
Dehydration results from inadequate replacement of lost body fluids. A
1-5 percent fluid loss results in thirst, vague discomfort, lack of appetite,
flushed skin, irritability, and nausea. A 6-10 percent loss results in diz-
ziness, headache, labored breathing, no salivation, indistinct speech, and
inability to walk. An 11-20 percent loss results in delirium, swollen
tongue, inability to swallow, dim vision, painful urination, and numb-
ness. A greater than 20 percent fluid loss is usually fatal. Always drink
adequate amounts of fluid. At the first signs of dehydration, get in the
shade, keep cool, loosen clothes, and rest. Consume water with a little
dissolved salt (a pinch per pint).
Heat Cramps
The loss of salt due to excessive sweating causes heat cramps. Symp-
toms are moderate to severe muscle cramps in legs, arms, and/or abdo-
men. These symptoms may start as a mild muscular discomfort. You
should now stop all activity, get in the shade, and drink water. If you fail
to recognize the early symptoms and continue your physical activity,
you will have severe muscle cramps and pain. Treat as for heat exhaus-
tion, below.
Heat Exhaustion
A large loss of body water and salt causes heat exhaustion. Symptoms
are headache, mental confusion, irritability, excessive sweating, weak-
ness, dizziness, cramps, and pale, moist, cold (clammy) skin. Immedi-
ately get the casualty under shade. Make them lie on a stretcher or
similar item about 45 cm off the ground. Loosen their clothing, sprinkle
F-11
with water, and fan the casualty. Have them drink small amounts of
water every 3 minutes. Ensure they stay quiet and rest.
Heat Stroke
This is a severe heat injury caused by extreme loss of water and salt and
the body's inability to cool itself. The casualty may die if not cooled
immediately. Symptoms are a lack of sweat, hot and dry skin, headache,
dizziness, fast pulse, nausea and vomiting, and mental confusion leading
to unconsciousness. Immediately get the casualty to shade. Loosen
clothing and lay them on a stretcher or similar item 45 cm off the
ground. Pour water on and fan them. Massage their arms, legs, and
body. If the casualty regains consciousness, let them drink small
amounts of water every 3 minutes.
COLD WEATHER SURVIVAL
EFFECTS OF COLD
In extreme cold, a soldier can become numb and indifferent to non-
essential tasks. Essential tasks require more time and effort. It has been
repeatedly demonstrated that at temperatures lower than -10° F, all other
problems lose significance in the personal battle for survival. The
human body must be protected. To remain functional, it must be kept
clean, dry, and reasonably warm, and normal body processes must be
maintained. Rest and nourishment are vital. Remember four basic rules:
■ Keep in shape.
■ Drink plenty of water.
■ Eat to keep fit.
■ Maintain a positive attitude.
WINDCHILL
When a high wind is blowing, we feel much colder than when it is calm.
Windchill is a measure of the combined effects of wind and tempera-
ture. To effectively gauge it, some scale must be used; the most com-
monly used is the windchill chart. The windchill chart (shown on page
F-12
WIND SPEED
COOLING POWER OF WIND EXPRESSED AS "EQUIVALENT CHILL TEMPERATURE"
KNOTS
MPH
TEMPERATURE (°F)
CALM
CALM
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
-5
-10
-15
-20
-25
-30
-35
-40
-45
-50
-55
■J
EQUIVALEMrCHLLTEI\/PERARJRE |
3-6
5
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
-5
-10
-15
-20
-25
-30
-35
-40
-45
-50
-55
-60
-70
7-10
10
30
20
15
10
5
-10
-15
-20
-25
-35
-40
-45
-50
-60
-65
-70
-75
-80
-90
-95
11-15
15
25
15
10
-5
-10
-20
-25
-30
-40
-45
-50
-60
-65
-70
-80
-85
-90
-100
-105
-110
16-19
20
20
10
5
-10
-15
-25
-30
-35
-45
-50
-60
-65
-75
-80
-85
-95
-100
-110
-115
-120
20-23
25
15
10
-5
-15
-20
-30
-35
-45
-50
-60
-65
-75
-80
-90
-95
-105
-110
-120
-125
-135
24-28
30
10
5
-10
-20
-25
-30
-40
-50
-55
-65
-70
-80
-85
-95
-100
-110
-115
-125
-130
-140
29-32
35
10
5
-5
-10
-20
-30
-35
-40
-50
-60
-65
-75
-80
-90
-100
-105
-115
-120
-130
-135
-145
33-36
40
10
-5
-10
-20
-30
-35
-45
-55
-60
-70
-75
-85
-95
-100
-110
-115
-125
-130
-140
-150
Winds Above
40 MPH Have
Little Additional
Effect
LITTLE DANGER
INCREASING DANGER
Flesli may freeze within 1 minute
GREATDANGER
Flesh may freeze within 30 seconds
Windchill Chart
F-13) is a simple and practical guide showing when cold weather is dan-
gerous and when exposed flesh is likely to freeze.
COLD WEATHER CLOTHING
Cold weather clothing systems use the design principles of insulate,
layer, and ventilate.
Insulation reduces the amount of body heat lost to the environment. By
regulating the amount of insulation, you can regulate the amount of
body heat lost.
Layering Several layers of clothing provide more insulation and flexi-
bility than one heavy garment, even if the heavy garment is as thick as
the combined layers. The secret is dead air space between layers. The
more dead air space, the greater the insulating value. Layers can be
F-13
added as it gets colder and taken away as it warms up or as work
increases.
Ventilation helps maintain a comfortable body temperature by allowing
the wearer to get rid of excess heat and body moisture. Ventilate either
by opening the clothing or by removing insulating layers before you
start to sweat.
Remember the acronym COLD to quickly check your adherence to the
cold weather clothing principles; keep it Clean, avoid Overheating,
wear it Loose and in layers, and keep it Dry (removing snow and frost
before entering a shelter is particularly important in keeping clothing
dry).
EFFECTS OF COLD WEATHER ON NOURISHMENT
Caloric Intake. A basic fact of cold weather operations is that soldiers
must eat more than usual to function. In cold weather, the greater part
of what you eat and drink maintains body heat, while a small proportion
produces energy for physical work. Approximately 4,500 calories per
day are necessary to do hard, continuous work.
Fluids. The body loses liquid at an exceptional rate in arctic conditions
due to evaporation, exertion, and low humidity. However carefully you
adjust clothing and ventilation, the heavy exertion of movement on foot
and preparation of bivouacs and defenses exacts its toll in sweat and loss
of moisture in the breath. These liquids must be regularly replaced,
preferably by hot drinks which, if they contain sugar, have the additional
advantage of providing extra calories.
COLD INJURIES
The destructive influence of cold on the human body falls into two cate-
gories; non-freezing and freezing injuries.
Non-freezing Injuries
Chilbains. This is a superficial tissue injury of the hands, ears or nose,
which occurs after prolonged exposure of the bare skin to temperatures
above freezing. It appears most often when high winds and high humid-
ity accompany low but non-freezing temperatures. Symptoms include
an initial pallor of the exposed areas. There will be redness, swelling.
F-14
increased warmth, and a sensation of itching after rew arming. Superfi-
cial blisters or ulcers may appear with repeated episodes.
Treatment
■ In the initial stages, gradually rewarm exposed area(s) at room
temperature.
■ If the face is involved, you may simply hold a warm hand to the area.
■ If the hands are affected, place them in the armpits or crotch.
■ If blisters form, gently cleanse the area and protect it to avoid
infection.
Prevention
■ Avoid prolonged exposure to the elements.
■ Protect the obvious exposed areas with adequate clothing and
covering.
Trench Foot/Immersion Foot. Trench foot and immersion foot are
injuries caused by the prolonged exposure of skin to cold water or
dampness at temperatures usually ranging from just above freezing to
50°F. In the early stages, the feet and toes are cold, numb, and stiff, and
walking becomes difficult. The feet smell, swell, and become painful.
Treatment
■ Gentle drying, elevation, and exposure to temperatures of 64° to
72°F.
■ Bed rest, cleanliness, and pain relief.
Prevention
■ Change to dry socks three times daily or as often as necessary.
■ Use foot powder.
■ Wear VB boots.
■ If leather boots are worn, dry them whenever possible.
Hypothermia. Simply stated, hypothermia is a lowering of the temper-
ature of the body's inner core. This happens when the body loses heat
faster than it can produce it. The potential for this condition will be
F-15
increased in the presence of fatigue, inadequate hydration, poor nutri-
tion, inadequate protective clothing, and cold water immersion. It must
be remembered that freezing temperatures are not necessary to produce
hypothermia. Wind, rain, and cold temperatures also cause loss of body
heat which can result in hypothermia. Symptoms include uncontrolla-
ble shivering, trouble walking and poor coordination, difficulty speak-
ing, sluggish thinking, disorientation, and an almost total disinterest in
the surroundings. In later stages, shivering stops and is replaced by
strong muscular rigidity. Exposed skin may become blue and puffy.
When the casualty's temperature drops below 86°F, cardiac irregulari-
ties occur.
Treatment
■ Prevent any further heat loss.
■ Get the casualty out of the wind and into the best available shelter.
■ Replace wet clothing with dry. Wrap casualty in warm blankets or in
a sleeping bag if one is available.
■ Place as much insulation as possible between the casualty and the
ground.
■ Add heat by the best available means to the casualty's neck, groin,
and sides of the chest. CAUTION: Do not apply heat to extremities.
■ If the casualty is conscious, give him warm fluids. If able to eat, give
candy or sweetened foods.
■ If casualty is unconscious, he should be remain on his back, with
head tilted back to ensure open airway.
■ Do not massage the casualty.
■ Do not give alcohol to the casualty.
■ Get the casualty to medical help as quickly as possible.
Prevention
■ Stay physically fit.
■ Keep active.
■ Use the uniform properly and keep it dry.
■ Eat properly and often.
F-16
■ Drink plenty of fluids, at least 3.5 quarts per day when performing
hard work.
■ Be prepared for and know how to deal with rapid changes in weather.
■ Bivouac early before fatigue impairs judgement.
Dehydration. Dehydration is often an overlooked cold weather injury.
Seepage F-11.
Prevention
■ The minimum daily fluid requirement for persons doing hard
physical work in the cold is 3.5 quarts per day.
■ By the time you feel thirsty, you are already dehydrated. Drink
whenever you have a chance, particularly at halts during movement
on foot.
■ All canteens should be full before any type of movement during
which resupply will be difficult.
■ Do not drink coffee when water is scarce. It will pass through you
almost as fast as you drink it. Water should be your first choice.
■ Check urine spots in the snow. Dark yellow or brown indicates
dehydration.
Carbon Monoxide Poisoning. Carbon monoxide (CO) is a deadly,
odorless, colorless poison given off by stoves, lanterns, and engine
exhaust. There are various symptoms including headache, dizziness,
impaired vision, confusion, nausea, palpitations, weakness, and/or mus-
cle pain. Bright red color appears on lips and skin. A casualty may
become drowsy and collapse without warning.
Treatment
■ Move casualty to open air.
■ Keep casualty still and warm.
■ Administer mouth-to-mouth resuscitation if casualty is not breathing
or is breathing irregularly.
■ Administer cardiopulmonary resuscitation, if necessary.
F-17
■ MEDEVAC as soon as possible.
Prevention
■ Ensure that stoves and lanterns are functioning properly.
■ Use stoves and lanterns in well- ventilated areas.
■ Ensure that tents are well- ventilated.
■ Make sure vent holes are used in snow shelters.
■ Do not warm yourself by engine exhaust.
Snow Blindness. Snow blindness is a temporary visual disturbance
caused by ultraviolet radiation reflected from the snow into the eyes.
The danger of snow blindness is greater on a cloudy day than it is on a
clear day because one does not have brightness as a warning. Symp-
toms appear 2 to 12 hours after exposure and includes a gritty and pain-
ful feeling in the eyes, tears flow excessively, headache, blurred vision
and objects develop pinkish tinge.
Treatment
■ Rest in darkness.
■ Cover eyes with cool bandage.
■ Analgesics or sedatives.
■ The injury will usually heal itself from 1 to 5 days.
Wounds. In cold weather, casualties should be given first aid treatment,
protected from the cold and shock effects, and evacuated to an aid sta-
tion without delay. They should be placed in a casualty bag, sleeping
bag, or the best available substitute. Remember also that wounds bleed
easily because the low temperature keeps blood from clotting.
Increased bleeding increases the likelihood of shock.
Wounds open to weather freeze quickly. The body loses heat in the area
around the injury, as blood soaks the skin around the wound, and cloth-
ing is usually torn. Therefore, early first aid treatment becomes even
more important at low temperatures.
Shock. Shock is caused by reduction of the effective circulating blood
volume. Shock can be caused by severe injuries, loss of blood, pain, and
F-18
many other factors. The normal reaction of the body to severe cold is
very similar to its reaction to shock. Therefore, shock usually develops
more rapidly and progresses more deeply in extreme cold than in
warmer temperatures. Symptoms include apprehension, sweating, pal-
lor, rapid/faint pulse, cold/clammy skin, and thirst.
Treatment
■ Reassure the casualty. Pain can be reduced with proper positioning,
good bandaging, and splinting.
■ Position the stretcher so that the casualty's head and chest is lower
than his lower body and legs. About a 1-foot difference is right. Do
not do this if it will cause discomfort to the casualty.
■ Keep the casualty warm. Normal temperature is best.
■ Do not move the casualty any more than necessary. This does not
mean movement over distance, but moving a casualty from one
stretcher to another, unnecessary lifting or turning over when ban-
daging or splinting, or moving a casualty from a sleeping bag into a
casualty bag, etc.
■ Loosen the clothing at the neck, chest, and waist, weather permitting.
■ If the casualty is conscious, give sips of warm soup, tea, cocoa, cof-
fee, or another available liquid, but not alcohol.
■ The casualty should receive medical attention as soon as possible.
Freezing Injury (Frostbite)
Frostbite is the injury of tissue caused by exposure to freezing tempera-
tures. Frostbite can cause the loss of limbs or other serious, permanent
injury. It is the most common injury and is almost always preventable.
It seldom occurs in individuals who maintain adequate heat production.
Frostbite is most commonly associated with an overall body heat deficit
resulting from inadequate equipment, lack of food, lack of water,
exhaustion, injury, or a combination of such factors. The feet are most
vulnerable to serious frostbite and must receive constant attention.
Superficial Frostbite. This injury involves only the skin or the tissue
immediately beneath it. There is a certain amount of whiteness or a
waxy appearance around the affected area. Frost nip, a superficial frost-
F-19
bite which usually affects the nose, face or ears, appears as a small patch
of white on the skin.
After rewarming, the frostbitten area will first be numb, mottled blue or
purple, and then will swell, sting, and burn for some time. In more
severe cases, blisters will occur within 24 to 36 hours beneath the outer
layer of the skin. These will slowly dry up and become hard and black
in about 2 weeks. Generally, swelling of the injured area will subside if
the casualty stays in bed or at complete rest. It will last much longer if
the casualty refuses to cooperate. Throbbing, aching, and burning of the
injured part may persist for several weeks, depending on the severity of
the exposure. After the swelling finally disappears, the skin will peel
and remain red, tender, and extremely sensitive to even mild cold, and it
may perspire abnormally for a long time.
Deep Frostbite. This is a much more serious injury. Its damage not
only involves the skin and the tissue immediately beneath it, but also
affects the deep tissue (including the bone). It is usually accompanied
by large blisters. In marked contrast to superficial frostbite, these blis-
ters take from 3 days to a week to develop. Swelling of the entire hand
or foot will take place and may last for a month or more. During this
period of swelling, there may be marked limitation of mobility of the
injured area(s), and blue, violet, or gray (the worst) discoloration takes
place after the first 2 days. Aching, throbbing, and shooting pains may
be experienced for as long as 2 to 8 weeks.
Treatment
■ For frost nip on the face, place a hand or warm piece of clothing over
the affected area. DO NOT RUB.
■ Cold hands can be rewarmed by placing them in the casualty's arm-
pits or crotch. Cold feet can be placed against another person's stom-
ach.
■ Remove wet or constricting clothing, and protect the extremity from
further injury with blankets or any other dry material.
■ Smoking, drinking alcohol, and/or applying salves or ointments are
strictly forbidden.
■ For anything other than superficial frostbite, place the casualty in a
shelter to prevent further injury. No attempt should be made to thaw
F-20
the frozen part - MEDEVAC immediately. If thawing has occurred,
the casualty should be considered a litter patient.
Follow the 15-minute rule: If the extremities can not be rewarmed
within 15 minutes (i.e., capillaries refill, feeling returns, toes and fin-
gers begin to move), the casualty must be treated as a deep frostbite
casualty. Evacuate the casualty, taking care to keep the affected
part(s) warm as warming was started during the 15-minute effort.
F-21
APPENDIX G:
International Telephone Codes
International Telephone Codes
Algeria
213
Mexico
52
Australia
61
Morocco
212
Austria
43
Netherlands
31
Bahrain
973
Nigeria
234
Belgium
32
New Zealand
64
Brazil
55
Norway
47
Canada
1
Oman
968
China
86
Portugal
351
Cyprus
357
Qatar
974
Denmark
45
Saudi Arabia
966
Djibouti
253
Senegal
221
Egypt
20
Seychelles
248
Ethiopia
251
Somalia
252
Finland
358
South Africa
27
France
33
Spain
34
Gabon
241
Sweden
46
Germany
49
Switzerland
41
G reece
30
Syria
963
Hawaii
1
Taiwan
886
Hong Kong
852
Tanzania
255
Iran
98
Tunisia
216
Iraq
964
Turkey
90
Ireland
353
UAE
971
Israel
972
United Kingdom
44
Ivory Coast
225
United States
1
Japan
81
Yemen
967
Jordan
962
Zambia
260
Kenya
254
Zimbabwe
263
Kuwait
965
Libya
218
AT&T
1721011
Madagascar
261
MCI
1721022
Malta
356
Sprint
172
G-1
FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY